https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Gaurav&feedformat=atomScript | Spoken-Tutorial - User contributions [en]2024-03-29T09:13:42ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.23.17https://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Old/C2/Desktop-Customization-14.04/English-timedLinux-Old/C2/Desktop-Customization-14.04/English-timed2015-12-08T09:29:44Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>'''Title of script''': '''Desktop Customization'''<br />
<br />
'''Author: Gaurav'''<br />
<br />
'''Keywords: '''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border=1<br />
| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.01<br />
| Hello everyone.<br />
<br />
Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Desktop Customization in Ubuntu Linux OS'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.08<br />
| In this tutorial we will learn <br />
* About the '''Launcher '''<br />
* How to Remove and add applications in the '''Launcher'''<br />
* Use multiple '''desktops'''<br />
* '''Internet connectivity'''<br />
* '''Sound settings'''<br />
* '''Time and Date '''settings<br />
* and switch to other '''user accounts '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.27 <br />
| For this tutorial I am using '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' 14.04<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.34<br />
| Let's begin with the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.36<br />
| '''Launcher''' is the default left-side '''panel''' in the '''Ubuntu''' '''Linux desktop, '''which has some default applications.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.44<br />
|The '''Launcher''' makes it easy to access frequently used applications.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.49 <br />
|So, we can launch a program by clicking on its "desktop shortcut" on the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.56<br />
| By default, the '''Launcher '''has some applications.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.00<br />
| Let us learn to '''customize''' the '''Launcher''' based on our requirements.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.06<br />
| For my regular work, I need applications like '''Terminal, LibreOffice Writer, Gedit and so on'''.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.15<br />
|Let's add these applications on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.19<br />
| Before doing that, I will remove some of the applications which I don't want.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.25<br />
| Say, I wish to remove the '''VLC '''application.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.30<br />
| So, right-click on the '''VLC '''application icon and select '''Unlock from Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.37<br />
| You can see that the '''VLC '''application icon has been removed from the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.43<br />
| In the same way, we can remove all the shortcuts which we don't use frequently.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.49<br />
| I have removed some applications from the '''Launcher '''on my '''desktop, '''as you can see here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.55<br />
| Now, I will add the '''Terminal''' shortcut to the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.00<br />
| Click on '''Dash Home.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.02<br />
| In the '''search bar,''' type “'''terminal'''”.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.05<br />
| Click on the '''Terminal''' icon to open it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.09<br />
| You can see the '''Terminal''' icon on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.13<br />
| To fix the '''Terminal '''icon on the '''Launcher, '''first right-click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.18 <br />
| Then click on '''Lock to Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.21<br />
| Another way to fix application shortcuts on the '''Launcher '''is by dragging and dropping. I will demonstrate this now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.30<br />
| Open '''Dash Home''' and in the '''search bar, '''type '''libreOffice'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.37<br />
| Drag the '''LibreOffice '''icon onto the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.42<br />
| As we do so, the help text may appear saying “'''Drop to Add application”.''' Don’t worry if no help text appears.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.51<br />
| Now, drop the '''LibreOffice '''icon on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.55<br />
| You can see that the shortcut is now added to the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.00 <br />
| This is how we can add shortcuts on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.04<br />
| The next important feature in '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' is '''multiple desktop''' or '''Workspace Switcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.12<br />
| Sometimes we may be working on multiple applications.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.17<br />
| And we may find it difficult to switch from one application to another.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.22 <br />
| To make it more convenient, we can use '''Workspace Switcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.27<br />
| Let’s come back to the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.30<br />
| On the '''Launcher,'''locate '''Workspace Switcher''' icon. Click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.36<br />
| It shows 4 quadrants with 4 '''Desktops'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.40<br />
| By default, the top-left '''Desktop''' is selected. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.44<br />
| That is the '''Desktop '''in which we are currently working.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.48<br />
| Now, let’s select the second '''Desktop''' by clicking on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.53<br />
| I will open the '''Terminal''' here by clicking on the icon in the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.59<br />
| Now, click on the '''Workspace Switcher '''again'''.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.02<br />
| You can see the '''Terminal '''on the second '''Workspace Switcher''' and our '''Desktop''' on the first.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.09<br />
| In this way, you can work on '''multiple Desktops'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.12<br />
| Let us come back to the first '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.15<br />
| '''Trash''' is another important icon on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.19<br />
| '''Trash''' contains all the deleted files and folders.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.23 <br />
| In case we delete a '''file''' accidentally, we can restore it from '''Trash.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.28<br />
| To demonstrate this, I will delete '''DIW ''' file, which is on my '''Desktop.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.33 <br />
| Right-click on the file and click on the option '''Move to Trash.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.38<br />
| To restore it, just click on the '''Trash icon '''in the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.43<br />
| The '''Trash '''folder opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.46<br />
| Select the '''file, '''right-click on it and click on '''Restore'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.50<br />
| Close the '''Trash ''' window and come back to the '''desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.54 <br />
| We can see the file which we deleted earlier is now restored.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.59<br />
| To delete a file permanently from your system, first select it and then press '''Shift+Delete.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.07<br />
| A dialog box saying Are you sure want to permanently delete '''DIW''' will appear. Click on '''Delete'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.15<br />
| Click on the '''Trash '''icon once again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.18<br />
| We can't find the file in the '''Trash '''folder, as it is permanently deleted from our system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.24<br />
| Now, we'll see some applications available at the top right corner of the '''Desktop.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.31<br />
| First one is '''Internet connectivity. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.34<br />
| Connection is established if you are connected to any '''Lan''' or '''Wifi network.''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.39 <br />
| You can see these over here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.42<br />
| You can select the '''network''' which you have access to.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.46<br />
| To '''Enable/ Disable''' the network, check/uncheck the '''Enable Networking''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.52<br />
| We can also edit the networks using '''Edit Connections''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.57<br />
| Next option is '''Sound.''' Click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.00<br />
| You can see a slider here. This helps us to increase or decrease the audio level, as per our choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.07<br />
| We can further adjust the sound level of our system by clicking on '''Sound Settings'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.14<br />
| Explore the settings in this window on your own.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.17<br />
| Next icon is '''Time & Date'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.20<br />
| If we click on this icon, the calendar opens up. We can see the current date, month and year here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.29<br />
| Arrow buttons allow us to move to other months and years, as per our choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.35<br />
| We can edit date and time by clicking on '''Time & Date Settings'''. Explore this option further on your own.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.44<br />
| Next, click on the '''wheel''' icon.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.47 <br />
| Here we can see some shortcut options along with '''Log Out''' and '''Shut Down''' options.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.53<br />
| We can also see all the '''User accounts''' available in our system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.59 <br />
| We can switch to whichever user account we wish to, by clicking on that particular user.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.05<br />
| Let us summarise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.07<br />
| In this tutorial we have learnt<br />
<br />
* About the '''Launcher '''<br />
* How to Remove and add applications in the '''Launcher'''<br />
* Use '''multiple desktops'''<br />
* '''Internet connectivity'''<br />
* '''Sound settings'''<br />
* '''Time & Date settings'''<br />
* Switch to other '''user accounts'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.26<br />
| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial Project. Please watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.32<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial Project team conducts workshops and gives certificates on passing online tests.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.39<br />
| For details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.42<br />
| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Govt of India. More information on this mission is available at the following link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.53<br />
| This tutorial is contributed by Gaurav Shinde and Praveen S. Thankyou for Joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Inkscape/C2/Fill-color-and-stroke/English-timedInkscape/C2/Fill-color-and-stroke/English-timed2015-12-01T06:55:40Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|'''Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|00:00<br />
| Welcome to the '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Fill color and stroke '''using '''Inkscape.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:06<br />
| In this tutorial, we will learn about: <br />
* Fill color in objects<br />
* Give objects an outline<br />
* Various types of '''gradients''' and <br />
* '''Stroke paint''' and '''style'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:20<br />
| For this tutorial, I am using:<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' 12.04 OS<br />
* '''Inkscape''' version 0.48.4<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:29<br />
| Let's open '''Inkscape'''. For this, go to '''Dash home '''and type: "Inkscape".<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:35<br />
| You can open '''Inkscape''' by clicking on the '''logo'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:40<br />
| Let's open the 'Assignment.svg' file that we created earlier. I had saved it in my '''Documents '''folder. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:50<br />
| These are the 3 shapes we created in an earlier assignment.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:54<br />
| Recall that we had learnt to change color using the '''color palette''' at the bottom of the '''interface'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:01<br />
| Now we will learn how to fill colors of various types using '''Fill and Stroke.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:08<br />
|Let's go to '''Object''' menu and click on the '''Fill and Stroke''' option from the drop-down list.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:13<br />
| Notice that the '''Fill and Stroke''' dialog box has opened on the right side of the interface.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:20<br />
| There are 3 tabs in this dialog box: '''Fill, Stroke paint '''and '''Stroke style'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:27<br />
| Now, we will click on the rectangle in the '''canvas''' area. Observe that the options and icons in the '''Fill and stroke''' dialog box get enabled.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:38<br />
|First, we will learn about the '''Fill''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:41<br />
| Notice there are 6 '''icons''' under the '''Fill '''tab. Let us learn what these icons do.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:48<br />
| The first icon is called '''No paint'''. It indicates that the object will not be filled with any color.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:56<br />
|Click on the '''icon''' and notice the change in the rectangle. The color of the rectangle has been removed.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|02:03<br />
| The next icon is '''Flat color. '''It helps to fill a solid color into an object. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:11<br />
| Click on the '''Flat color''' icon and observe the change of colour in the rectangle shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:17<br />
| Under '''Flat color, '''notice that there are 5 sub-tabs.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|02:21 <br />
| By default, '''RGB '''tab is selected.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:25<br />
| Under 'RGB' tab, there are 4 '''sliders.''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|02:29<br />
|The first 3 sliders indicate the intensity of '''Red, Green''' and '''Blue''' colours.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:36<br />
| We can change the color by moving these sliders in left or right directions. Observe the color change in the rectangle as I do so.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:46<br />
| The fourth slider is the '''Alpha''' slider. With this, we can increase or decrease the '''opacity''' level of the colour, from opaque to fully transparent.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:57<br />
| As I move these 4 sliders, observe that the '''RGBA '''values of the color <br />
shown in these boxes change automatically.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:06<br />
| Let me move the sliders once again so that you can observe this change.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|03:12<br />
|We can change the color manually by changing the values of each color <br />
in the boxes at the right of the sliders.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:20<br />
| Let me change the value of Red to 100, Green to 50 and Blue to 150. Notice the color of the rectangle has now changed to violet. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:32<br />
| I keep the '''Alpha''' level as 255 since I do not want to reduce the opacity level.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:40<br />
| The next tab is '''HSL''' and it stands for '''Hue, Saturation''' and '''Lightness''' respectively. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:49<br />
| We can use the '''Hue''' slider to get a base color. I move the slider towards the left direction to get a base of green color.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:59<br />
| We can adjust the '''saturation''' of the base colour using the '''Saturation''' slider. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:04<br />
|Observe the change in the '''saturation''' level by moving the '''slider''' in left or right directions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:12<br />
| The '''Lightness''' slider adjusts the 'lightness' of the base color. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:16<br />
|With this option, one can vary the shade of the base colour from pure white to pure black or any shade in-between.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:26 <br />
| As before, the '''Alpha''' slider is used to increase or decrease the '''opacity''' level from opaque to fully transparent.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:35<br />
| The next tab is '''CMYK''' which denotes '''Cyan, Magenta, Yellow''' and '''Black''' respectively.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:44<br />
| By moving these sliders, we can increase or decrease the intensity or the depth of the base colour.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:52<br />
|This color mixing option is useful when design projects are to be printed on commercial presses.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:00<br />
| Next is the '''Wheel''' tab. This is an alternative representation of the '''HSL''' color mixer.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:07<br />
| We can select the base hue by clicking on the color ring that is based on the standard color wheel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|05:14<br />
|So, I will click on yellow shade to select a base of yellow color.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:19<br />
| Within the color circle, there is a triangle with a small circle inside it. Just click on it and drag it inside the triangle and observe the color change in the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:31<br />
| The '''CMS''' tab will only be of real interest to those working in color managed environments. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|05:38<br />
|For now, we will skip this tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:43<br />
| Next, let us learn how to create a''' Linear gradient.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:47<br />
| Go to '''canvas '''and click on the circle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|05:50<br />
| Now, come back to the '''Fill and Stroke '''dialog box and click on the '''Linear gradient '''icon. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:57<br />
| Observe the gradient fill in the circle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:00<br />
| The gradient will be given a name ending with a series of random numbers.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:05<br />
|In my interface, the number is '''linearGradient3794. '''In yours, it may be different.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:14<br />
| We can change the gradient by clicking the '''Edit''' button which is right below the '''linear gradient''' number button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:21<br />
|This will open the '''Gradient editor''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:26<br />
| The top button in this box is named '''stop '''followed by some random numbers and it contains a drop-down menu. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:34<br />
|If you click the arrows on this drop down, you will see two '''stop '''options.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:39<br />
| The first one denotes the pure base colour. The other one is '''half checker board''', indicating that it's transparent. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:48<br />
|Select the second option, that is, the transparent '''stop '''option. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:53<br />
| Go to the '''Stop Color '''below. Change the '''RGB''' values to whichever color you like by moving the '''sliders.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:00<br />
| Keep '''Alpha''' value at 255 to make the '''gradient''' fully visible. Close the '''Gradient editor''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:09<br />
| Now, we can change the '''gradient angle. '''To do so, click on '''Node''' tool from the tool box, on the left of the interface. This is located right below the '''Selector tool.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|07:21 <br />
| This will display a line on the circle. This line represents the gradient.<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:29<br />
| These currently overlap with the '''square handle''' and the '''arc handles''' of the circle. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|07:33<br />
|We will have to move the '''gradient line handles''' a little bit, so that we can see the '''handles''' clearly. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:40<br />
| Click and drag the '''circular handle''' or the '''square handle''' to change the position where the '''gradient''' starts and ends.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:50<br />
| We can also rotate the direction of the gradient by moving the '''circular handle, '''as demonstrated.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:58<br />
| Now, we will learn how to use '''Radial gradient. '''Click on the icon and observe the '''gradient''' change in the circle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:06<br />
|The '''Radial gradient '''is formed in a circular shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:10<br />
| Notice 1 '''square handle''' and 2 '''circular handles. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:15<br />
|Click on the middle '''square handle '''to move the '''gradient's '''starting point. I will move it to the bottom left.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:22<br />
| Click and drag on any one of the '''circular handles''' to make changes in the '''gradient'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:28<br />
|Observe the change in the height and width of the '''gradient '''shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:37<br />
| We can find the '''Gradient tool''' in the '''Tool box''' also. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:42<br />
|Let's click on it and come back to our circle. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:45<br />
| Notice that the cursor has now changed into a '''plus''' sign with '''capital I'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:51<br />
| Now, click anywhere inside the circle and drag. Notice the change in the '''gradient'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:00<br />
| Now, click anywhere outside the circle and drag. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:04<br />
|Notice the change in the '''gradient'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:06<br />
| Next, we will learn how to overlay various patterns on shapes. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:11<br />
|Go to '''Tool box''', click on the '''Selector tool '''and then click on the star shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:17<br />
| In the '''Fill and stroke''' dialog box, click on the '''Pattern''' icon. Notice the color of the star has changed to a stripe pattern.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:26<br />
| There is a drop-down menu under '''Pattern fill. '''Click on the arrows to see the available patterns.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:32<br />
| Let's click on '''Checkerboard''' and observe the change in the star shape. You can use any of these available patterns shown here. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:44<br />
| We will learn about '''Swatch '''in another tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:48<br />
| The last icon called '''Unset paint,''' is used to unset the color of the selected object to black.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09.54<br />
|Click on the '''icon''' and observe the color change in the star. It has changed to black.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:01<br />
| Now, let us learn how to give '''stroke''' or an outline to an object. To do this, we have to use the '''Stroke paint''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:09<br />
| Now, click on '''Stroke paint''' tab and click on the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:14<br />
| The icons under the '''Stroke paint''' tab are the same as the '''Fill''' tab. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|10:19<br />
|They function in the same manner as well.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:22<br />
| With the first icon, that is '''No paint,''' we remove the outline of the shape. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:26<br />
| Next, we will click on '''Flat color''' icon. We see a black color outline around the rectangle shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:33<br />
| We can increase or decrease the thickness of the outline using the '''Stroke style '''tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:44<br />
| Let's keep the width parameter as 10. We can also change the units into '''percentage, point''' etc. depending on our requirement. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|10:54<br />
|I will keep the unit as '''Pixels.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:56<br />
| Let's go back again to the '''Stroke paint''' tab. We can change the color of the stroke by moving the '''sliders''' under the '''RGB''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|11:04<br />
|Observe the color change in the outline, as I do so.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:09<br />
| Explore the other '''Flat color''' options such as '''HSL, CMYK, Wheel '''and''' CMS '''on your own.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:17<br />
| Now, let me click on the '''Linear gradient. '''This gives a gradient outline to the rectangle shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:24<br />
| The gradients that we used earlier, will appear in the drop-down list here. We can use any of those too.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:32<br />
| Let me give red and blue '''gradient''' outline to my rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:38<br />
| In a similar way, we can use the remaining stroke icons and give some interesting patterns and '''gradient''' outlines to our objects.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:46<br />
| Next we will learn about '''Stroke style. '''Click on it. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:50<br />
| We already learnt how to modify the width of the '''stroke'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:54<br />
| Now, let's look at the 3 '''Join''' icons namely, '''Miter join, Round join '''and''' Bevel join. '''By default, the stroke is in''' Miter join.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:08<br />
| Let me zoom in to one of the corners of the rectangle for a better view.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:12<br />
| Now, let's click on the '''Round join''' to give a round corner to the '''stroke'''. Observe the changes in the edges of the '''stroke.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:21<br />
| Next, we will click on the '''Bevel join''' option to create a '''Bevel''' corner.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:26<br />
| Various dash patterns are available in the '''Dashes''' drop-down menu. Using these, we can give different dash patterns to the '''stroke''' and vary the width too. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|12:38<br />
| Next is the '''Cap''' option. This basically works on line '''strokes.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:44<br />
| Go to '''Tool box.''' Click on '''Freehand tool.''' So, let us draw a line with the help of '''Freehand tool.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:50<br />
| Now, let us zoom in to the end of the line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|12:54<br />
| By default, '''Butt cap''' is selected and it gives a flat edge to the end.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:59<br />
| Now, I will click on the '''Round cap '''to give a rounded edge.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:04<br />
| Next is the '''Square cap''' which gives a flat and extended edge to the ends of the line. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:13<br />
| There are 3 '''Markers''' right below the '''Dashes tab''' which places '''marker'''s on the middle of the '''path'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:20<br />
|Click on the drop-down menu of each '''Marker''' to see the available lists.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:25<br />
| Under '''Start Markers, '''let me select '''Torso.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:29<br />
| We will select '''Curvein''' as '''Mid markers.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:33<br />
| For the '''End Markers, '''we will select '''Legs.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:39<br />
| Observe a cartoon shape is formed on the '''canvas'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:44<br />
| Lastly, notice 2 sliders at the bottom of the '''Fill and stroke '''dialog box, namely, '''Blur''' and '''Opacity.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:53<br />
| Let's first select the rectangle again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:56<br />
| The '''Blur '''slider is used to give a blur effect to an object. I will click on the slider and move it towards the right.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|14:04<br />
|Observe that the rectangle becomes blurred as I move the slider more and more to the right.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 14:15<br />
| The '''Opacity''' slider is used to give transparency to a shape. Move the slider to the right and observe the changes in the shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 14:27<br />
| Let us summarize. In this tutorial, we learnt to:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|14:31<br />
|* Fill color in objects using the '''Fill and Stroke''' options<br />
* Give strokes or outlines to shapes<br />
* Various types of Gradients and <br />
* Stroke Paint and Stroke Styles.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 14:44<br />
| Here is an assignment for you-<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|14:47<br />
|1. Create a pentagon filled with a '''Linear gradient''' of red and yellow color with a blue stroke of width 5 pixels.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|14:57<br />
|2. An ellipse filled with '''Wavy''' pattern and change the '''opacity''' to 70%.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|15:04<br />
|3. A line with a width of 10, with '''Start Markers''' as '''Arrow1Lstart''' and '''End Markers''' as '''Tail.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:15<br />
| Your completed assignment should look like this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:18<br />
| Watch the video available at the following link. It summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project. If you do not have good bandwidth, you can download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:28<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial project team: * conducts workshops using spoken tutorial. * gives certificates for those who pass an online test.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|15:37<br />
|For more details, please write to: contact at spoken–tutorial.org. '''Spoken tutorial''' project is part of the '''Talk to a Teacher''' project. It is supported by the NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|15:55<br />
|More information on this mission is available at: spoken-tutorial.org/NMEICT-intro.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 16:05<br />
| We have come to the end of this tutorial. This is Arthi and Saurabh from IIT Bombay, signing off. Thanks for joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Inkscape/C2/Fill-color-and-stroke/English-timedInkscape/C2/Fill-color-and-stroke/English-timed2015-11-30T07:19:46Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|'''Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|00:00<br />
| Welcome to the '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Fill color and stroke '''using '''Inkscape.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:06<br />
| In this tutorial, we will learn about: <br />
* Fill color in objects<br />
* Give objects an outline<br />
* Various types of '''gradients''' and <br />
* '''Stroke paint''' and '''style'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:20<br />
| For this tutorial, I am using:<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux''' 12.04 OS<br />
* '''Inkscape''' version 0.48.4<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:29<br />
| Let's open '''Inkscape'''. For this, go to '''Dash home '''and type: "Inkscape".<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:35<br />
| You can open '''Inkscape''' by clicking on the '''logo'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:40<br />
| Let's open the 'Assignment.svg' file that we created earlier. I had saved it in my '''Documents '''folder. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:50<br />
| These are the 3 shapes we created in an earlier assignment.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:54<br />
| Recall that we had learnt to change color using the '''color palette''' at the bottom of the '''interface'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:01<br />
| Now we will learn how to fill colors of various types using '''Fill and Stroke.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:08<br />
|Let's go to '''Object''' menu and click on the '''Fill and Stroke''' option from the drop-down list.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:13<br />
| Notice that the '''Fill and Stroke''' dialog box has opened on the right side of the interface.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:20<br />
| There are 3 tabs in this dialog box: '''Fill, Stroke paint '''and '''Stroke style'''.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:27<br />
| Now, we will click on the rectangle in the '''canvas''' area. Observe that the options and icons in the '''Fill and stroke''' dialog box get enabled.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:38<br />
|First, we will learn about the '''Fill''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:41<br />
| Notice there are 6 '''icons''' under the '''Fill '''tab. Let us learn what these icons do.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:48<br />
| The first icon is called '''No paint'''. It indicates that the object will not be filled with any color.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|01:56<br />
|Click on the '''icon''' and notice the change in the rectangle. The color of the rectangle has been removed.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|02:03<br />
| The next icon is '''Flat color. '''It helps to fill a solid color into an object. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:11<br />
| Click on the '''Flat color''' icon and observe the change of colour in the rectangle shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:17<br />
| Under '''Flat color, '''notice that there are 5 sub-tabs.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|02:21 <br />
| By default, '''RGB '''tab is selected.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:25<br />
| Under 'RGB' tab, there are 4 '''sliders.''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|02:29<br />
|The first 3 sliders indicate the intensity of '''Red, Green''' and '''Blue''' colours.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:36<br />
| We can change the color by moving these sliders in left or right directions. Observe the color change in the rectangle as I do so.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:46<br />
| The fourth slider is the '''Alpha''' slider. With this, we can increase or decrease the '''opacity''' level of the colour, from opaque to fully transparent.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:57<br />
| As I move these 4 sliders, observe that the '''RGBA '''values of the color <br />
shown in these boxes change automatically.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:06<br />
| Let me move the sliders once again so that you can observe this change.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|03:12<br />
|We can change the color manually by changing the values of each color <br />
in the boxes at the right of the sliders.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:20<br />
| Let me change the value of Red to 100, Green to 50 and Blue to 150. Notice the color of the rectangle has now changed to violet. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:32<br />
| I keep the '''Alpha''' level as 255 since I do not want to reduce the opacity level.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:40<br />
| The next tab is '''HSL''' and it stands for '''Hue, Saturation''' and '''Lightness''' respectively. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:49<br />
| We can use the '''Hue''' slider to get a base color. I move the slider towards the left direction to get a base of green color.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:59<br />
| We can adjust the '''saturation''' of the base colour using the '''Saturation''' slider. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:04<br />
|Observe the change in the '''saturation''' level by moving the '''slider''' in left or right directions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:12<br />
| The '''Lightness''' slider adjusts the 'lightness' of the base color. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:16<br />
|With this option, one can vary the shade of the base colour from pure white to pure black or any shade in-between.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:26 <br />
| As before, the '''Alpha''' slider is used to increase or decrease the '''opacity''' level from opaque to fully transparent.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:35<br />
| The next tab is '''CMYK''' which denotes '''Cyan, Magenta, Yellow''' and '''Black''' respectively.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:44<br />
| By moving these sliders, we can increase or decrease the intensity or the depth of the base colour.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:52<br />
|This color mixing option is useful when design projects are to be printed on commercial presses.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:00<br />
| Next is the '''Wheel''' tab. This is an alternative representation of the '''HSL''' color mixer.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:07<br />
| We can select the base hue by clicking on the color ring that is based on the standard color wheel.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|05:14<br />
|So, I will click on yellow shade to select a base of yellow color.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:19<br />
| Within the color circle, there is a triangle with a small circle inside it. Just click on it and drag it inside the triangle and observe the color change in the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:31<br />
| The '''CMS''' tab will only be of real interest to those working in color managed environments. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|05:38<br />
|For now, we will skip this tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:43<br />
| Next, let us learn how to create a''' Linear gradient.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:47<br />
| Go to '''canvas '''and click on the circle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|05:50<br />
| Now, come back to the '''Fill and Stroke '''dialog box and click on the '''Linear gradient '''icon. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:57<br />
| Observe the gradient fill in the circle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:00<br />
| The gradient will be given a name ending with a series of random numbers.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:05<br />
|In my interface, the number is '''linearGradient3794. '''In yours, it may be different.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:14<br />
| We can change the gradient by clicking the '''Edit''' button which is right below the '''linear gradient''' number button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:21<br />
|This will open the '''Gradient editor''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:26<br />
| The top button in this box is named '''stop '''followed by some random numbers and it contains a drop-down menu. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:34<br />
|If you click the arrows on this drop down, you will see two '''stop '''options.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:39<br />
| The first one denotes the pure base colour. The other one is '''half checker board''', indicating that it's transparent. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:48<br />
|Select the second option, that is, the transparent '''stop '''option. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:53<br />
| Go to the '''Stop Color '''below. Change the '''RGB''' values to whichever color you like by moving the '''sliders.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:00<br />
| Keep '''Alpha''' value at 255 to make the '''gradient''' fully visible. Close the '''Gradient editor''' dialog box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:09<br />
| Now, we can change the '''gradient angle. '''To do so, click on '''Node''' tool from the tool box, on the left of the interface. This is located right below the '''Selector tool.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|07:21 <br />
| This will display a line on the circle. This line represents the gradient.<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:29<br />
| These currently overlap with the '''square handle''' and the '''arc handles''' of the circle. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|07:33<br />
|We will have to move the '''gradient line handles''' a little bit, so that we can see the '''handles''' clearly. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:40<br />
| Click and drag the '''circular handle''' or the '''square handle''' to change the position where the '''gradient''' starts and ends.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:50<br />
| We can also rotate the direction of the gradient by moving the '''circular handle, '''as demonstrated.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:58<br />
| Now, we will learn how to use '''Radial gradient. '''Click on the icon and observe the '''gradient''' change in the circle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:06<br />
|The '''Radial gradient '''is formed in a circular shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:10<br />
| Notice 1 '''square handle''' and 2 '''circular handles. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:15<br />
|Click on the middle '''square handle '''to move the '''gradient's '''starting point. I will move it to the bottom left.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:22<br />
| Click and drag on any one of the '''circular handles''' to make changes in the '''gradient'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:28<br />
|Observe the change in the height and width of the '''gradient '''shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:37<br />
| We can find the '''Gradient tool''' in the '''Tool box''' also. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:42<br />
|Let's click on it and come back to our circle. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:45<br />
| Notice that the cursor has now changed into a '''plus''' sign with '''capital I'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:51<br />
| Now, click anywhere inside the circle and drag. Notice the change in the '''gradient'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:00<br />
| Now, click anywhere outside the circle and drag. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:04<br />
|Notice the change in the '''gradient'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:06<br />
| Next, we will learn how to overlay various patterns on shapes. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:11<br />
|Go to '''Tool box''', click on the '''Selector tool '''and then click on the star shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:17<br />
| In the '''Fill and stroke''' dialog box, click on the '''Pattern''' icon. Notice the color of the star has changed to a stripe pattern.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:26<br />
| There is a drop-down menu under '''Pattern fill. '''Click on the arrows to see the available patterns.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:32<br />
| Let's click on '''Checkerboard''' and observe the change in the star shape. You can use any of these available patterns shown here. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09:44<br />
| We will learn about '''Swatch '''in another tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:48<br />
| The last icon called '''Unset paint,''' is used to unset the color of the selected object to black.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|09.54<br />
|Click on the '''icon''' and observe the color change in the star. It has changed to black.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:01<br />
| Now, let us learn how to give '''stroke''' or an outline to an object. To do this, we have to use the '''Stroke paint''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:09<br />
| Now, click on '''Stroke paint''' tab and click on the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:14<br />
| The icons under the '''Stroke paint''' tab are the same as the '''Fill''' tab. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|10:19<br />
|They function in the same manner as well.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:22<br />
| With the first icon, that is '''No paint,''' we remove the outline of the shape. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:26<br />
| Next, we will click on '''Flat color''' icon. We see a black color outline around the rectangle shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:33<br />
| We can increase or decrease the thickness of the outline using the '''Stroke style '''tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:44<br />
| Let's keep the width parameter as 10. We can also change the units into '''percentage, point''' etc. depending on our requirement. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|10:54<br />
|I will keep the unit as '''Pixels.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:56<br />
| Let's go back again to the '''Stroke paint''' tab. We can change the color of the stroke by moving the '''sliders''' under the '''RGB''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|11:04<br />
|Observe the color change in the outline, as I do so.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:09<br />
| Explore the other '''Flat color''' options such as '''HSL, CMYK, Wheel '''and''' CMS '''on your own.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:17<br />
| Now, let me click on the '''Linear gradient. '''This gives a gradient outline to the rectangle shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:24<br />
| The gradients that we used earlier, will appear in the drop-down list here. We can use any of those too.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:32<br />
| Let me give red and blue '''gradient''' outline to my rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:38<br />
| In a similar way, we can use the remaining stroke icons and give some interesting patterns and '''gradient''' outlines to our objects.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:46<br />
| Next we will learn about '''Stroke style. '''Click on it. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:50<br />
| We already learnt how to modify the width of the '''stroke'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:54<br />
| Now, let's look at the 3 '''Joint''' icons namely, '''Miter join, Round join '''and''' Bevel join. '''By default, the stroke is in''' Miter join.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:08<br />
| Let me zoom in to one of the corners of the rectangle for a better view.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:12<br />
| Now, let's click on the '''Round join''' to give a round corner to the '''stroke'''. Observe the changes in the edges of the '''stroke.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:21<br />
| Next, we will click on the '''Bevel join''' option to create a '''Bevel''' corner.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:26<br />
| Various dash patterns are available in the '''Dashes''' drop-down menu. Using these, we can give different dash patterns to the '''stroke''' and vary the width too. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|12:38<br />
| Next is the '''Cap''' option. This basically works on line '''strokes.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:44<br />
| Go to '''Tool box.''' Click on '''Freehand tool.''' So, let us draw a line with the help of '''Freehand tool.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:50<br />
| Now, let us zoom in to the end of the line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|12:54<br />
| By default, '''Butt cap''' is selected and it gives a flat edge to the end.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:59<br />
| Now, I will click on the '''Round cap '''to give a rounded edge.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:04<br />
| Next is the '''Square cap''' which gives a flat and extended edge to the ends of the line. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:13<br />
| There are 3 '''Markers''' right below the '''Dashes tab''' which places '''marker'''s on the middle of the '''path'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:20<br />
|Click on the drop-down menu of each '''Marker''' to see the available lists.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:25<br />
| Under '''Start Markers, '''let me select '''Torso.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:29<br />
| We will select '''Curvein''' as '''Mid markers.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:33<br />
| For the '''End Markers, '''we will select '''Legs.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:39<br />
| Observe a cartoon shape is formed on the '''canvas'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:44<br />
| Lastly, notice 2 sliders at the bottom of the '''Fill and stroke '''dialog box, namely, '''Blur''' and '''Opacity.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:53<br />
| Let's first select the rectangle again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:56<br />
| The '''Blur '''slider is used to give a blur effect to an object. I will click on the slider and move it towards the right.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|14:04<br />
|Observe that the rectangle becomes blurred as I move the slider more and more to the right.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 14:15<br />
| The '''Opacity''' slider is used to give transparency to a shape. Move the slider to the right and observe the changes in the shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 14:27<br />
| Let us summarize. In this tutorial, we learnt to:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|14:31<br />
|* Fill color in objects using the '''Fill and Stroke''' options<br />
* Give strokes or outlines to shapes<br />
* Various types of Gradients and <br />
* Stroke Paint and Stroke Styles.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 14:44<br />
| Here is an assignment for you-<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|14:47<br />
|1. Create a pentagon filled with a '''Linear gradient''' of red and yellow color with a blue stroke of width 5 pixels.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|14:57<br />
|2. An ellipse filled with '''Wavy''' pattern and change the '''opacity''' to 70%.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|15:04<br />
|3. A line with a width of 10, with '''Start Markers''' as '''Arrow1Lstart''' and '''End Markers''' as '''Tail.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:15<br />
| Your completed assignment should look like this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:18<br />
| Watch the video available at the following link. It summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project. If you do not have good bandwidth, you can download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:28<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial project team: * conducts workshops using spoken tutorial. * gives certificates for those who pass an online test.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|15:37<br />
|For more details, please write to: contact at spoken–tutorial.org. '''Spoken tutorial''' project is part of the '''Talk to a Teacher''' project. It is supported by the NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|15:55<br />
|More information on this mission is available at: spoken-tutorial.org/NMEICT-intro.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 16:05<br />
| We have come to the end of this tutorial. This is Arthi and Saurabh from IIT Bombay, signing off. Thanks for joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Inkscape/C2/Create-and-edit-shapes/English-timedInkscape/C2/Create-and-edit-shapes/English-timed2015-11-30T06:47:43Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| Border =1<br />
| Time<br />
| Narration<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:00<br />
| Welcome to the '''Spoken Tutorial''' on '''Create and edit shapes '''using '''Inkscape.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:06<br />
|In this tutorial, we will familiarize ourselves with '''Inkscape.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:10<br />
| We will learn about Inkscape interface and how to:* Create basic shapes<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:16<br />
|* Fill color and * Modify shapes using '''handles'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:20<br />
|For this tutorial, I am using: * '''Ubuntu Linux''' 12.04 OS<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:25<br />
|* '''Inkscape''' version 0.48.4<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:29<br />
| Go to '''Dash home '''and type: "Inkscape".<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:34<br />
| You can open '''Inkscape''' by double-clicking on the '''logo.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:38<br />
|On the top of the interface, you will find the '''menu bar '''and''' Tool controls''' bar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:44<br />
| This is followed by the '''rulers '''at the top and at the side.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:48<br />
|On the right side of the interface, you will find the '''Command bar''' and '''Snap controls bar.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:54<br />
|The '''Tool box '''is located on the left side of the interface.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:58<br />
|In the centre, is the '''canvas'''. This is where you will draw your '''graphics'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:03<br />
|At the bottom of the interface, we can see the '''color palette '''and the '''status bar.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:09<br />
|Now, let us learn to create and '''edit''' some basic shapes in '''Inkscape'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:14<br />
|First of all, we will learn about '''Select and Transform tool. '''It is commonly called as''' Selector tool.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:22<br />
| It's a very important tool. You will find it on the left hand side of the '''Tool box.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:28<br />
|With this tool, you can select objects, transform and move them around on the '''canvas.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:34<br />
|To open a new '''Inkscape''' document, click on '''File''' and then choose '''New''' and click on '''Default'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:41<br />
|To open an existing '''Inkscape document''', click on '''File''' and then choose '''Open.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:47<br />
|Let's open the 'drawing_1.svg' file that we created earlier.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:53<br />
|I had saved it in '''Documents''' folder. Click on '''Open''' button at the bottom right. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:01<br />
|We created a rectangle earlier. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:04<br />
|Now, click on the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:06<br />
|By default, the color of the rectangle is green. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:09<br />
|To change the color to red, we will use the '''color palette''' at the bottom.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:14<br />
| So, I will move the cursor to the bottom and click on red color.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:18<br />
| Observe the color change in the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:22<br />
| Let us now move the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:23<br />
|To do so, you should click anywhere on the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:27<br />
|Now, without releasing the '''mouse button''', drag it wherever you want on the '''canvas.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:33<br />
|Then release the '''mouse-button'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:37<br />
|Let us '''zoom in''' for a better view. To do so, press '''Ctrl''' key and use the''' scroll button '''on the '''mouse'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:46<br />
|Notice arrows around the rectangle. These are called '''handles '''which we can use for scaling and rotating. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:57<br />
|When the cursor is kept on any of the '''handles, '''the color of the '''handle '''changes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:02<br />
|This indicates that particular '''handle '''is selected and ready for resizing.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:08<br />
|To '''scale''' or resize the rectangle, click and drag on any one of the corner '''handles'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:17<br />
|If you want to keep the '''aspect ratio''' same, hold the '''Ctrl key''' while resizing.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|03:24<br />
|To change the length or the width of the rectangle, use one of the '''handles''' on the sides of the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:32<br />
|Click and drag the '''handle''', either to the left or to the right.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:39<br />
|Observe the change in the width of the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:43<br />
|Now, let's change the height of the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:46<br />
|So, we will click and drag on either the top or the bottom '''handle.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:51<br />
|Observe the change in the height of the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:54<br />
|We can also change the width and height of the rectangle manually by changing the '''Width''' and '''Height''' parameters on the''' Tool controls bar'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:03<br />
|I will change the '''Width''' to 400 and '''Height''' to 200.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:07<br />
|Notice the change in the size of the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:10<br />
|In a similar way, you can also move the object by changing the X and Y axes positions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:19<br />
|Now, let's learn how to rotate the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:24<br />
|To do so, click on the rectangle once again. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:27<br />
|Notice that now the shape of the corner '''handles '''has changed to indicate that it is ready for rotation.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:34<br />
|I will click on the top right corner '''handle''' and rotate the rectangle. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:44<br />
|You can also '''skew''' the rectangle by clicking and dragging any of the side '''handles'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:50<br />
|I am clicking the left middle '''handle''' and dragging it up and down to '''skew''' the rectangle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:56<br />
|Observe the changes as I do so.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:59<br />
|We will learn some more details on using these '''handles''' in another tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:04<br />
|Let us unselect this shape now. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:06<br />
|To do so, click anywhere in the '''canvas''' area or outside the canvas boundary.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:11<br />
|Let me move the '''mouse''' back to the '''Tool box''' and over the same '''rectangle''' tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:17<br />
|The tool tip says that we can draw rectangles and squares using this tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:22<br />
|So, first let me click on this tool.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:25<br />
|To draw a square, simply hold the '''Ctrl''' key and drag on the '''Canvas.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:30<br />
|Let me change its color to pink.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:32<br />
|An assignment for you.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:34<br />
|Select the '''Create circles and ellipses '''tool from the '''Tool box'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:38<br />
| Use the '''Ctrl''' key, draw a circle on the canvas.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:42<br />
| Color it blue.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:44<br />
|This is my circle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:46<br />
|Now let us learn how to modify this circle.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:49<br />
|You can change the '''Start''' and the '''End''' parameters to alter the shape of the circle to an '''arc''' or a '''segment'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:56<br />
|There are 3 options here on the '''Tool controls bar''' which help to switch between the shapes. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:03<br />
|Let me change the '''Start''' parameter to 100 and '''End''' parameter to -50. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:09<br />
|We see that the circle shape has now changed to a segment shape. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:14<br />
|Now I will click on '''Arc''' icon and we see the change in the shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:19<br />
|We can change back to circle shape again by clicking on the '''Circle''' '''icon.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:25<br />
|Now, let's take a closer look at the circle shape on our '''canvas'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:30<br />
|Notice 2 '''resize handles '''and 2 circular '''handles '''called '''arc handles, '''on the shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:37<br />
|The 2 '''resize handles '''can be used to alter the shape of the circle to an ellipse shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:44<br />
|Just drag these '''handles''' in the up-down or left-right directions.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:53<br />
|Observe the changes in the shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:56<br />
|The 2 '''arc handles '''overlap each other. Click on the '''arc handle '''and move it anti-clockwise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:04<br />
|We can now see both the '''arc handles.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|07:08<br />
|We can modify the circle shape into arc or segment shape using these '''arc handles.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:14<br />
|Just by moving them in clockwise or anti-clockwise directions and observe the change in the shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:24<br />
|Now, we will click on the '''rectangle tool''' in the''' Tool box '''and then click on the square.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:30<br />
|Notice 2 '''resize handles''' and 2 '''arc handles '''on the top right corner of the shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:40<br />
|As before, the 2 '''arc handles '''overlap each other. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:43<br />
|Click on one of the '''arc handle '''and move it clockwise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:48<br />
|Now, we can see both the '''arc handles.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:51<br />
|We can give rounded edges to the square using these '''handles.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:56<br />
|Move them in clockwise or anti-clockwise directions and observe the change in the shape.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:02<br />
|Now, let us create a polygon by clicking on the '''Stars and polygons tool '''from the '''Tool box.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:08<br />
|This is right below the '''circle '''tool. So, click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:13<br />
|We will draw a polygon in a similar way and change the color to green.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:20<br />
|By default, a 5-sided polygon i.e. a pentagon is drawn.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:24<br />
|Look at the '''Tool controls bar'''. Here, it says the number of corners of the polygon is 5. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:32<br />
|You can create a square by decreasing the number to 4 and a triangle by decreasing it to 3. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:39<br />
|By increasing it, we can create a pentagon, hexagon and so on. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:44<br />
|Notice a '''resize handle''' on the polygon. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:47<br />
|We can use it to resize or rotate the polygon.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:52<br />
|Convert this shape into a star shape by clicking on the '''star''' icon next to the '''polygon''' icon, in the '''Tool controls bar'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:00<br />
|Notice 2 '''handles''' on the star shape – one at the tip and one at the joint.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:06<br />
|Click and drag the handle at the tip of the star to resize or rotate it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:12<br />
|We can '''resize''' and '''skew''' the shape of the star using the other '''handle'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:17<br />
|Click on it and move in clockwise or anti-clockwise directions and observe the change in the shape and size.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:25<br />
|We have come to the end of this tutorial. Let us summarize.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:30<br />
|In this tutorial, we learnt about '''Inkscape''' interface.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:34<br />
|We also learnt to- * Create basic shapes like rectangle, square, circle, ellipse, polygon and star.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:42<br />
|* Fill color into the shapes and modify the shapes using '''handles'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:46<br />
|Here is an assignment for you.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:49<br />
|Create a rectangle shape filled with blue color, <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:52<br />
|a circle shape with red color, <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:54<br />
|a star with 7 sides in green color.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:58<br />
|Your completed assignment should look like this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|10:03<br />
|Watch the video available at the following link. It summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:09<br />
|If you do not have good bandwidth, you can download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:13<br />
|The Spoken Tutorial Project team: conducts workshops using spoken tutorial and gives certificates for those who pass an online test.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:22<br />
|For more details, please write to: contact@spoken-tutorial.org<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:28<br />
|'''Spoken tutorial''' Project is a part of the '''Talk to a Teacher''' project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:32<br />
|It is supported by the NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:38<br />
|More information on this mission is available at: http://spoken-tutorial.org/NMEICT-Intro.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:47<br />
|We have come to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:50<br />
|This is Arthi and Saurabh from IIT Bombay, signing off. <br />
Thanks for joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PHP-and-MySQL/C4/File-Upload-Part-2/EnglishPHP-and-MySQL/C4/File-Upload-Part-2/English2015-11-18T04:22:13Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|Border=1<br />
!Time<br />
!Narration<br />
|-<br />
|0:00<br />
|Welcome back. In the first part of this tutorial, I showed you how to take out specific properties of our uploaded file using this form here.<br />
|-<br />
|0:10<br />
|Now I'll show you how to upload this file and move it to the uploaded folder here which is currently empty.<br />
|-<br />
|0:18<br />
|If you recall, we're referring to a temporary area that is being stored on our web server.<br />
|-<br />
|0:25<br />
|Its not of much use right now.<br />
|-<br />
|0:29<br />
|We have all our properties here, so I'll say properties of the uploaded file so we know what we're doing.<br />
|-<br />
|0:34<br />
|We have all our specific properties here.<br />
|-<br />
|0:38<br />
|I've given all of them easy to remember variable names so we don't need to comment each of these individually.<br />
|-<br />
|0:46<br />
|First thing we will do is create an 'if' statement to check if there are any errors.<br />
|-<br />
|0:53<br />
|Here if error code is bigger than zero meaning it has been issued by an error code then I'll say 'die' <br />
|-<br />
|1:03<br />
|And I will give an error message out "File couldn't..." <br />
|-<br />
|1:11<br />
|Or 'Error uploading file, code error'.<br />
|-<br />
|1:20<br />
|This will give the user an error code.<br />
|-<br />
|1:23<br />
|Now the 'else' part. <br />
|-<br />
|1:25<br />
|I'll add these curly brackets to keep that simple and in a single line.<br />
|-<br />
|1:29<br />
|So 'else' I want to use a function called 'move_uploaded_file'.<br />
|-<br />
|1:39<br />
|Then we'll take the temporary name 'temp', which is the first parameter of this function and the second parameter is the destination which is 'uploaded folder'<br />
|-<br />
|1:51<br />
|So I'll type 'uploaded' and a forward slash.<br />
|-<br />
|1:59<br />
|And at the end of that we'll concatenate the name the file that we've uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|2:07<br />
|So here it would just be 'name'.<br />
|-<br />
|2:10<br />
|This shows the user just adding the inter variables here.<br />
|-<br />
|2:15<br />
|Otherwise we would have to type these, for example - temp name.<br />
|-<br />
|2:19<br />
|Then go here and place it like this.<br />
|-<br />
|2:22<br />
|It gets quite messy and hard to read.<br />
|-<br />
|2:25<br />
|So its easier to just keep these variables here.<br />
|-<br />
|2:33 <br />
|Okay so now I'll get rid of these or rather I'll keep these.<br />
|-<br />
|2:37<br />
|And lastly echo out a message saying 'Upload complete'.<br />
|-<br />
|2:41<br />
|Lets try this.<br />
|-<br />
|2:47<br />
|I logon to our page and pick our file - 'intro to avi'.<br />
|-<br />
|2:51<br />
|I'll click on upload and we can see that upload is complete. <br />
|-<br />
|2:55<br />
|Lets check my file.<br />
|-<br />
|2:57<br />
|Upload folder and click on my uploaded sub directory you can see that the file is here whereas before - it had been stored in the temporary directory on my web server.<br />
|-<br />
|3:08<br />
|So we've successfully uploaded our file here.<br />
|-<br />
|3:13<br />
|There are a few more things that we need to do.<br />
|-<br />
|3:15<br />
|Undo another 'if' statement or undo this 'if' statement. <br />
|-<br />
|3:20<br />
|We are going to check for specific file types that we don't want uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|3:24<br />
|So for example lets say I don't want avi files to be uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|3:30<br />
|What I could do here is say - if error is bigger than zero, don't upload files. <br />
|-<br />
|3:37<br />
|Otherwise I'll start a new 'if' statement inside the else<br />
|-<br />
|3:41<br />
|And I'll create a block here.<br />
|-<br />
|3:47<br />
|And these are the conditions for the file.<br />
|-<br />
|3:51<br />
|I'll say - if the type of file - that's our type variable, t-y-p-e, 2 equal to signs, equals video slash avi.<br />
|-<br />
|4:09<br />
|As you saw in the first part of this, as I echoed it out, it was equal to video slash avi. <br />
|-<br />
|4:19<br />
|And then we're saying that if it is equal to video slash avi then upload the file.<br />
|-<br />
|4:28<br />
|I'll just move it down here and I will put that into the 'else' block.<br />
|-<br />
|4:32<br />
|So now I have - if the video is equal to avi then die and the message is 'That format is not allowed'.<br />
|-<br />
|4:44<br />
|Okay so now I'll delete this from our uploaded directory and I'll come back to my initial uploaded file.<br />
|-<br />
|4:54<br />
|I'll choose intro dot avi and when I click upload it says that that 'format is not allowed'<br />
|-<br />
|5:01<br />
|And if you go to my uploaded directory you can see that the folder is empty.<br />
|-<br />
|5:06<br />
|Nothing has been uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|5:08<br />
|Now instead of avi let us say I want to ban 'images with png' extension.<br />
|-<br />
|5:15<br />
|I'll change it here and upload my file again.<br />
|-<br />
|5:23<br />
|You can see that because its an accepted file format, we get the message 'Upload complete' and its been transferred to my uploaded folder.<br />
|-<br />
|5:33<br />
|Lets delete that again. Oh! I canceled it. Lets delete that again.<br />
|-<br />
|5:42<br />
|Okay. So what we've seen here is how to specify a specific type.<br />
|-<br />
|5:47<br />
|What we also can do is specify a specific file size.<br />
|-<br />
|5:51<br />
|I'll say 'or' using this 'or' operator and I'll say 'or' the size is bigger than half a megabyte.<br />
|-<br />
|6:04<br />
|This is half a megabyte, which is five hundred thousand bits sorry bytes. I think I made a mistake and said bits instead of bytes.<br />
|-<br />
|6:14<br />
|So that's five hundred thousand bytes which is equal to 0 point 4 megabytes. I'll just say half a megabyte for now.<br />
|-<br />
|6:29<br />
|This will evaluate the size and say is it bigger than half a megabyte.<br />
|-<br />
|6:38<br />
|Then it will say this format is not allowed.<br />
|-<br />
|6:43<br />
|So I'll change this message to accommodate 'Format not allowed or file size too big'.<br />
|-<br />
|6:56<br />
|So you can create an if statement for each of these that is for evaluating your type and evaluating your size.<br />
|-<br />
|7:03<br />
|You just need to take this condition and put it in another 'if' statement.<br />
|-<br />
|7:09<br />
|So I go back here and I'll choose my file again.<br />
|-<br />
|7:12<br />
|Just making sure its there.<br />
|-<br />
|7:14<br />
|Click upload and it'll say 'Format not allowed'.<br />
|-<br />
|7:19<br />
|Now if you go back to our code this is not in png format but it is exceeding the size limit.<br />
|-<br />
|7:25<br />
|Lets change this to 2 million which is 2 megabytes.<br />
|-<br />
|7:31<br />
|Refresh and send that.<br />
|-<br />
|7:33<br />
|We can see that our upload has been completed because this is only one megabyte in size. <br />
|-<br />
|7:39<br />
|That's all I have on File Upload for now. <br />
|-<br />
|7:44<br />
|This is all you need to know to use this to keep out specific file types and file sizes that are too large for your web server.<br />
|-<br />
|7:54<br />
|If you don't want big files on your web server this is a good way to control it.<br />
|-<br />
|7:58<br />
|Its very easy to create as you've seen.<br />
|-<br />
|8:01<br />
|Practice this and you'll be quite impressed with how useful this can be.<br />
|-<br />
|8:05<br />
|If you've got any questions please don't hesitate to ask.<br />
|-<br />
|8:08<br />
|Also please subscribe if you want to be notified on any updated videos or new videos.<br />
|-<br />
|8:15<br />
|Thanks for watching. This is Joshua Mathew dubbing for the Spoken Tutorial Project. Bye.</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PHP-and-MySQL/C4/File-Upload-Part-2/English-timedPHP-and-MySQL/C4/File-Upload-Part-2/English-timed2015-11-17T10:18:20Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|Border=1<br />
|'''Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|00:00<br />
|Welcome back. In the first part of this tutorial, I showed you how to take out specific properties of our uploaded file using this '''form''' here.<br />
|-<br />
|00:10<br />
|Now I'll show you how to upload this file and move it to the "uploaded" folder here which is currently empty.<br />
|-<br />
|00:18<br />
|If you recall, we're referring to a temporary area that is being stored on our web-server.<br />
|-<br />
|00:25<br />
|It's not of much use right now.<br />
|-<br />
|00:29<br />
|We have all our properties here, so I'll say "properties of the uploaded file", so we know what we're doing.<br />
|-<br />
|00:34<br />
|We have all our specific properties here.<br />
|-<br />
|00:38<br />
|I've given all of them easy to remember variable names; so we don't need to comment each of these individually.<br />
|-<br />
|00:46<br />
|First thing we will do is, create an '''if''' statement to check if there are any errors.<br />
|-<br />
|00:53<br />
|Here, if '''error code''' is bigger than zero meaning it has been issued by an error code then I'll say 'die'. <br />
|-<br />
|01:03<br />
|And I will give an error message out "File couldn't..." <br />
|-<br />
|01:11<br />
|Or "Error uploading file! code $error".<br />
|-<br />
|01:20<br />
|This will give the user an error code.<br />
|-<br />
|01:23<br />
|Now the '''else''' part. <br />
|-<br />
|01:25<br />
|I'll add these curly brackets to keep that simple and in a single line.<br />
|-<br />
|01:29<br />
|So '''else''', I want to use a function called 'move_uploaded_file()'.<br />
|-<br />
|01:39<br />
|Then we'll take the temporary name 'temp' which is the first parameter of this function and the second parameter is the destination which is 'uploaded folder'.<br />
|-<br />
|01:51<br />
|So, I'll type 'uploaded' and a forward slash.<br />
|-<br />
|01:59<br />
|And at the end of that we'll concatenate the name of the file that we've uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|02:07<br />
|So, here it would just be '$name'.<br />
|-<br />
|02:10<br />
|This shows the user just adding the inter variables here.<br />
|-<br />
|02:15<br />
|Otherwise we would have to type these, for example - "temp_name".<br />
|-<br />
|02:19<br />
|Then go here and place it like this.<br />
|-<br />
|02:22<br />
|It gets quite messy and hard to read.<br />
|-<br />
|02:25<br />
|So, it's easier to just keep these variables here.<br />
|-<br />
|02:33 <br />
|Okay, so now I'll get rid of these or rather I'll keep these.<br />
|-<br />
|02:37<br />
|And lastly '''echo''' out a message saying "Upload complete!".<br />
|-<br />
|02:41<br />
|Let's try this.<br />
|-<br />
|02:47<br />
|I logon to our page and pick our file - 'intro to avi'.<br />
|-<br />
|02:51<br />
|I'll click on upload and we can see that "Upload is complete!". <br />
|-<br />
|02:55<br />
|Let's check my file.<br />
|-<br />
|02:57<br />
|Upload folder and click on my "uploaded" sub directory, you can see that the file is here whereas before it had been stored in the temporary directory on my web-server.<br />
|-<br />
|03:08<br />
|So we've successfully uploaded our file here.<br />
|-<br />
|03:13<br />
|There are a few more things that we need to do.<br />
|-<br />
|03:15<br />
|'''Undo''' another '''if''' statement or undo this '''if''' statement. <br />
|-<br />
|03:20<br />
|We are going to check for specific file types that we don't want uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|03:24<br />
|So for example let's say, I don't want 'avi' files to be uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|03:30<br />
|What I could do here is, say - if error is bigger than zero, don't upload files. <br />
|-<br />
|03:37<br />
|Otherwise I'll start a new '''if''' statement inside the '''else'''.<br />
|-<br />
|03:41<br />
|And I'll create a '''block''' here.<br />
|-<br />
|03:47<br />
|And these are the '''conditions''' for the file.<br />
|-<br />
|03:51<br />
|I'll say - if the type of file - that's our '''$type''' variable, t-y-p-e, 2 equal to signs, equals '''video slash avi'''.<br />
|-<br />
|04:09<br />
|As you saw in the first part of this, as I echoed it out, it was equal to '''video slash avi'''. <br />
|-<br />
|04:19<br />
|And then we're saying that if it is equal to '''video slash avi''' then upload the file.<br />
|-<br />
|04:28<br />
|I'll just move it down here and I will put that into the '''else''' block.<br />
|-<br />
|04:32<br />
|So now I have - if the video is equal to avi then '''die''' and the message is "That format is not allowed!".<br />
|-<br />
|04:44<br />
|Okay, so now I'll delete this from our uploaded directory and I'll come back to my initial uploaded file.<br />
|-<br />
|04:54<br />
|I'll choose 'intro dot avi' and when I click '''Upload''', it says that "That format is not allowed!".<br />
|-<br />
|05:01<br />
|And if you go to my 'uploaded' directory, you can see that the folder is empty.<br />
|-<br />
|05:06<br />
|Nothing has been uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|05:08<br />
|Now instead of 'avi' let us say I want to ban 'images with png' extension.<br />
|-<br />
|05:15<br />
|I'll change it here and upload my file again.<br />
|-<br />
|05:23<br />
|You can see that because it's an accepted file format, we get the message "Upload complete!" and it's been transferred to my 'uploaded' folder.<br />
|-<br />
|05:33<br />
|Let's delete that again. Oh! I canceled it. Let's delete that again.<br />
|-<br />
|05:42<br />
|Okay. So what we've seen here is how to specify a specific type.<br />
|-<br />
|05:47<br />
|What we also can do is specify a specific file size.<br />
|-<br />
|05:51<br />
|I'll say 'or' using this '''or''' operator and I'll say '''or''' the '''$size''' is bigger than half a megabyte.<br />
|-<br />
|06:04<br />
|This is half a megabyte which is five hundred thousand bits, sorry bytes. I think I made a mistake and said bits instead of bytes.<br />
|-<br />
|06:14<br />
|So that's five hundred thousand bytes which is equal to 0 point 4 megabytes. I'll just say half a megabyte for now.<br />
|-<br />
|06:29<br />
|This will evaluate the size and say is it bigger than half a megabyte.<br />
|-<br />
|06:38<br />
|Then it will say this "Format is not allowed".<br />
|-<br />
|06:43<br />
|So I'll change this message to accommodate "Format not allowed or file size too big".<br />
|-<br />
|06:56<br />
|So, you can create an '''if''' statement for each of these that is for evaluating your '''$type''' and evaluating your '''$size'''.<br />
|-<br />
|07:03<br />
|You just need to take this '''condition''' and put it in another '''if''' statement.<br />
|-<br />
|07:09<br />
|So, I go back here and I'll choose my file again.<br />
|-<br />
|07:12<br />
|Just making sure it's there.<br />
|-<br />
|07:14<br />
|Click '''Upload''' and it'll say "Format not allowed...".<br />
|-<br />
|07:19<br />
|Now if you go back to our code, this is not in 'png' format but it is exceeding the size limit.<br />
|-<br />
|07:25<br />
|Let's change this to 2 million which is 2 megabytes.<br />
|-<br />
|07:31<br />
|Refresh and send that.<br />
|-<br />
|07:33<br />
|We can see that our upload has been completed because this is only one megabyte in size. <br />
|-<br />
|07:39<br />
|That's all I have on '''File Upload''' for now. <br />
|-<br />
|07:44<br />
|This is all you need to know to use this to keep out specific file types and file sizes that are too large for your web-server.<br />
|-<br />
|07:54<br />
|If you don't want big files on your web server, this is a good way to control it.<br />
|-<br />
|07:58<br />
|It's very easy to create as you've seen.<br />
|-<br />
|08:01<br />
|Practice this and you'll be quite impressed with how useful this can be.<br />
|-<br />
|08:05<br />
|If you've got any questions please don't hesitate to ask.<br />
|-<br />
|08:08<br />
|Also please subscribe, if you want to be notified on any updated videos or new videos.<br />
|-<br />
|08:15<br />
|Thanks for watching. This is Joshua Mathew, dubbing for the Spoken Tutorial Project. Bye.</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PHP-and-MySQL/C4/File-Upload-Part-2/English-timedPHP-and-MySQL/C4/File-Upload-Part-2/English-timed2015-11-17T10:17:31Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|Border=1<br />
|'''Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|00:00<br />
|Welcome back. In the first part of this tutorial, I showed you how to take out specific properties of our uploaded file using this '''form''' here.<br />
|-<br />
|00:10<br />
|Now I'll show you how to upload this file and move it to the "uploaded" folder here which is currently empty.<br />
|-<br />
|00:18<br />
|If you recall, we're referring to a temporary area that is being stored on our web-server.<br />
|-<br />
|00:25<br />
|It's not of much use right now.<br />
|-<br />
|00:29<br />
|We have all our properties here, so I'll say "properties of the uploaded file", so we know what we're doing.<br />
|-<br />
|00:34<br />
|We have all our specific properties here.<br />
|-<br />
|00:38<br />
|I've given all of them easy to remember variable names; so we don't need to comment each of these individually.<br />
|-<br />
|00:46<br />
|First thing we will do is, create an '''if''' statement to check if there are any errors.<br />
|-<br />
|00:53<br />
|Here, if '''error code''' is bigger than zero meaning it has been issued by an error code then I'll say 'die'. <br />
|-<br />
|01:03<br />
|And I will give an error message out "File couldn't..." <br />
|-<br />
|01:11<br />
|Or "Error uploading file! code $error".<br />
|-<br />
|01:20<br />
|This will give the user an error code.<br />
|-<br />
|01:23<br />
|Now the '''else''' part. <br />
|-<br />
|01:25<br />
|I'll add these curly brackets to keep that simple and in a single line.<br />
|-<br />
|01:29<br />
|So '''else''', I want to use a function called 'move_uploaded_file()'.<br />
|-<br />
|01:39<br />
|Then we'll take the temporary name 'temp' which is the first parameter of this function and the second parameter is the destination which is 'uploaded folder'.<br />
|-<br />
|01:51<br />
|So, I'll type 'uploaded' and a forward slash.<br />
|-<br />
|01:59<br />
|And at the end of that we'll concatenate the name of the file that we've uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|02:07<br />
|So, here it would just be '$name'.<br />
|-<br />
|02:10<br />
|This shows the user just adding the inter variables here.<br />
|-<br />
|02:15<br />
|Otherwise we would have to type these, for example - "temp_name".<br />
|-<br />
|02:19<br />
|Then go here and place it like this.<br />
|-<br />
|02:22<br />
|It gets quite messy and hard to read.<br />
|-<br />
|02:25<br />
|So, it's easier to just keep these variables here.<br />
|-<br />
|02:33 <br />
|Okay, so now I'll get rid of these or rather I'll keep these.<br />
|-<br />
|02:37<br />
|And lastly '''echo''' out a message saying "Upload complete!".<br />
|-<br />
|02:41<br />
|Let's try this.<br />
|-<br />
|02:47<br />
|I logon to our page and pick our file - 'intro to avi'.<br />
|-<br />
|02:51<br />
|I'll click on upload and we can see that "Upload is complete!". <br />
|-<br />
|02:55<br />
|Let's check my file.<br />
|-<br />
|02:57<br />
|Upload folder and click on my "uploaded" sub directory, you can see that the file is here whereas before it had been stored in the temporary directory on my web-server.<br />
|-<br />
|03:08<br />
|So we've successfully uploaded our file here.<br />
|-<br />
|03:13<br />
|There are a few more things that we need to do.<br />
|-<br />
|03:15<br />
|'''Undo''' another '''if''' statement or undo this '''if''' statement. <br />
|-<br />
|03:20<br />
|We are going to check for specific file types that we don't want uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|03:24<br />
|So for example let's say, I don't want 'avi' files to be uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|03:30<br />
|What I could do here is, say - if error is bigger than zero, don't upload files. <br />
|-<br />
|03:37<br />
|Otherwise I'll start a new '''if''' statement inside the '''else'''.<br />
|-<br />
|03:41<br />
|And I'll create a '''block''' here.<br />
|-<br />
|03:47<br />
|And these are the '''conditions''' for the file.<br />
|-<br />
|03:51<br />
|I'll say - if the type of file - that's our '''$type''' variable, t-y-p-e, 2 equal to signs, equals "video slash avi".<br />
|-<br />
|04:09<br />
|As you saw in the first part of this, as I echoed it out, it was equal to video slash avi. <br />
|-<br />
|04:19<br />
|And then we're saying that if it is equal to "video slash avi" then upload the file.<br />
|-<br />
|04:28<br />
|I'll just move it down here and I will put that into the '''else''' block.<br />
|-<br />
|04:32<br />
|So now I have - if the video is equal to avi then '''die''' and the message is "That format is not allowed!".<br />
|-<br />
|04:44<br />
|Okay, so now I'll delete this from our uploaded directory and I'll come back to my initial uploaded file.<br />
|-<br />
|04:54<br />
|I'll choose 'intro dot avi' and when I click '''Upload''', it says that "That format is not allowed!".<br />
|-<br />
|05:01<br />
|And if you go to my 'uploaded' directory, you can see that the folder is empty.<br />
|-<br />
|05:06<br />
|Nothing has been uploaded.<br />
|-<br />
|05:08<br />
|Now instead of 'avi' let us say I want to ban 'images with png' extension.<br />
|-<br />
|05:15<br />
|I'll change it here and upload my file again.<br />
|-<br />
|05:23<br />
|You can see that because it's an accepted file format, we get the message "Upload complete!" and it's been transferred to my 'uploaded' folder.<br />
|-<br />
|05:33<br />
|Let's delete that again. Oh! I canceled it. Let's delete that again.<br />
|-<br />
|05:42<br />
|Okay. So what we've seen here is how to specify a specific type.<br />
|-<br />
|05:47<br />
|What we also can do is specify a specific file size.<br />
|-<br />
|05:51<br />
|I'll say 'or' using this '''or''' operator and I'll say '''or''' the '''$size''' is bigger than half a megabyte.<br />
|-<br />
|06:04<br />
|This is half a megabyte which is five hundred thousand bits, sorry bytes. I think I made a mistake and said bits instead of bytes.<br />
|-<br />
|06:14<br />
|So that's five hundred thousand bytes which is equal to 0 point 4 megabytes. I'll just say half a megabyte for now.<br />
|-<br />
|06:29<br />
|This will evaluate the size and say is it bigger than half a megabyte.<br />
|-<br />
|06:38<br />
|Then it will say this "Format is not allowed".<br />
|-<br />
|06:43<br />
|So I'll change this message to accommodate "Format not allowed or file size too big".<br />
|-<br />
|06:56<br />
|So, you can create an '''if''' statement for each of these that is for evaluating your '''$type''' and evaluating your '''$size'''.<br />
|-<br />
|07:03<br />
|You just need to take this '''condition''' and put it in another '''if''' statement.<br />
|-<br />
|07:09<br />
|So, I go back here and I'll choose my file again.<br />
|-<br />
|07:12<br />
|Just making sure it's there.<br />
|-<br />
|07:14<br />
|Click '''Upload''' and it'll say "Format not allowed...".<br />
|-<br />
|07:19<br />
|Now if you go back to our code, this is not in 'png' format but it is exceeding the size limit.<br />
|-<br />
|07:25<br />
|Let's change this to 2 million which is 2 megabytes.<br />
|-<br />
|07:31<br />
|Refresh and send that.<br />
|-<br />
|07:33<br />
|We can see that our upload has been completed because this is only one megabyte in size. <br />
|-<br />
|07:39<br />
|That's all I have on '''File Upload''' for now. <br />
|-<br />
|07:44<br />
|This is all you need to know to use this to keep out specific file types and file sizes that are too large for your web-server.<br />
|-<br />
|07:54<br />
|If you don't want big files on your web server, this is a good way to control it.<br />
|-<br />
|07:58<br />
|It's very easy to create as you've seen.<br />
|-<br />
|08:01<br />
|Practice this and you'll be quite impressed with how useful this can be.<br />
|-<br />
|08:05<br />
|If you've got any questions please don't hesitate to ask.<br />
|-<br />
|08:08<br />
|Also please subscribe, if you want to be notified on any updated videos or new videos.<br />
|-<br />
|08:15<br />
|Thanks for watching. This is Joshua Mathew, dubbing for the Spoken Tutorial Project. Bye.</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Old/C2/Desktop-Customization-14.04/English-timedLinux-Old/C2/Desktop-Customization-14.04/English-timed2015-10-14T06:55:31Z<p>Gaurav: Created page with "'''Title of script''': '''Desktop Customization''' '''Author: Gaurav''' '''Keywords: ''' {| border=1 | '''Visual Cue''' | '''Narration''' |- | 00.01 | Hello everyone..."</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Title of script''': '''Desktop Customization'''<br />
<br />
'''Author: Gaurav'''<br />
<br />
'''Keywords: '''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border=1<br />
| '''Visual Cue'''<br />
| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.01<br />
| Hello everyone.<br />
<br />
Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Desktop Customization in Ubuntu Linux OS'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.08<br />
| In this tutorial we will learn <br />
* About the '''Launcher '''<br />
* How to Remove and add applications in the '''Launcher'''<br />
* Use multiple '''desktops'''<br />
* '''Internet connectivity'''<br />
* '''Sound settings'''<br />
* '''Time and Date '''settings<br />
* and switch to other '''user accounts '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.27 <br />
| For this tutorial I am using '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' 14.10<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.34<br />
| Let's begin with the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.36<br />
| '''Launcher''' is the default left-side '''panel''' in the '''Ubuntu''' '''Linux desktop, '''which has some default applications.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.44<br />
|The '''Launcher''' makes it easy to access frequently used applications.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.49 <br />
|So, we can launch a program by clicking on its "desktop shortcut" on the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.56<br />
| By default, the '''Launcher '''has some applications.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.00<br />
| Let us learn to '''customize''' the '''Launcher''' based on our requirements.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.06<br />
| For my regular work, I need applications like '''Terminal, LibreOffice Writer, Gedit and so on'''.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.15<br />
|Let's add these applications on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.19<br />
| Before doing that, I will remove some of the applications which I don't want.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.25<br />
| Say, I wish to remove the '''VLC '''application.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.30<br />
| So, right-click on the '''VLC '''application icon and select '''Unlock from Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.37<br />
| You can see that the '''VLC '''application icon has been removed from the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.43<br />
| In the same way, we can remove all the shortcuts which we don't use frequently.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.49<br />
| I have removed some applications from the '''Launcher '''on my '''desktop, '''as you can see here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.55<br />
| Now, I will add the '''Terminal''' shortcut to the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.00<br />
| Click on '''Dash Home.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.02<br />
| In the '''search bar,''' type “'''terminal'''”.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.05<br />
| Click on the '''Terminal''' icon to open it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.09<br />
| You can see the '''Terminal''' icon on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.13<br />
| To fix the '''Terminal '''icon on the '''Launcher, '''first right-click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.18 <br />
| Then click on '''Lock to Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.21<br />
| Another way to fix application shortcuts on the '''Launcher '''is by dragging and dropping. I will demonstrate this now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.30<br />
| Open '''Dash Home''' and in the '''search bar, '''type '''libreOffice'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.37<br />
| Drag the '''LibreOffice '''icon onto the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.42<br />
| As we do so, the help text may appear saying “'''Drop to Add application”.''' Don’t worry if no help text appears.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.51<br />
| Now, drop the '''LibreOffice '''icon on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.55<br />
| You can see that the shortcut is now added to the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.00 <br />
| This is how we can add shortcuts on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.04<br />
| The next important feature in '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' is '''multiple desktop''' or '''Workspace Switcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.12<br />
| Sometimes we may be working on multiple applications.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.17<br />
| And we may find it difficult to switch from one application to another.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.22 <br />
| To make it more convenient, we can use '''Workspace Switcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.27<br />
| Let’s come back to the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.30<br />
| On the '''Launcher,'''locate '''Workspace Switcher''' icon. Click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.36<br />
| It shows 4 quadrants with 4 '''Desktops'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.40<br />
| By default, the top-left '''Desktop''' is selected. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.44<br />
| That is the '''Desktop '''in which we are currently working.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.48<br />
| Now, let’s select the second '''Desktop''' by clicking on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.53<br />
| I will open the '''Terminal''' here by clicking on the icon in the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.59<br />
| Now, click on the '''Workspace Switcher '''again'''.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.02<br />
| You can see the '''Terminal '''on the second '''Workspace Switcher''' and our '''Desktop''' on the first.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.09<br />
| In this way, you can work on '''multiple Desktops'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.12<br />
| Let us come back to the first '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.15<br />
| '''Trash''' is another important icon on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.19<br />
| '''Trash''' contains all the deleted files and folders.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.23 <br />
| In case we delete a '''file''' accidentally, we can restore it from '''Trash.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.28<br />
| To demonstrate this, I will delete '''DIW ''' file, which is on my '''Desktop.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.33 <br />
| Right-click on the file and click on the option '''Move to Trash.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.38<br />
| To restore it, just click on the '''Trash icon '''in the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.43<br />
| The '''Trash '''folder opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.46<br />
| Select the '''file, '''right-click on it and click on '''Restore'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.50<br />
| Close the '''Trash ''' window and come back to the '''desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.54 <br />
| We can see the file which we deleted earlier is now restored.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.59<br />
| To delete a file permanently from your system, first select it and then press '''Shift+Delete.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.07<br />
| A dialog box saying Are you sure want to permanently delete '''DIW''' will appear. Click on '''Delete'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.15<br />
| Click on the '''Trash '''icon once again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.18<br />
| We can't find the file in the '''Trash '''folder, as it is permanently deleted from our system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.24<br />
| Now, we'll see some applications available at the top right corner of the '''Desktop.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.31<br />
| First one is '''Internet connectivity. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.34<br />
| Connection is established if you are connected to any '''Lan''' or '''Wifi network.''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.39 <br />
| You can see these over here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.42<br />
| You can select the '''network''' which you have access to.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.46<br />
| To '''Enable/ Disable''' the network, check/uncheck the '''Enable Networking''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.52<br />
| We can also edit the networks using '''Edit Connections''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.57<br />
| Next option is '''Sound.''' Click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.00<br />
| You can see a slider here. This helps us to increase or decrease the audio level, as per our choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.07<br />
| We can further adjust the sound level of our system by clicking on '''Sound Settings'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.14<br />
| Explore the settings in this window on your own.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.17<br />
| Next icon is '''Time & Date'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.20<br />
| If we click on this icon, the calendar opens up. We can see the current date, month and year here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.29<br />
| Arrow buttons allow us to move to other months and years, as per our choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.35<br />
| We can edit date and time by clicking on '''Time & Date Settings'''. Explore this option further on your own.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.44<br />
| Next, click on the '''wheel''' icon.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.47 <br />
| Here we can see some shortcut options along with '''Log Out''' and '''Shut Down''' options.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.53<br />
| We can also see all the '''User accounts''' available in our system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.59 <br />
| We can switch to whichever user account we wish to, by clicking on that particular user.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.05<br />
| Let us summarise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.07<br />
| In this tutorial we have learnt<br />
<br />
* About the '''Launcher '''<br />
* How to Remove and add applications in the '''Launcher'''<br />
* Use '''multiple desktops'''<br />
* '''Internet connectivity'''<br />
* '''Sound settings'''<br />
* '''Time & Date settings'''<br />
* Switch to other '''user accounts'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.26<br />
| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial Project. Please watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.32<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial Project team conducts workshops and gives certificates on passing online tests.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.39<br />
| For details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.42<br />
| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Govt of India. More information on this mission is available at the following link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.53<br />
| This tutorial is contributed by Gaurav Shinde and Praveen S. Thankyou for Joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PERL/C2/More-Conditional-statements/PunjabiPERL/C2/More-Conditional-statements/Punjabi2015-09-11T10:01:58Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|border = 1<br />
|'''Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
|- <br />
|00:00<br />
|ਪਰਲ ਵਿੱਚ if - elsif - else ਅਤੇ switch ਕੰਡੀਸ਼ਨਲ ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟਸ ਉੱਤੇ ਸਪੋਕਨ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸਵਾਗਤ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|00:07<br />
|ਇਸ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸੀ ਸਿਖਾਂਗੇ <br />
|- <br />
|00:10<br />
|ਪਰਲ ਵਿੱਚ if - elsif - else ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਅਤੇ switch ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਦੇ ਬਾਰੇ । <br />
|- <br />
|00:15<br />
|ਮੈਂ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹਾਂ ਉਬੰਟੁ ਲਿਨਕਸ 12.04 ਆਪਰੇਟਿੰਗ ਸਿਸਟਮ ਅਤੇ ਪਰਲ 5.14.2<br />
|- <br />
|00:22<br />
|ਮੈਂ gedit ਟੈਕਸਟ ਐਡੀਟਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਵੀ ਕਰਾਂਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|00:25<br />
|ਤੁਸੀ ਆਪਣੇ ਪਸੰਦ ਦੇ ਟੈਕਸਟ ਐਡੀਟਰ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ । <br />
|- <br />
|00:29<br />
|ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਪਰਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲਸ ਅਤੇ ਕਮੈਂਟਸ ਦਾ ਮੁਢਲਾ ਗਿਆਨ ਹੋਣਾ ਚਾਹੀਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|00:34<br />
|ਅਤੇ for , foreach , while ਅਤੇ do - while ਲੂਪਸ ਅਤੇ<br />
|- <br />
|00:38<br />
|if ਅਤੇ if - else ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਦਾ ਗਿਆਨ ਵਧੇਰੇ ਲਾਭਦਾਇਕ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|00:43<br />
|ਕਿਰਪਾ ਕਰਕੇ ਸੰਬੰਧਤ ਸਪੋਕਨ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲਸ ਲਈ ਸਪੋਕਨ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਦੀ ਵੈਬਸਾਈਟ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|00:48<br />
|ਪਰਲ ਵਿੱਚ If - elsif - else ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ <br />
|- <br />
|00:52<br />
|ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਕੰਡਿਸ਼ੰਸ ਨੂੰ ਟੈਸਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ<br />
|- <br />
|00:54<br />
|ਜਦੋਂ ਸਾਰੇ ਕੰਡਿਸ਼ੰਸ ਅਸਫਲ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਨ ਤਾਂ ਇਹ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ else ਬਲਾਕਸ ਨੂੰ ਚਲਾਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|00:59<br />
|if - elsif - else ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਲਈ ਸਿੰਟੈਕਸ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ <br />
|- <br />
|01:04<br />
|if space ਓਪਨ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ condition ਕਲੋਜ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ ਸਪੇਸ ਓਪਨ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ , ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|01:13<br />
|ਕੰਡੀਸ਼ਨ true ਹੋਣ ਉੱਤੇ ਚੱਲਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਕੋਡ ਦਾ ਭਾਗ ਸੈਮੀਕਾਲਨ । <br />
|- <br />
|01:18<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|01:20<br />
|ਕਲੋਜ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ ਸਪੇਸ elsif ਸਪੇਸ ਓਪਨ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ condition ਕਲੋਜ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ ਸਪੇਸ ਓਪਨ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ । <br />
|- <br />
|01:30<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|01:31<br />
|elsif ਕੰਡੀਸ਼ਨ true ਹੋਣ ਉੱਤੇ <br />
|- <br />
|01:33<br />
|ਚੱਲਣ ਵਾਲਾ ਕੋਡ ਦਾ ਹੋਰ ਭਾਗ ਸੈਮੀਕਾਲਨ । <br />
|- <br />
|01:37<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|01:39<br />
|ਕਲੋਜ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ ਸਪੇਸ else ਸਪੇਸ ਓਪਨ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ । <br />
|- <br />
|01:44<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|01:45<br />
|ਚੱਲਣ ਵਾਲਾ ਕੋਡ , ਜਦੋਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਦੀਆਂ ਦੋਨਾਂ ਕੰਡਿਸ਼ੰਸ false ਹੋਣ ਸੈਮੀਕਾਲਨ । <br />
|- <br />
|01:51<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|01:52<br />
|ਕਲੋਜ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ । <br />
|- <br />
|01:55<br />
|ਪਹਿਲਾਂ if ਕੰਡੀਸ਼ਨ ਚੈੱਕ ਅਤੇ ਨਿਸ਼ਪਾਦਿਤ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ ਜੇਕਰ ਕੰਡੀਸ਼ਨ true ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|02:01<br />
|ਜੇਕਰ ਨਹੀਂ ਤਾਂ , else if ਕੰਡੀਸ਼ਨ ਚੈੱਕ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਚੱਲਦੀ ਹੈ ਜੇਕਰ ਇਹ true ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|02:06 <br />
|ਨਹੀਂ ਤਾਂ , else ਬਲਾਕ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਡ ਚੱਲਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|02:11<br />
|ਹੁਣ , if - elsif - else ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਦਾ ਇੱਕ ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|- <br />
|02:16<br />
|ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਖੋਲੋ ਅਤੇ ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰੋ<br />
|- <br />
|02:19<br />
|gedit conditionalBlocks dot pl space ampersand<br />
|- <br />
|02:26<br />
|ਅਤੇ ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|02:28<br />
|ਇਹ gedit . ਵਿੱਚ conditionalBlocks . pl ਫਾਇਲ ਖੋਲੇਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|02:33<br />
|ਹੇਠਾਂ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਕੋਡ ਦੇ ਭਾਗ ਨੂੰ ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰੋ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਵਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|02:38 <br />
|ਅਸੀਂ ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਲਈ ਪਰਲ ਵੈਲਿਊ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਤ ਕੀਤੀ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|02:44<br />
|ਧਿਆਨ ਦਿਓ ਕਿ , eq ਸਟਰਿੰਗ ਕੰਪੈਰੀਜਨ ਆਪਰੇਟਰ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|02:49<br />
|ਅਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਸਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਵੱਖਰੇ ਕੰਡਿਸ਼ੰਸ ਹਨ ਜਿਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਅਸੀ ਚੈੱਕ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|- <br />
|02:55<br />
|ਹੁਣ , ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਸੇਵ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ctrl + s ਦਬਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|02:58<br />
|ਫਿਰ ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ ਅਤੇ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਸਿੱਧੇ ਚਲਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|03:02<br />
|ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰੋ perl conditionalBlocks dot pl <br />
|- <br />
|03:09<br />
|ਧਿਆਨ ਦਿਓ , ਮੈਂ ਕੰਪਾਇਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਸਟੈੱਪ ਨੂੰ ਛੱਡ ਰਿਹਾ ਹਾਂ । ਇਹ ਪਰਲ ਸਕਰਿਪਟ ਨੂੰ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਸਟੈੱਪ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|03:16<br />
|ਜੇਕਰ ਇੱਥੇ ਕੋਈ ਕੰਪਾਇਲੇਸ਼ਨ ਐਰਰ ਹੈ , <br />
|- <br />
|03:18<br />
|ਨਿਸ਼ਪਾਦਨ ਇੱਕ ਐਰਰ ਦਿਖਾਵੇਗਾ ਅਤੇ ਸਕਰਿਪਟ ਦਾ ਨਿਸ਼ਪਾਦਨ ਰੋਕ ਦੇਵੇਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|03:23<br />
|ਹੁਣ ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|03:25<br />
|ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਆਊਟਪੁਟ ਦਿਖਦਾ ਹੈ , <br />
|- <br />
|03:27<br />
|Hi , I am Perl <br />
|- <br />
|03:29<br />
|ਹੁਣ , ਆਪਣੇ ਅਗਲੇ ਕੇਸ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|- <br />
|03:31<br />
|gedit . ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|03:33 <br />
|ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਲਈ ਜਾਵਾ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਤ ਕਰੋ ਵਰਗਾ ਵਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|03:37<br />
|ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਸੇਵ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ctrl + s ਦਬਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|03:40<br />
|ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ ਅਤੇ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਚਲਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|03:43<br />
|ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰੋ perl conditionalBlocks dot pl <br />
|- <br />
|03:50<br />
|ਅਤੇ ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|03:53<br />
|ਟਾਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਆਊਟਪੁਟ ਦਿਖਦੀ ਹੈ Hi , I am Java <br />
|- <br />
|03:59<br />
|ਦੁਬਾਰਾ gedit ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|04:03<br />
|ਹੁਣ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲ ਲਈ English ਨਿਰਧਾਰਤ ਕਰੋ । <br />
|- <br />
|04:07<br />
|ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਸੇਵ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ctrl + s ਦਬਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|04:09<br />
|ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ ਅਤੇ ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਚਲਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|04:13<br />
|ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰੋ perl conditionalBlocks dot pl <br />
|- <br />
|04:18<br />
|ਅਤੇ ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|04:19<br />
|ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਆਊਟਪੁਟ ਦਿਖਦੀ ਹੈ <br />
|- <br />
|04:22<br />
|I am not a computer language <br />
|- <br />
|04:27<br />
|ਤਿੰਨ ਕੇਸਸ ਦਰਸਾਉਂਦੇ ਹਨ <br />
|- <br />
|04:29<br />
|ਕੇਵਲ ਇੱਕ if ਬਲਾਕ ਜੋ ਕੰਡੀਸ਼ਨ ਪੂਰੀ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ , ਚੱਲੇਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|04:35<br />
|ਨਹੀਂ ਤਾਂ , ਡਿਫਾਲਟ else ਬਲਾਕ ਚੱਲੇਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|04:39<br />
|ਇਸ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਸਾਡੀ ਲੋੜ ਦੇ ਅਨੁਸਾਰ ਸਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ elsif ਕੰਡਿਸ਼ੰਸ ਹਨ । <br />
|- <br />
|04:46<br />
|ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਈ ਨਿਅਤ ਕਾਰਜ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|04:48<br />
|ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟ ਕਰਣ ਲਈ if - elsif - else ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਲਿਖੋ . . . <br />
|- <br />
|04:51<br />
|“I am a Science graduate” ਜੇਕਰ ਵਰਗ ਵਿਗਿਆਨ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|04:55<br />
|“I am a Commerce graduate” ਜੇਕਰ ਵਰਗ ਵਣਜ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|04:59<br />
|“I am an Arts graduate” ਜੇਕਰ ਵਰਗ ਨਾ ਹੀ ਵਿਗਿਆਨ ਅਤੇ ਨਾ ਹੀ ਵਣਜ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|05:06<br />
|ਹੁਣ switch ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਦੇ ਬਾਰੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਜਾਣਦੇ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|- <br />
|05:10<br />
|ਪਰਲ 5.8 ਤੱਕ , ਇੱਥੇ ਪਰਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ switch ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਸੀ । <br />
|- <br />
|05:14<br />
|ਉਸਦੇ ਬਾਅਦ Switch ਮਾਡਿਊਲ ਪ੍ਰਚਲਿਤ ਹੋਇਆ , <br />
|- <br />
|05:18<br />
|ਜੋ switch ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਦੀ ਕਾਰਜਸ਼ਮਤਾ ਪ੍ਰਦਾਨ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|05:22<br />
|ਧਿਆਨ ਦਿਓ , ਪਰਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਮਾਡਿਊਲਸ ਆਉਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਵੇਖਾਂਗੇ । <br />
|- <br />
|05:27<br />
|switch ਦਾ ਸਿੰਟੈਕਸ ਇਸ ਪ੍ਰਕਾਰ ਹੈ: <br />
|- <br />
|05:30<br />
|use Switch ਸੈਮੀਕਾਲਨ । <br />
|- <br />
|05:32<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|05:34<br />
|switch ਸਪੇਸ ਓਪਨ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ dollar value ਕਲੋਜ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ ਸਪੇਸ ਓਪਨ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ । <br />
|- <br />
|05:42<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|05:44<br />
|case ਸਪੇਸ 1 ਸਪੇਸ ਓਪਨ ਕਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ executes when dollar value equal to 1 ਕਲੋਜ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ । <br />
|- <br />
|05:53<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|05:55<br />
|case ਸਪੇਸ ਸਿੰਗਲ ਕੋਟ a ਸਿੰਗਲ ਕੋਟ ਸਪੇਸ ਓਪਨ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ executes when dollar value equal to ਸਿੰਗਲ ਕੋਟ a ਸਿੰਗਲ ਕੋਟ ਕਲੋਜ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ । <br />
|- <br />
|06:09<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|06:10<br />
|else ਸਪੇਸ ਓਪਨ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ executes when dollar value does not match any of the cases <br />
|- <br />
|06:18<br />
|ਕਲੋਜ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ । <br />
|- <br />
|06:19<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|06:20<br />
|ਕਲੋਜ ਕਰਲੀ ਬਰੈਕੇਟ । <br />
|- <br />
|06:22<br />
|ਸੈਂਪਲ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰਕੇ switch ਨੂੰ ਸਮਝਦੇ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|- <br />
|06:26<br />
|ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਖੋਲੋ ਅਤੇ ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰੋ<br />
|- <br />
|06:29<br />
|gedit sampleSwitch dot pl space ampersand<br />
|- <br />
|06:36<br />
|ਅਤੇ ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|06:38<br />
|ਹੁਣ , ਸੈਂਪਲ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮ ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰੋ , ਜਿਵੇਂ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਵਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|06:43<br />
|ਹੁਣ ਸਮਝਦੇ ਹਾਂ ਕਿ switch ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਕਾਰਜ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|06:46<br />
|use Switch ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਪਰਲ ਕੋਡ ਵਿੱਚ Switch ਮਾਡਿਊਲ ਸ਼ਾਮਿਲ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|06:54<br />
|ਧਿਆਨ ਦਿਓ, ਅਸੀ use ਕੀਵਰਡ ਦੇ ਬਾਰੇ ਵਿੱਚ ਵਿਸਥਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਆਉਣ ਵਾਲੇ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਿਖਾਂਗੇ। <br />
|- <br />
|07:00<br />
|ਹੁਣ ਅਸੀ ਭਿੰਨ ਕੇਸੇਸ ਟੈਸਟ ਕਰਾਂਗੇ । <br />
|- <br />
|07:03<br />
|ਅਸੀਂ $ var ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲ ਲਈ ਪਰਲ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਤ ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|07:08<br />
|ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲ $ var ਵਿੱਚ ਵੈਲਿਊ switch ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਚੈੱਕ ਹੁੰਦੀ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|07:14<br />
|ਪਹਿਲੇ ਕੇਸ ਵਿੱਚ , ਇਹ ਪਰਲ ਕੇਸ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਮੈਚ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|07:19<br />
|ਸੋ, ਇਸ ਕੇਸ ਲਈ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਕੋਡ ਚੱਲੇਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|07:24<br />
|ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਸੇਵ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ctrl + s ਦਬਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|07:27<br />
|ਹੁਣ , ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ ਅਤੇ perl sampleSwitch . pl <br />
|- <br />
|07:31<br />
|ਸਕਰਿਪਟ ਚਲਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|07:36<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|07:38<br />
|ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਆਊਟਪੁਟ ਦਿਖਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|07:41<br />
|I am Perl <br />
|- <br />
|07:43<br />
|gedit ਵਿੱਚ sampleSwitch . pl ਉੱਤੇ ਵਾਪਸ ਜਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|07:48<br />
|ਹੁਣ ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲ $ var ਲਈ ਲਿਨਕਸ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਤ ਕਰੋ । <br />
|- <br />
|07:52<br />
|ਫਾਇਲ ਨੂੰ ਸੇਵ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ Ctrl +S ਦਬਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|07:57<br />
|ਫਿਰ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ, ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲ $ var ਦੀ ਵੈਲਿਊ switch ਵਿੱਚ ਚੈੱਕ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ । <br />
|- <br />
|08:03<br />
|ਇਹ ਲਿਨਕਸ ਕੇਸ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਮੈਚ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|08:05<br />
|ਸੋ , ਇਸ ਕੇਸ ਲਈ ਲਿਖਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਕੋਡ ਚੱਲੇਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|08:10<br />
|ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ ਅਤੇ perl sampleSwitch . pl<br />
|- <br />
|08:15<br />
|ਸਕਰਿਪਟ ਚਲਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|08:19<br />
|ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|08:21<br />
|ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਆਊਟਪੁਟ ਦਿਖਾਇਆ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|08:24<br />
|I am Linux <br />
|- <br />
|08:26<br />
|gedit ਵਿੱਚ sampleSwitch . pl ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|08:30<br />
|ਇਸੇ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ, ਜੇਕਰ ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲ $ var ਦੀ ਵੈਲਿਊ ਜਾਵਾ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ , ਤਾਂ ਦੂਜਾ ਕੇਸ ਚੈੱਕ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|08:38<br />
|ਹੁਣ ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲ $ var ਲਈ English ਨਿਰਧਾਰਤ ਕਰੋ । <br />
|- <br />
|08:42<br />
|ਫਿਰ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਵੇਰੀਏਬਲ $ var ਦੀ ਵੈਲਿਊ switch ਵਿੱਚ ਚੈੱਕ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ । <br />
|- <br />
|08:47<br />
|ਇਹ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਕੇਸ ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟਸ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਮੈਚ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|08:50<br />
|ਸੋ, else ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਚੱਲੇਗੀ । <br />
|- <br />
|08:54<br />
|ਹੁਣ , ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਾਓ ਅਤੇ perl sampleSwitch . pl<br />
|- <br />
|09:00<br />
|ਸਕਰਿਪਟ ਚਲਾਓ । <br />
|- <br />
|09:07<br />
|ਅਤੇ ਐਂਟਰ ਦਬਾਓ। <br />
|- <br />
|09:09<br />
|ਟਰਮੀਨਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਆਊਟਪੁਟ ਦਿਖਾਇਆ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|09:12<br />
|I am not a computer language <br />
|- <br />
|09:17<br />
|3 ਕੇਸੇਸ ਦਰਸਾਉਂਦੇ ਹਨ ਕਿ <br />
|- <br />
|09:20<br />
|ਐਕਸਪ੍ਰੈਸ਼ਨ ਦੀ ਵੈਲਿਊ ਨਿਰਧਾਰਤ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਕਿਹੜਾ ਕੇਸ ਚਲਾਉਣਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|09:25<br />
|ਕੇਵਲ ਉਚਿਤ ਕੇਸ ਚੱਲੇਗਾ ਅਤੇ <br />
|- <br />
|09:28<br />
|ਜਦੋਂ ਇੱਥੇ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਉਚਿਤ ਕੇਸ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ , ਤਾਂ ਡਿਫਾਲਟ else ਕੇਸ ਚੱਲੇਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|09:35<br />
|else ਕੇਸ ਲਿਖਣਾ ਜਰੁਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|09:39<br />
|ਅਜਿਹੇ ਦ੍ਰਿਸ਼-ਚਿੱਤਰਨ ਵਿੱਚ , <br />
|- <br />
|09:41<br />
|ਜੇਕਰ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਕੇਸ ਮੈਚ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ , <br />
|- <br />
|09:44<br />
|ਤਾਂ ਇੱਥੇ switch ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਵਲੋਂ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਆਊਟਪੁਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਆਵੇਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|09:48<br />
|ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਹੋਰ ਨਿਅਤ ਕਾਰਜ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|09:50<br />
|ਇਸ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਗਏ ਨਿਅਤ ਕਾਰਜ ਨੂੰ <br />
|- <br />
|09:53<br />
|switch ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰਕੇ ਦੁਬਾਰਾ ਲਿਖੋ । <br />
|- <br />
|09:57<br />
|ਚਲੋ ਇਸਦਾ ਸਾਰ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਾਂ , <br />
|- <br />
|09:59<br />
|ਇਸ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਸੀਂ - <br />
|- <br />
|10:01<br />
|ਸੈਂਪਲ ਪ੍ਰੋਗਰਾਮਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰਕੇ ਪਰਲ ਵਿੱਚ <br />
|- <br />
|10:04<br />
|if - elsif - else ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਅਤੇ<br />
|- <br />
|10:05<br />
|switch ਸਟੇਟਮੈਂਟ ਬਾਰੇ ਸਿੱਖਿਆ। <br />
|- <br />
|10:08<br />
|ਹੇਠਾਂ ਦਿੱਤੇ ਲਿੰਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਵੀਡੀਓ ਵੇਖੋ । <br />
|- <br />
|10:12<br />
|ਇਹ ਸਪੋਕਨ ਟਿਅਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੇਕਟ ਦਾ ਸਾਰ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|10:15<br />
|ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਚੰਗੀ ਬੈਂਡਵਿਡਥ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ , ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਡਾਉਨਲੋਡ ਕਰਕੇ ਵੀ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ । <br />
|- <br />
|10:20<br />
|ਸਪੋਕਨ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੇਕਟ ਟੀਮ,ਸਪੋਕਨ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲਸ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰਕੇ ਵਰਕਸ਼ਾਪਾਂ ਲਗਾਉਂਦੇ ਹਨ। <br />
|- <br />
|10:25<br />
|ਆਨਲਾਇਨ ਟੈਸਟ ਪਾਸ ਕਰਨ ਵਾਲਿਆਂ ਨੂੰ ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣ - ਪੱਤਰ ਵੀ ਦਿੰਦੇ ਹਨ । <br />
|- <br />
|10:30<br />
|ਜਿਆਦਾ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ contact @ spoken - tutorial . org ਉੱਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ । <br />
|- <br />
|10:36<br />
|ਸਪੋਕਨ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਟਾਕ ਟੂ ਅ ਟੀਚਰ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੈਕਟ ਦਾ ਹਿੱਸਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|10:40<br />
|ਇਹ ਭਾਰਤ ਸਰਕਾਰ ਦੇ MHRD ਦੇ “ਆਈਸੀਟੀ ਦੇ ਮਾਧਿਅਮ ਵਲੋਂ ਰਾਸ਼ਟਰੀ ਸਾਖਰਤਾ ਮਿਸ਼ਨ” ਦੁਆਰਾ ਸੁਪੋਰਟ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ । <br />
|- <br />
|10:47<br />
|ਇਸ ਮਿਸ਼ਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਇਸ ਲਿੰਕ ਉੱਤੇ ਉਪਲੱਬਧ ਹੈ http:/ / spoken - tutorial.org / NMEICT - Intro<br />
|- <br />
|10:58<br />
|ਆਸ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਾਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸ ਪਰਲ ਦੇ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਦਾ ਆਨੰਦ ਲਿਆ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ । <br />
|- <br />
|11:00<br />
|ਇਹ ਸਕਰਿਪਟ ਹਰਮੀਤ ਸੰਧੂ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਅਨੁਵਾਦਿਤ ਹੈ , ਮੈਂ ਹੁਣ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਤੋਂ ਵਿਦਾ ਲੈਂਦਾ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|- <br />
|11:03<br />
|ਸਾਡੇ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਨ ਲਈ ਧੰਨਵਾਦ <br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Old/C2/Desktop-Customization-14.04/EnglishLinux-Old/C2/Desktop-Customization-14.04/English2015-09-08T10:31:51Z<p>Gaurav: Created page with "'''Title of script''': '''Desktop Customization''' '''Author: Gaurav''' '''Keywords: ''' {| style="border-spacing:0;" | style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm..."</p>
<hr />
<div>'''Title of script''': '''Desktop Customization'''<br />
<br />
'''Author: Gaurav'''<br />
<br />
'''Keywords: '''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| style="border-spacing:0;"<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <center>'''Visual Cue'''</center><br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <center>'''Narration'''</center><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Title slide<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Desktop Customization in Ubuntu Linux OS'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Learning Objective<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In this tutorial we will learn about the '''Launcher '''and how to:<br />
<br />
* Remove and add applications in the '''Launcher'''<br />
* Use multiple '''desktops'''<br />
* '''Internet connectivity'''<br />
* '''Sound settings'''<br />
* '''Time and Date '''settings<br />
* and switch to other '''user accounts '''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| System Requirements<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| For this tutorial I am using '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' 14.10<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| About Launcher<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Let's begin with the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Slide Number<br />
<br />
'''Launcher'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| '''Launcher''' is the default left-side '''panel''' in the '''Ubuntu''' '''Linux desktop, '''which has some default applications.<br />
<br />
<br />
The '''Launcher''' makes it easy to access frequently used applications.<br />
<br />
<br />
So, we can launch a program by clicking on its "desktop shortcut" on the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Screen shot of Launcher with icons<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| By default, the '''Launcher '''has some applications.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Let us learn to '''customize''' the '''Launcher''' based on our requirements.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Slide Number<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| For my regular work, I need applications like '''Terminal, LibreOffice Writer, Gedit''' and so on'''.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Let's add these applications on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Removing Icons from the Launcher<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Before doing that, I will remove some of the applications which I don't want.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to Amazon application<br />
<br />
Amazon >> Right-click >> Unlock from Launcher<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Say I wish to remove the '''Vlc '''application from the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Vlc '''application icon, then right click and select '''Unlock from Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the Launcher<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| You can see that the '''Vlc '''application icon has been removed from the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Screen shot of Removed Unwanted applications from Launcher<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In the same way, we can remove all the shortcuts which we do not use frequently.<br />
<br />
<br />
I have removed some applications from the '''Launcher '''on my '''desktop, '''as you can see here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Now, I will add the '''Terminal''' shortcut to the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Dash home'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on D'''ash home.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type '''Terminal''' in search bar >> click on it.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In the '''search bar,''' type “'''terminal'''”.<br />
<br />
<br />
Click on the '''Terminal''' icon to open it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Pointing to the '''terminal''' in the '''Launcher'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| You can see the '''terminal''' icon on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Right click on '''terminal''' icon >> Lock to '''Launcher'''.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| To fix the '''terminal '''icon on the '''Launcher, '''first right-click on it.<br />
<br />
<br />
Then click on '''Lock to Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Another way to fix application shortcuts on the '''Launcher '''is by dragging and dropping.<br />
<br />
<br />
I will demonstrate this now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Open '''Dash Home''' >> In the '''search bar &nbsp;'''type '''LibreOffice'''.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Open '''Dash Home''' and in the '''search bar, '''type '''LibreOffice'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Drag & Drop '''LibreOffice '''icon on the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
Help text should be visible now.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Drag the '''LibreOffice '''icon onto the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
As we do so, the help text may appear saying “'''Drop to Add application”.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Don’t worry if no help text appears.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Drop '''LibreOffice '''icon on the '''Launcher'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Now, drop the '''LibreOffice '''icon on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
You can see the shortcut is now added to the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| This is how we can add shortcuts on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| About Multiple Desktop/Workspace switcher (Slide)<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| The next important feature in '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' is '''multiple workspace/desktop.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| About Multiple Desktop/Workspace switcher (Slide)<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Sometimes we may be working on multiple applications.<br />
<br />
<br />
And we may find it difficult to switch from one application to another.<br />
<br />
<br />
To make it more convenient, we can use '''Workspace Switcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Back to the '''desktop.'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Let’s come back to the '''desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on the '''Launcher '''>> locate '''Workspace Switcher'''.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on the '''Launcher,'''locate '''Workspace Switcher''' icon and click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the 4 quadrants.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| It shows 4 quadrants with 4 '''desktops'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the top-left quadrant.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| By default, the top-left '''desktop''' is selected. That is the '''desktop '''in which we are currently working.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Workspace Switcher''' >> select 2nd '''Desktop'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Now, let’s select the second '''desktop''' by double-clicking on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Open the '''Terminal'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| I will open the '''terminal''' here by clicking on the icon in the '''Launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Workspace Switcher'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Now, click on the '''Workspace Switcher '''again'''.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to 1st & 2nd '''Desktop'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| You can see the '''terminal '''on the second '''Workspace '''and our presentation on the first.<br />
<br />
<br />
In this way, you can work on '''multiple''' '''desktops'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
<nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Double-click on the first '''desktop'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Let’s come back to the first '''desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to '''Trash '''icon on '''Launcher'''.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| '''Trash '''is another important icon on the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Slide Number<br />
<br />
About Trash<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| '''Trash''' contains all the deleted files and folders.<br />
<br />
<br />
In case we delete a '''file''' accidentally, we can restore it from '''Trash.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Back to '''desktop''' >> Right click on file>> select '''Move to Trash '''option<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| To demonstrate this, I will delete '''DIW '''which is on my '''desktop.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Right-click on the file and click on the option '''Move to Trash.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Trash''' icon<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| To restore it, just click on the '''Trash icon '''in the '''Launcher.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
The '''Trash '''folder opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Select the file >> click on '''Restore '''option<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Select the '''file, '''right-click on it and click on '''Restore''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Close it.<br />
<br />
Screenshot of the restored File<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Close the '''Trash '''folder window and come back to the '''desktop'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
We can see the file which we deleted earlier is now restored.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Select the file >> Press '''Shift+Delete.'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| To delete a file permanently from your system, first select it and then press '''Shift+Delete '''keys'''.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| A Dialog box saying Are you sure want to permanently delete '''DIW''' will appear.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Trash '''icon<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on the '''Trash '''icon once again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In the '''Trash '''folder<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| We can't find the file in the '''Trash '''folder, as it is permanently deleted from our system.<br />
<br />
<br />
<nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point towards the top right corner<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Now, we'll see some icons available at the top right corner of the '''desktop.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Internet Connectivity icon<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| First one is '''internet connectivity. '''<br />
<br />
<br />
Connection is established if you are connected to any '''Lan''' or '''Wifi network.''' <br />
<br />
<br />
You can see these over here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Pointing to the available networks <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| You can select the '''network''' which you have access to.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to '''Enable Networking'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| To '''Enable/ Disable''' the network, check/uncheck the '''Enable Networking''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to '''Edit Connections...'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| We can also edit the networks using '''Edit Connections... '''option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to '''Sound '''icon<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Next icon is that of '''Sound.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the slider<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| You can see a slider here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Now, drag the slider to the left and then to right.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| This helps us to increase or decrease the audio level, as per our choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Sound Settings.'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| We can further adjust the sound level of our system by clicking on '''Sound Settings'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
Explore the settings in this window on your own.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Time & Date icon<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Next icon is '''Time & Date'''.<br />
<br />
If we click on this icon, the calendar opens up.<br />
<br />
<br />
We can see the current date, month and year here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point and click on the left and right arrow buttons on Month and Year<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Arrow buttons allow us to move to other months and years, as per our choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Clicking on Time & Date settings<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| We can edit date and time by clicking on '''Time & Date Settings'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
Explore this option further on your own.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Clicking on Wheel icon<br />
<br />
<br />
Point to '''System Settings, Printers, Log Out '''and '''Shut Down''' options.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Next, click on the '''wheel''' icon.<br />
<br />
<br />
Here we can see some shortcut options along with '''Log Out''' and '''Shut Down''' options.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to '''user account'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| We can also see all the '''user accounts''' available in our system.<br />
<br />
<br />
We can switch to whichever user account we wish to, by clicking on that particular user.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Summary<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Let us summarise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In this tutorial we have learnt about the '''Launcher '''and how to:<br />
<br />
* Remove and add applications in the '''Launcher'''<br />
* Use '''multiple''' '''desktops'''<br />
* '''Internet connectivity'''<br />
* '''Sound settings'''<br />
* '''Time & Date settings'''<br />
* and switch to other '''user accounts'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial Project.<br />
<br />
Pls watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| The Spoken Tutorial Project team<br />
<br />
* conducts workshops<br />
* and gives certificates on passing online tests.<br />
<br />
For details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Govt of India.<br />
<br />
More information on this mission is available at the following link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Previous slide<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| This tutorial is contributed by Gaurav Shinde and Praveen S.<br />
<br />
Thankyou for Joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LibreOffice-Installation/C2/LibreOffice-Suite-Installation-on-Windows-OS/English-timedLibreOffice-Installation/C2/LibreOffice-Suite-Installation-on-Windows-OS/English-timed2015-08-07T11:21:58Z<p>Gaurav: Created page with " {| border=1 | '''Time''' |'''Narration''' |- |00:01 | Hello everyone.Welcome to this tutorial on '''Installation of LibreOffice Suite'''. |- | 00:07 | In this tutorial, we..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| border=1<br />
| '''Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:01<br />
| Hello everyone.Welcome to this tutorial on '''Installation of LibreOffice Suite'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:07<br />
| In this tutorial, we will learn to install '''LibreOffice Suite''' in '''Windows OS.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:13<br />
| To record this tutorial I'm using<br />
* '''Windows 7'''<br />
* '''Firefox web browser.'''<br />
You can use any web browser of your choice.<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:25<br />
| Let us begin with the installation of '''LibreOffice Suite'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:30<br />
| First, I will open '''Firefox web browser. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:34<br />
| In the address bar, type www.LibreOffice.org/download and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:46<br />
| We are immediately redirected to the download page. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:50<br />
| Here you can see the '''Download''' button to download '''LibreOffice Suite.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:55<br />
| By default, latest version for our '''OS''' is displayed here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:00<br />
| In my case I’m recording on '''Windows''' '''OS'''.So it shows the latest version of '''LibreOffice '''for Windows.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:10<br />
| But we can download this software as suitable for our '''OS version.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:15<br />
|How can we change the '''OS or LibreOffice version?'''Just click on the link “'''change”, '''located just above the '''Download''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:24<br />
| We are redirected to another page.Here we can see the download option for different '''OS '''select as per your need'''.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:34<br />
| Here, we can also choose the version of '''LibreOffice Suite''' that we want to install.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:40<br />
| I will choose '''Windows.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:43<br />
| On doing this, we have once again redirected to the download page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:49<br />
| Note that the default version of '''LibreOffice''' and '''OS''' is now as per our selection.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:55<br />
| Let us click on the '''Download '''button. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:00<br />
| On doing so, a '''Save As '''dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:04<br />
| Click on the '''Save '''button and the download will start. This may take some time, depending upon the internet speed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:12<br />
| When the downloading is complete, go to the '''Downloads''' folder.Now, double click on the '''LibreOffice '''setup file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:21<br />
| A dialog Box will open asking '''Do you want to run this file?'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Click on the '''RUN''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:29<br />
| Now the '''installation wizard '''will open. Click on '''NEXT '''button whenever prompted.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:36<br />
| Now it will ask whether you want a '''Typical''' or '''Custom''' Installation.By default '''Typical''' will be selected.Click on '''NEXT'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|02:46<br />
| Then click on '''Install '''button. The installation will take some time.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:50<br />
| Once the installation is complete, click on '''Finish.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:56<br />
| Let us now check whether '''LibreOffice '''is properly installed or not. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:01<br />
| Go to '''Start '''menu → '''All programs ''' and '''LibreOffice 4.4'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:08<br />
| You'll see various '''LibreOffice Suite''' components like '''Base, Calc, Draw, Impress,''' and '''Writer'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:17<br />
| This indicates that '''LibreOffice Suite''' is successfully installed on your '''Windows''' system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:24<br />
| That’s all for this tutorial.Let us summarise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:28<br />
| In this tutorial we learnt to install '''LibreOffice Suite '''in '''Windows OS.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:35<br />
| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial Project.Pls watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:40<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial Project team conducts workshops and gives certificates on passing online tests.For details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:51<br />
| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Govt of India.More information on this mission is available at the following link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:02<br />
| The script for this tutorial has been contributed by the Spoken Tutorial Team.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:08<br />
|And this is Gaurav Shinde from IIT Bombay signing off. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Thank you for watching.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LibreOffice-Installation/C2/LibreOffice-Suite-Installation-on-Linux-OS/English-timedLibreOffice-Installation/C2/LibreOffice-Suite-Installation-on-Linux-OS/English-timed2015-08-07T11:20:02Z<p>Gaurav: Created page with " {|border=1 | '''Time''' | '''Narration''' |- | 00:01 | Hello Everyone Welcome to this tutorial on '''Installation of LibreOffice Suite'''. |- | 00:07 | In this tutorial, w..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{|border=1<br />
| '''Time'''<br />
| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:01<br />
| Hello Everyone Welcome to this tutorial on '''Installation of LibreOffice Suite'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:07<br />
| In this tutorial, we will learn how to install '''LibreOffice Suite''' in '''Linux OS.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:14<br />
| To record this tutorial I'm using <br />
* '''Linux OS version 14.04'''<br />
* and ''' Firefox web browser.''' You can use any web browser of your choice<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:27<br />
| To follow this tutorial, in '''Linux OS''', one should be familiar with:<br />
* '''Terminal''' commands and<br />
* '''Synaptic Package Manager'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:35<br />
|If not, please refer to the relevant tutorials in the '''Linux '''series on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:40<br />
| Let us begin with the installation of '''LibreOffice Suite'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:45<br />
| '''LibreOffice Suite '''can be downloaded and installed using '''Synaptic Package Manager.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:51<br />
| Refer to the relevant tutorial in the '''Linux''' spoken tutorial series to know more.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:57<br />
| Next, let us learn how to install '''LibreOffice Suite '''using the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:03<br />
| First, I will open '''Firefox web browser. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:07<br />
| In the address bar, type www.LibreOffice.org/download and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:19<br />
| We are immediately redirected to the download page. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:24<br />
| Here you can see the '''Download '''button to download '''LibreOffice Suite.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:30<br />
| By default, the latest version of LibreOffice for our default '''OS,''' is displayed here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:36<br />
| In my case, I’m recording on '''Linux''' '''OS'''.So it shows the latest version of '''LibreOffice '''for '''Linux'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:45<br />
| But we can download this software as suitable for our '''OS version.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:51<br />
|How do we change the '''OS '''or '''LibreOffice version?'''Just click on the link “'''change”, '''located just above the '''Download''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:01<br />
| We are redirected to another page.Here we can see the download option for various '''OS'''es.We can select the one suitable for our need'''.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:12<br />
| Here, we can also choose the version of '''LibreOffice Suite''' that we want to install.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:18<br />
| I will choose '''Linux x64 '''in bracket '''deb '''as I have a '''64-bit''' '''Ubuntu Linux '''machine.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:26<br />
| On doing this, we are once again redirected to the download page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:31<br />
| Note that the default version of '''LibreOffice''' and '''OS''' is now as per our selection.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:40<br />
| Let us click on the '''Download '''button. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:43<br />
| On doing so, a '''Save As '''dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:46<br />
| Click on the '''OK''' button and the download will start. This may take some time, depending upon the internet speed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:55<br />
| When the download is complete, open the '''terminal'''.We can do so by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt ''' '''T '''keys simultaneously on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:05<br />
| In the '''terminal''', type '''cd space Downloads ''' and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:13<br />
| Then type '''ls '''and press '''Enter'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:17<br />
|We can see a downloaded LibreOffice suite file in '''tar.gz format'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|03:24<br />
|Now I'll clear the screen by pressing '''Ctrl + L '''keys.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|03:29<br />
| Then Type '''tar space -zxvf space and the file name''' and press '''Enter''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|03:43<br />
|Then type '''cd space file name''' and press '''Enter''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:51<br />
| Now Type '''cd''' in caps '''DEBS '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:59<br />
| At the end, type '''sudo space dpkg -i space *.deb '''and press '''Enter.''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:14<br />
| Type the '''password '''of your system and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:19<br />
| After pressing '''Enter''', the installation of '''LibreOffice Suite '''will begin.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:26<br />
| The installation will take some time. Once the installation is complete, close the '''terminal.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:34<br />
| Go to '''dash home''' and type '''Office''' in the search bar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:40<br />
| You'll see various '''LibreOffice Suite''' components like ''' Base, Calc, Impress, Writer, Draw and Math'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:51<br />
| This indicates that the '''LibreOffice Suite''' is successfully installed on your '''Linux''' system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:58<br />
| That’s all for this tutorial.Let us summarise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:02<br />
| In this tutorial we learnt how to install '''LibreOffice Suite '''in '''Ubuntu Linux OS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:09<br />
| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial Project.Please watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:16<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial Project team conducts workshops and gives certificates to those on passing online tests. For details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:29<br />
| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT, MHRD, Govt of India'''. More information on this mission is available at the following link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|05:43<br />
| The script for this tutorial has been contributed by the '''Spoken Tutorial Team'''. And this is '''Gaurav Shinde''' from '''IIT Bombay''' signing off.Thank you for watching.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LibreOffice-Installation/C2/LibreOffice-Suite-Installation-on-Windows-OS/EnglishLibreOffice-Installation/C2/LibreOffice-Suite-Installation-on-Windows-OS/English2015-08-04T11:04:39Z<p>Gaurav: Created page with " {| style="border-spacing:0;" | style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <center>Visual Cue</center> | style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <cent..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| style="border-spacing:0;"<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <center>Visual Cue</center><br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <center>Narration</center><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.05pt solid #000000;border-left:0.05pt solid #000000;border-right:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Slide 1<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.05pt solid #000000;border-left:0.05pt solid #000000;border-right:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Hello everyone.<br />
<br />
Welcome to this tutorial on '''Installation of LibreOffice Suite'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Slide 2<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In this tutorial, we will learn to install '''LibreOffice Suite''' on '''Windows OS.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Slide 3<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| To record this tutorial I'm using<br />
<br />
* '''Windows 7'''<br />
* '''Firefox web browser.'''<br />
<br />
You can use any web browser of your choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Slide 3 continues<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Let us begin with the installation of '''LibreOffice Suite'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Go to '''Firefox web browser'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| First, I will open '''Firefox web browser. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type: [http://www.libreoffice.org/download www.LibreOffice.org/download] >> press '''Enter'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In the address bar, type [http://www.libreoffice.org/download www.LibreOffice.org/download] and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Download page<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| We are immediately redirected to the download page. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the '''Download '''button<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Here you can see the '''Download''' button to download '''LibreOffice Suite.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the '''version '''and '''OS'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| By default, the latest version for our '''OS''' is displayed here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In my case I’m recording on '''Windows''' '''OS'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
So it shows the latest version of '''LibreOffice '''for Windows.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''change >> '''click on '''Download'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| But we can download this software as suitable for our '''OS version.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
How can we change the '''OS &nbsp;or LibreOffice version?'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Just click on the link “'''change”, '''located just above the '''Download''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Another page<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| We are redirected to another page.<br />
<br />
<br />
Here we can see the download option for different '''OS '''select as per your need'''.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the various options<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Here, we can also choose the version of '''LibreOffice Suite '''that we want to install.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Windows '''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| I will choose '''Windows.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Back on original download page<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| On doing this, we are once again redirected to the download page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the '''version '''and '''OS'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Note: the default version of '''LibreOffice''' and '''OS''' is now as per our selection.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Download''' button<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Let us click on the '''Download '''button. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| '''Save As '''dialog box opens<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| On doing so, a '''Save As '''dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Save'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on the '''Save '''button and the download will start. <br />
<br />
<br />
This may take some time, depending upon the internet speed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Go to '''Download '''folder and click on the setup file<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| When the downloading is complete, go to the '''Downloads''' folder.<br />
<br />
<br />
Now, double click on the '''LibreOffice '''setup file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| A dialog Box will open asking <br />
<br />
'''Do you want to run this file?'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Click on the '''RUN''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Installation wizard opens.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Now the '''installation wizard '''will open. <br />
<br />
<br />
Click on '''NEXT '''button whenever prompted.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Select '''Typical''' or '''Custom''' Installation<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Now it will ask whether you want a '''Typical''' or '''Custom''' Installation.<br />
<br />
By default '''Typical''' will be selected.<br />
<br />
<br />
Click on '''NEXT'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on install<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Then click on '''Install '''button. <br />
<br />
<br />
The installation will take some time.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on finish<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Once the installation is complete, click on '''Finish.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Start menu → All programs → LibreOffice 4.4.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Let us now check whether '''LibreOffice '''is properly installed or not. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Start >> All programs >> LibreOffice 4.4'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Go to '''Start '''menu → '''All programs '''→ '''LibreOffice 4.4'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the various components<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| You'll see various '''LibreOffice Suite''' components like '''Writer, Calc, Base, Impress, Math''' and '''Draw'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| This indicates that '''LibreOffice Suite''' is successfully installed on your '''Windows''' system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| '''<nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki>'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| That’s all for this tutorial. &nbsp;Let us summarise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Summary<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In this tutorial we learnt to install '''LibreOffice Suite '''in '''Windows OS.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial Project.<br />
<br />
<br />
Pls watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| The Spoken Tutorial Project team<br />
<br />
* conducts workshops<br />
* and gives certificates on passing online tests.<br />
<br />
For details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Govt of India.<br />
<br />
<br />
More information on this mission is available at the following link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Previous slide<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| The script for this tutorial has been contributed by the Spoken Tutorial Team.<br />
<br />
<br />
And this is Gaurav Shinde from IIT Bombay signing off. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Thank you for watching.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LibreOffice-Installation/C2/LibreOffice-Suite-Installation-on-Linux-OS/EnglishLibreOffice-Installation/C2/LibreOffice-Suite-Installation-on-Linux-OS/English2015-08-04T10:55:09Z<p>Gaurav: Created page with " {| style="border-spacing:0;" | style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <center>Visual Cue</center> | style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <cent..."</p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| style="border-spacing:0;"<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <center>Visual Cue</center><br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <center>Narration</center><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.05pt solid #000000;border-left:0.05pt solid #000000;border-right:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Slide 1<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.05pt solid #000000;border-left:0.05pt solid #000000;border-right:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Hello Everyone<br />
<br />
Welcome to this tutorial on '''Installation of LibreOffice Suite'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Slide 2<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In this tutorial, we will learn how to install '''LibreOffice Suite''' in '''Linux OS.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Slide 3<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| To record this tutorial I'm using<br />
<br />
* '''Linux OS version 14.04'''<br />
* and''' Firefox web browser.'''<br />
<br />
You can use any web browser of your choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Slide 4<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| To follow this tutorial, in '''Linux OS''', one should be familiar with:<br />
<br />
* '''Terminal''' commands and<br />
* '''Synaptic Package Manager'''.<br />
<br />
If not, pls refer to the relevant tutorials in the '''Linux '''series on this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Let us begin with the installation of '''LibreOffice Suite'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| '''LibreOffice Suite '''can be downloaded and installed using '''Synaptic Package Manager.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Refer to the relevant tutorial in the '''Linux''' spoken tutorial series to know more.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Next, let us learn how to install '''LibreOffice Suite '''using the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Go to '''Firefox web browser'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| First, I will open '''Firefox web browser. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type:[http://www.libreoffice.org/download ][http://www.libreoffice.org/download www.LibreOffice.org/download] >> press '''Enter'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In the address bar, type [http://www.libreoffice.org/download www.LibreOffice.org/download] and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Download page<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| We are immediately redirected to the download page. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the '''Download '''button<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Here you can see the '''Download '''button to download '''LibreOffice Suite.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the '''version '''and '''OS'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| By default, the latest version of LibreOffice for our default '''OS,''' is displayed here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In my case, I’m recording on '''Linux''' '''OS'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
So it shows the latest version of '''LibreOffice '''for '''Linux'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''change >> '''click on '''Download'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| But we can download this software as suitable for our '''OS version.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
How do we change the '''OS '''or '''LibreOffice version?'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Just click on the link “'''change”, '''located just above the '''Download''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Another page<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| We are redirected to another page.<br />
<br />
<br />
Here we can see the download option for various '''OS'''es. &nbsp;<br />
<br />
<br />
We can select the one suitable for our need'''.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the various options<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Here, we can also choose the version of '''LibreOffice Suite '''that we want to install.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Linux x64'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| I will choose '''Linux x64 '''in bracket '''deb '''as I have a '''64-bit''' '''Ubuntu Linux '''machine.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Back on original download page<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| On doing this, we are once again redirected to the download page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the '''version '''and '''OS'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Note: the default version of '''LibreOffice''' and '''OS''' is now as per our selection.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Download''' button<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Let us click on the '''Download '''button. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| '''Save As '''dialog box opens<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| On doing so, a '''Save As '''dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Save'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Click on the '''OK '''button and the download will start. <br />
<br />
<br />
This may take some time, depending upon the internet speed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Press '''Ctrl, Alt '''and '''T '''keys simultaneously<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| When the download is complete, open the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
We can do so by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt '''and '''T '''keys simultaneously on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type '''cd Downloads >>''' press '''Enter'''. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In the '''terminal''', type <br />
<br />
'''cd space Downloads '''<br />
<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type '''ls >> '''&nbsp;press '''Enter'''. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Then type '''ls '''and press '''Enter'''. <br />
<br />
<br />
We can see our downloaded '''LibreOffice suite '''file in '''tar.gz '''format.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type <br />
<br />
'''<nowiki>tar space -zxvf space <filename> </nowiki>'''>> press '''Enter.'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Now I'll clear the screen by pressing '''Ctrl + L '''keys.<br />
<br />
<br />
Then type '''<nowiki>tar space -zxvf space <filename></nowiki>''' and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type '''<nowiki>cd space <filename> </nowiki>'''>> press '''Enter'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Next, type '''<nowiki>cd space <filename> </nowiki>'''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type '''cd DEBS '''>> press '''Enter'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type '''cd DEBS '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type '''sudo dpkg -i *.deb '''>> press '''Enter'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| At the end, type '''sudo dpkg -i *.deb '''and press '''Enter.''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type the '''password '''>> press '''Enter'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Type the '''password '''of your system and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| After pressing '''Enter, '''the installation of '''LibreOffice Suite '''will begin.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Close the '''terminal'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| The installation will take some time. &nbsp;<br />
<br />
<br />
Once the installation is complete, close the '''terminal.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| '''Dash home '''>> type '''office '''in search bar<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Go to '''dash home''' and type '''Office''' in the search bar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Point to the various components<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| You'll see various '''LibreOffice Suite''' components like '''Writer, Calc, Base, Impress, Math''' and '''Draw'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| This indicates that '''LibreOffice Suite''' is successfully installed on our '''Linux''' system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| That’s all for this tutorial. &nbsp;Let us summarise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Summary<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| In this tutorial we learnt how to install '''LibreOffice Suite '''in '''Ubuntu Linux OS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial Project.<br />
<br />
Pls watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| The Spoken Tutorial Project team<br />
<br />
* conducts workshops<br />
* and gives certificates on passing online tests.<br />
<br />
For details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Govt of India.<br />
<br />
More information on this mission is available at the following link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| Previous slide<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.106cm;"| The script for this tutorial has been contributed by the Spoken Tutorial Team.<br />
<br />
<br />
And this is Gaurav Shinde from IIT Bombay signing off. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Thank you for watching.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/BASH/C2/More-on-Arrays/English-timedBASH/C2/More-on-Arrays/English-timed2015-07-16T04:58:40Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>'''Title of script: More on Arrays in BASH Shell Scripting'''<br />
<br />
'''Author:''' Lavitha Pereira<br />
<br />
'''Keywords: video tutorial, Bash shell, Array'''<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border=1 <br />
!Time <br />
!Narration <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:02<br />
| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''More on Arrays''' in '''BASH'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:07<br />
| In this tutorial, we will learn to:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:10<br />
| * Extract an element from an ''' array'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:13<br />
| * Replace an element in an ''' array''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:16<br />
| * Add an element to an ''' array''' and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:19<br />
| * Remove an element from an ''' array'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:22<br />
| To follow this tutorial, you should be familiar with the '''Linux Operating System.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:28<br />
| If not, for relevant tutorials, please visit our website which is as shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:34<br />
| For this tutorial, I am using<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux 12.04''' OS and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:41<br />
|* '''GNU Bash''' version '''4.1.10'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:45<br />
| '''GNU Bash '''version 4 or above is recommended for practice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:50<br />
| Let us see how to extract an '''element''' from an '''array'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:55<br />
| The elements in an ''' array''' can be extracted from any position.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:00<br />
| Here, position is the '''index number'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:04<br />
| Note that ''' index number''' always starts from zero.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:09<br />
| The syntax is as follows:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:12 <br />
| '''ArrayName''' within square bracket "At" sign colon '''position''' colon '''Number of elements''' to be extracted from the position mentioned.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:25<br />
| Let us understand with the help of an example.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:29<br />
| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl+Alt''' and '''T''' keys simultaneously on your keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:37<br />
| Type: '''gedit''' space''' array2.sh''' space & (ampersand sign). Press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:47<br />
| Now type the '''code''' as shown here, in your "array2.sh" file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:54 <br />
| Let me explain the program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:56 <br />
| This is the ''' Shebang line'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:59<br />
| This''' "declare" command ''' declares an '''array ''' named '''Linux ''' with elements- <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:06<br />
| * "Debian"<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:07<br />
| * "Redhat"<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:08<br />
| * "Ubuntu" and <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:09<br />
| * "Fedora".<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:11<br />
| This '''"echo" command''' will '''print''' the list of all the elements in the '''array'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:16<br />
| The next''' "echo" command''' will print the extracted elements.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:21<br />
| The command '''<nowiki>${Linux[@]:1:2}</nowiki>''' will print two elements starting from index 'one' which is "Redhat".<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:34<br />
| Now switch to the '''Terminal.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:36<br />
| First, let's make the file executable by typing '''chmod''' space '''plus x space array2.sh'''. Press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:50<br />
| Type: '''dot slash array2.sh''' press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:56<br />
| We get the output -''' "Original elements in an array Linux: Debian Redhat Ubuntu Fedora".'''<br />
|-<br />
| 03:06<br />
| ''' "The two elements starting from index one(Redhat): Redhat Ubuntu".'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:12<br />
| Let us switch back to the '''slides'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:15<br />
| We will see how to replace an element in an '''array''' .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:19<br />
| An existing element in an '''array''' can be replaced using the following syntax.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:25<br />
| '''ArrayName''' within square brackets 'n' equals to within single quote '''NewWord.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:34<br />
| Here 'n' is the '''index number''' or '''element number.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:38<br />
| Come back to our '''text editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:41<br />
| '''<nowiki>Linux[2]='Mandriva'</nowiki>''' .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:45<br />
| This command will replace the third element "Ubuntu" with "Mandriva".<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:51<br />
| This '''echo''' command will display all elements of array '''Linux''' after replacement.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:58<br />
| Come back to our '''Terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:01<br />
| Let's '''execute''' again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:04<br />
| This displays- "All elements after replacement : Debian Redhat Mandriva Fedora" .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:12<br />
| Now, switch to the '''slides'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:14<br />
| We will see how to add an '''element''' to an '''array'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:18<br />
| '''ArrayName''' equal to opening round bracket within double quotes dollar sign opening curly bracket '''ArrayName''' opening square bracket "At" sign closing square bracket closing curly bracket<br />
space within double quotes '''New_Word_1''' space within double quotes '''New_Word_2''' and closing round bracket.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:45<br />
| Let us understand this with the help of one example. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:50<br />
| Switch to the code file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:52<br />
| The highlighted '''command''' will '''append ''' a new element''' "Suse" ''' to the '''array Linux'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:59<br />
| Then we will '''echo''' all the elements after appending "Suse".<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:05<br />
| Switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:07<br />
| Let me clear the '''prompt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:09<br />
| We will '''execute''' the program again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:12<br />
| The '''output''' is displayed: '''All elements after appending Suse : Debian Redhat Mandriva Fedora and Suse.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:22<br />
| Now, come back to our '''slides'''.<br />
|-<br />
| 05:24<br />
| We will see how to remove an '''element''' from an '''array.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:29<br />
| An element can be removed from an ''' array''' by using the following syntax -<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:35<br />
| '''unset space ArrayName''' opening square bracket '''index number''' closing square bracket.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:44<br />
| Let us switch to the code file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:46<br />
| Here, we are using the '''unset''' '''command.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:50<br />
| And we will remove the third element''' Mandriva''' from the array '''Linux.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:56<br />
| Then we will '''echo''' all the elements again after the removal of '''Mandriva'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:02<br />
| Now switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:04<br />
| We will '''execute''' the program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:07<br />
| Here is the list of elements after removing '''Mandriva'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:12<br />
| '''Debian Redhat Fedora''' and '''Suse'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:16<br />
| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:19<br />
| Come back to our '''slides'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:21<br />
| Let us summarize. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:23<br />
| In this tutorial, we learned to:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:25<br />
| * Extract an element from an''' array'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:28<br />
| * Replace an element in an''' array''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:30<br />
| * Add element to an''' array''' and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:32<br />
| * Remove element from an''' array'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:36 <br />
| As an assignment-<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:37 <br />
| # Declare an array '''names2''' of length 7 and perform following operations.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:44 <br />
| * Extract three elements, starting from index two.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:48 <br />
| * Replace third element with '''Debian''' and display. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:55 <br />
| Append any new name at the end of array.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:58<br />
| Watch the video available at the link shown below.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:01 <br />
| It summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:04 <br />
| If you do not have good bandwidth, you can download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:09<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial Project team: <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:12<br />
|* Conducts workshops using spoken tutorials. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:15 <br />
|* Gives certificates to those who pass an online test. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:19<br />
| For more details, please write to contact@spoken-tutorial.org<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:27<br />
| '''Spoken Tutorial''' Project is a part of the '''Talk to a Teacher''' project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:31<br />
| It is supported by the National Mission on Education through ICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:38<br />
| More information on this mission is available at the link shown below.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:44<br />
| The script has been contributed by FOSSEE and spoken-tutorial teams.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:50<br />
| This is Ashwini Patil from IIT Bombay, signing off.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:55<br />
| Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/BASH/C2/More-on-Arrays/English-timedBASH/C2/More-on-Arrays/English-timed2015-07-16T04:56:48Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>'''Title of script: More on Arrays in BASH Shell Scripting'''<br />
<br />
'''Author:''' Lavitha Pereira<br />
<br />
'''Keywords: video tutorial, Bash shell, Array'''<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border=1 <br />
!Time <br />
!Narration <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:02<br />
| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on '''More on Arrays''' in '''BASH'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:07<br />
| In this tutorial, we will learn to:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:10<br />
| * Extract an element from an ''' array'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:13<br />
| * Replace an element in an ''' array''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:16<br />
| * Add an element to an ''' array''' and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:19<br />
| * Remove an element from an ''' array'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:22<br />
| To follow this tutorial, you should be familiar with the '''Linux Operating System.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:28<br />
| If not, for relevant tutorials, please visit our website which is as shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:34<br />
| For this tutorial, I am using<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux 12.04''' OS and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:41<br />
|* '''GNU Bash''' version '''4.1.10'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:45<br />
| '''GNU Bash '''version 4 or above is recommended for practice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:50<br />
| Let us see how to extract an '''element''' from an '''array'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:55<br />
| The elements in an ''' array''' can be extracted from any position.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:00<br />
| Here, position is the '''index number'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:04<br />
| Note that ''' index number''' always starts from zero.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:09<br />
| The syntax is as follows:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:12 <br />
| '''ArrayName''' within square bracket "At" sign colon '''position''' colon '''Number of elements''' to be extracted from the position mentioned.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:25<br />
| Let us understand with the help of an example.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:29<br />
| Open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl+Alt''' and '''T''' keys simultaneously on your keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:37<br />
| Type: '''gedit''' space''' array2.sh''' space & (ampersand sign). Press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:47<br />
| Now type the '''code''' as shown here, in your "array2.sh" file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:54 <br />
| Let me explain the program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:56 <br />
| This is the ''' Shebang line'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:59<br />
| This''' "declare" command ''' declares an '''array ''' named '''Linux ''' with elements- <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:06<br />
| * "Debian"<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:07<br />
| * "Redhat"<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:08<br />
| * "Ubuntu" and <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:09<br />
| * "Fedora".<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:11<br />
| This '''"echo" command''' will '''print''' the list of all the elements in the '''array'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:16<br />
| The next''' "echo" command''' will print the extracted elements.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:21<br />
| The command '''<nowiki>${Linux[@]:1:2}</nowiki>''' will print two elements starting from index 'one' which is "Redhat".<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:34<br />
| Now switch to the '''Terminal.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:36<br />
| First, let's make the file executable by typing '''chmod''' space '''plus x space array2.sh'''. Press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:50<br />
| Type: '''dot slash array2.sh''' press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:56<br />
| We get the output -''' "Original elements in an array Linux: Debian Redhat Ubuntu Fedora".'''<br />
|-<br />
| 03:06<br />
| ''' "The two elements starting from index one(Redhat): Redhat Ubuntu".'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:12<br />
| Let us switch back to the '''slides'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:15<br />
| We will see how to replace an element in an '''array''' .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:19<br />
| An existing element in an '''array''' can be replaced using the following syntax.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:25<br />
| '''ArrayName''' within square brackets 'n' equals to within single quote '''NewWord.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:34<br />
| Here 'n' is the '''index number''' or '''element number.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:38<br />
| Come back to our '''text editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:41<br />
| '''<nowiki>Linux[2]='Mandriva'</nowiki>''' .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:45<br />
| This command will replace the third element "Ubuntu" with "Mandriva".<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:51<br />
| This '''echo''' command will display all elements of array '''Linux''' after replacement.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:58<br />
| Come back to our '''Terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:01<br />
| Let's '''execute''' again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:04<br />
| This displays- "All elements after replacement : Debian Redhat Mandriva Fedora" .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:12<br />
| Now, switch to the '''slides'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:14<br />
| We will see how to add an '''element''' to an '''array'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:18<br />
| '''ArrayName''' equal to opening round bracket within double quotes dollar sign opening curly bracket '''ArrayName''' opening square bracket "At" sign closing square bracket closing curly bracket<br />
space within double quotes '''New_Word_1''' space within double quotes '''New_Word_2''' and closing round bracket.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:45<br />
| Let us understand this with the help of one example. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:50<br />
| Switch to the code file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:52<br />
| The highlighted '''command''' will '''append ''' a new element''' "Suse" ''' to the '''array Linux'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:59<br />
| Then we will '''echo''' all the elements after appending "Suse".<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:05<br />
| Switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:07<br />
| Let me clear the '''prompt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:09<br />
| We will '''execute''' the program again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:12<br />
| The '''output''' is displayed: '''All elements after appending Suse : Debian Redhat Mandriva Fedora and Suse.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:22<br />
| Now, come back to our '''slides'''.<br />
|-<br />
| 05:24<br />
| We will see how to remove an '''element''' from an '''array.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:29<br />
| An element can be removed from an ''' array''' by using the following syntax -<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:35<br />
| '''unset space ArrayName''' opening square bracket '''index number''' closing square bracket.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:44<br />
| Let us switch to the code file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:46<br />
| Here, we are using the '''unset''' '''command.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:50<br />
| And we will remove the third element''' Mandriva''' from the array '''Linux.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:56<br />
| Then we will '''echo''' all the elements again after the removal of '''Mandriva'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:02<br />
| Now switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:04<br />
| We will '''execute''' the program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:07<br />
| Here is the list of elements after removing '''Mandriva'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:12<br />
| '''Debian Redhat Fedora''' and '''Suse'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:16<br />
| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:19<br />
| Come back to our '''slides'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:21<br />
| Let us summarize. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:23<br />
| In this tutorial, we learned to:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:25<br />
| * Extract an element from an''' array'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:28<br />
| * Replace an element in an''' array''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:30<br />
| * Add element to an''' array''' and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:32<br />
| * Remove element from an''' array'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:36 <br />
| As an assignment-<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:37 <br />
| # Declare an array '''names''' of length 7 and perform following operations.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:44 <br />
| * Extract three elements, starting from index two.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:48 <br />
| * Replace third element with '''Debian''' and display. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:55 <br />
| Append any new name at the end of array.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:58<br />
| Watch the video available at the link shown below.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:01 <br />
| It summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:04 <br />
| If you do not have good bandwidth, you can download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:09<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial Project team: <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:12<br />
|* Conducts workshops using spoken tutorials. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:15 <br />
|* Gives certificates to those who pass an online test. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:19<br />
| For more details, please write to contact@spoken-tutorial.org<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:27<br />
| '''Spoken Tutorial''' Project is a part of the '''Talk to a Teacher''' project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:31<br />
| It is supported by the National Mission on Education through ICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:38<br />
| More information on this mission is available at the link shown below.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:44<br />
| The script has been contributed by FOSSEE and spoken-tutorial teams.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:50<br />
| This is Ashwini Patil from IIT Bombay, signing off.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:55<br />
| Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/BASH/C2/Command-Line-arguments-and-Quoting/EnglishBASH/C2/Command-Line-arguments-and-Quoting/English2015-07-16T04:54:23Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>'''Title of script''':''' Command line arguments and Quoting'''<br />
<br />
'''Author: '''FOSSEE and spoken-tutorial team<br />
<br />
'''Keywords: '''Video tutorial,''' '''Command Line Arguments, Single quote, Double quote, Backslash <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| style="border-spacing:0;"<br />
! <center>Visual Cue</center><br />
! <center>Narration</center><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display Slide <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on''' Command line arguments and Quoting in BASH'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display Slide <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| In this tutorial, we will learn about<br />
<br />
* '''Command line Arguments '''and<br />
* '''Quoting'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display Slide<br />
<br />
'''Prerequisites'''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''spoken-tutorial.org '''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| To follow this tutorial, you should be familiar with the '''Linux Operating System.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
If not, for relevant tutorials please visit''' spoken hyphen tutorial dot org.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display Slide<br />
<br />
'''System Requirements'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| For this tutorial I am using <br />
<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux 12.04''' OS and <br />
* '''GNU Bash''' version '''4.1.10'''<br />
<br />
'''GNU Bash '''version '''4''' or above is recommended for practise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display slide :<br />
<br />
'''Command Line arguments'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
* '''Shell script''' can accept '''arguments''' from the '''command line'''.<br />
* An '''argument''' is passed to the '''program''' being called.<br />
* Any number of '''arguments''' can be passed to a '''program'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys simultaneously on your keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| On '''terminal>> '''Type '''gedit arg.sh&>> '''press''' Enter'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| I have already written the code in the file named '''arg.sh'''<br />
<br />
<br />
On the '''terminal, l'''et me open this file by typing, <br />
<br />
'''gedit''' '''space arg.sh space ampersand sign'''<br />
<br />
<br />
We use the '''ampersand to''' free up the '''prompt'''.<br />
<br />
Now,<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| The text editor is opened.<br />
<br />
Let me explain the code now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| '''<nowiki>#!/bin/bash </nowiki>'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| This is the '''shenbang '''or a '''bang''' line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <nowiki>[highlight]</nowiki><br />
<br />
'''echo "zeroth arg: $0" '''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| This line will print the '''Zero<sup>th'''</sup> '''argument'''.<br />
<br />
Here, '''$0 (Dollar zero) '''will print the name of the shell script.<br />
<br />
This in turn means that, the '''zero<sup>th</sup> argument''' is the name of the '''program''' itself.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Switch to the terminal.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us execute the program and see.<br />
<br />
Switch to the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Type chmod plus x arg.sh<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| First make it executable by typing,<br />
<br />
'''chmod space plus x space arg.sh'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Type<br />
<br />
'''./arg.sh'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now type,<br />
<br />
'''dot slash arg.sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| The output is displayed as:<br />
<br />
'''Zeroth argument is arg.sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now come back to our editor and type the three lines as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <nowiki>[highlight]</nowiki><br />
<br />
'''echo "first arg: $1" '''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| '''$1 (Dollar one) '''represents the first '''argument''' passed to the '''program''' from the''' command line'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <nowiki>[highlight]</nowiki><br />
<br />
'''echo "second arg: $2"'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
<br />
'''$2''' '''(Dollar two) '''represents the second '''argument''' passed to the '''program'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <nowiki>[highlight] </nowiki>'''echo "third arg: $3" '''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| '''$3 (Dollar three) '''represents the '''third argument'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on Save.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now click on '''Save''',<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Press the uparrow key>> press '''Enter'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us execute the program and see.<br />
<br />
Press the uparrow key and press '''Enter'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| We see that the zeroeth '''argument''' is printed.<br />
<br />
But the first, second and third '''arguments''' are blank.<br />
<br />
This is because the '''command line arguments '''are given during execution.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Press the uparrow key and type: '''sunday monday and tuesday.'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Hence press the uparrow key and type:<br />
<br />
'''sunday monday and tuesday.'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| You can see that the first second and third '''arguments''' are:<br />
<br />
'''sunday monday and tuesday'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now switch back to our editor. Press '''Enter'''<br />
<br />
Now type the line as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <nowiki>[highlight] </nowiki>'''echo "twelveth arg: ${12}" '''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| '''$12 (Dollar twelve) '''represents the''' twelveth '''argument.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <nowiki>[highlight again!!]</nowiki><br />
<br />
'''echo "twelveth arg: ${12}"'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| To write an '''argument''' greater than 9, we need to use '''curly brackets'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
Else '''bash''' will only take the '''argument''' of the integer in the '''ten's place'''. <br />
<br />
<br />
And you will not get expected output.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on Save.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now click on '''Save.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Switch to the '''terminal.'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"|Let us execute the program.<br />
<br />
Switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Type '''clear'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"|Let me clear the '''prompt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now we need to give 12 or 13 '''arguments''' to the program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Type, '''dot slash arg.sh''' '''1 to 13.'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Hence type, '''dot slash arg.sh''' '''1 to 13.'''<br />
<br />
Now press''' Enter'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| You can see that the 12th''' argument''' is '''12.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Go back to the editor.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Come back to our editor.<br />
<br />
And type the line as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| '''echo "total args: $#" '''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| '''$# (Dollar hash)''' gives the total number of '''arguments''' that have been passed to a program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now click on '''Save.'''<br />
<br />
Let us execute.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Switch to the terminal.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Switch to the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us execute.<br />
<br />
Press the uparrow key and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"|We can see that the total '''arguments''' are '''13.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"|Switch to the editor.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"|Now switch to the editor.<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter''' and '''type''' the lines as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| '''echo "Args(dollar *): $*"'''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''for arg in “$*”'''<br />
<br />
'''do'''<br />
<br />
'''echo “$arg”'''<br />
<br />
'''done'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| '''$* (Dollar asterix)''' will print all the '''arguments''' on a '''''single line'''. ''<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Highlight the for loop.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| We will test this with the help of a simple''' for '''loop.<br />
<br />
<br />
We will analyse this '''for '''loop at the time of execution.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now click on '''Save.'''<br />
<br />
Switch to the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Type clear.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
<br />
Let me clear the prompt.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Type, '''./arg.sh sunday monday and tuesday'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now let us type, '''dot slash arg.sh space sunday monday and tuesday'''<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| You can see that the total number of '''arguments''' are '''3''' as we have passed 3 '''arguments''' to our program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"|As already said '''$*''' will print all the '''arguments''' on a single line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| And this is the output for the '''for loop.'''<br />
<br />
We see that''' '''all the '''arguments''' on a '''''single line'''.''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now move back to our program and '''type''' the lines as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| '''echo "Args(dollar @): $@" '''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''for arg in “$@”'''<br />
<br />
'''do'''<br />
<br />
'''echo “$arg”'''<br />
<br />
'''done'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| '''$@ (Dollar at)''' will also print all the '''arguments'''. <br />
<br />
However, this time each '''argument''' will be on a '''''separate line'''.''<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Highlight the other for loop<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| This is another '''for''' loop, which will print each '''argument''' in a separate line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us see how. Click on '''Save'''<br />
<br />
Switch to the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"|Press the''' uparrow key.'''<br />
<br />
Press''' Enter'''<br />
<br />
You can see the difference now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| These are the '''arguments''' printed by '''$@.'''<br />
<br />
'''$@''' prints each '''argument''' on separate line.<br />
<br />
This is the output for the 2nd '''for loop.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now lets move on to '''quoting''' in '''BASH'''<br />
<br />
Switch to the slides.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display slide <br />
<br />
'''Quoting'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| There are three types of quotes <br />
<br />
# '''Double quote'''<br />
# '''Single quote'''<br />
# '''Backslash'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display Slide<br />
<br />
'''Double Quote'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
* '''Double quote '''substitutes the value of '''variables''' and '''commands'''<br />
* Example: '''echo “Username is $USER”'''<br />
* It displays the '''username '''on the system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Switch to '''terminal>>'''Type clear>> press Enter'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Switch to '''Terminal.'''<br />
<br />
Let me clear the prompt.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"|'''Type '''echo “Username is $USER”>> press Enter'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"|Now type <br />
'''echo space within double quotes Username space is dollar''USER'' ''' in capitals.<br />
<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| '''Output:'''<br />
<br />
'''Highlight'''<br />
<br />
'''“Username is lavitha” '''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| The '''username '''of the system is printed.<br />
<br />
The output will vary according to your system.<br />
<br />
'''<nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki>'''<br />
<br />
Now move back to slides.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display Slide<br />
<br />
'''Single Quote'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
* '''Single quotes''' preserves the literal meaning of each character of the given string.<br />
* It is used to turn off special meaning of all characters.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| '''Switch to terminal>>'''Type '''echo 'Username is $USER'>> press Enter'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Switch to the '''Terminal.'''<br />
<br />
Type '''echo space within single quote Username is dollar USER''' in capitals<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Output<br />
<br />
<br />
Highlight:<br />
<br />
'''Username is $USER . '''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| The output is '''Username is $USER'''<br />
<br />
In this example, it prints all the characters which appear within the '''single quotes.'''<br />
<br />
It does not substitute the value of''' variable $USER'''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''<nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki>'''<br />
<br />
Switch back to our slides.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| '''Display Slide'''<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Backslash'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
* '''Backslash''' removes the special meaning from a single character<br />
* It is used as an '''escape character''' in '''BASH'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| '''Switch to terminal>>'''Type '''echo ''Username is \$USER''>> press Enter'''<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Switch to the '''Terminal. '''<br />
<br />
Type '''echo space within double quote Username is backslash dollar USER ''' in capitals <br />
<br />
<br />
Since we have given double quotes, we expect the '''echo''' command to display the '''username'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
Let's try this command; so press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| '''Output:'''<br />
<br />
'''Highlight'''<br />
<br />
'''Username is $USER '''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| The output is '''Username is $USER'''<br />
<br />
In this example the''' backslash '''removes the special meaning of ('''Dollar''') '''$ '''symbol. <br />
<br />
<br />
'''$USER '''is just treated as a string without any special functionality.<br />
<br />
'''<nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki>'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
Let us switch back to our slides.<br />
<br />
Let us summarize.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display slide <br />
<br />
Summary<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| In this tutorial we learnt,<br />
<br />
* '''Command line arguments'''<br />
* Functionality of '''Double quote''', '''Single quote '''and '''Backslash'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display Slide <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Watch the video available at the link shown below<br />
<br />
It summarises the Spoken Tutorial project <br />
<br />
If you do not have good bandwidth, you can download and watch it<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display Slide <br />
<br />
Spoken Tutorial Workshops<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| The Spoken Tutorial Project Team <br />
<br />
Conducts workshops using spoken tutorials <br />
<br />
Gives certificates to those who pass an online test <br />
<br />
For more details, please write to<br />
<br />
contact@spoken-tutorial.org<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display Slide <br />
<br />
Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Spoken Tutorial Project is a part of the Talk to a Teacher project<br />
<br />
It is supported by the National Mission on Education through ICT, MHRD, Government of India<br />
<br />
More information on this Mission is available at: http://spoken-tutorial.org\NMEICT-Intro<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| The script has been contributed by FOSSEE and spoken-tutorial Team.<br />
<br />
<br />
And this is Ashwini Patil from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/BASH/C2/Command-Line-arguments-and-Quoting/English-timedBASH/C2/Command-Line-arguments-and-Quoting/English-timed2015-07-16T04:52:26Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{|Border = 1<br />
| '''Time'''<br />
| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:01<br />
| Welcome to the '''spoken tutorial''' on''' Command line arguments and Quoting''' in '''BASH'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:08<br />
| In this tutorial, we will learn about:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:11<br />
|* '''Command line Arguments '''and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:13<br />
|* '''Quoting'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:15<br />
| To follow this tutorial, you should be familiar with the '''Linux Operating System.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:20<br />
|If not, for relevant tutorials please visit our website which is as shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:26<br />
| For this tutorial, I am using: <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:29<br />
|* '''Ubuntu Linux 12.04''' OS <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:33<br />
|* '''GNU Bash''' version '''4.1.10'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:37<br />
|'''GNU Bash '''version 4 or above is recommended for practice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:43<br />
| '''Shell script''' can accept '''arguments''' from the '''command line'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:46<br />
| An '''argument''' is passed to a '''program''' being called.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:52<br />
| Any number of '''arguments''' can be passed to a '''program'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:57<br />
| Let us open the '''terminal''' by pressing '''Ctrl, Alt''' and '''T''' keys simultaneously on your keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:06<br />
| I have already written the code in the file named '''arg.sh'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:12<br />
|On the '''terminal,''' let me open this file by typing- <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:16<br />
|'''gedit''' '''space arg.sh space ampersand''' sign(&).<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:23<br />
|We use the ampersand to free up the '''prompt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:27<br />
|Now, press''' Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:30<br />
| The '''text editor''' is opened.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:33<br />
|Let me explain the '''code''' now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:36<br />
| This is the '''shebang '''line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:39<br />
| This line will print the zeroth '''argument'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:43<br />
|Here, '''$0''' (Dollar zero) will print the name of the '''shell script'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:48<br />
|This, in turn, means that the '''zeroth argument''' is the name of the '''program''' itself.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:55<br />
| Let us '''execute''' the program and see.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:59<br />
|Switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:01<br />
| First, make the file executable by typing:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:05<br />
|'''chmod space plus x space arg.sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:12<br />
|Press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|02:14<br />
| Now, type: '''dot slash arg.sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|02:18<br />
|Press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:19<br />
| The '''output''' is displayed as: '''Zeroth argument is arg.sh'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:26<br />
| Now, come back to our '''editor''' and type the three lines as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:33<br />
| '''$1''' (Dollar one) represents the first '''argument''' passed to the '''program''' from the''' command line'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:40<br />
|'''$2''' (Dollar two) represents the second '''argument''' passed to the '''program'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:44<br />
| and '''$3''' (Dollar three) represents the third '''argument'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:48<br />
| Now, click on '''Save'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:49<br />
| Let us '''execute''' the program and see.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:52<br />
|Press the up-arrow key, press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:57<br />
| We see that the zeroth '''argument''' is printed<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:00<br />
|but the first, second and third '''arguments''' are blank.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:05<br />
|This is because the '''command line arguments '''are given during execution.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:11<br />
| Hence, press the up-arrow key and type: '''sunday monday and tuesday'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:18<br />
|Press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:21<br />
| You can see that the first, second and third '''arguments''' are '''sunday monday and tuesday'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:28<br />
| Now switch back to our '''editor'''. Press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:33<br />
|Now, type the line as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:37<br />
| '''$12''' (Dollar twelve) represents the twelfth '''argument'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:41<br />
| To write an '''argument''' greater than 9, we need to use curly brackets. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:46<br />
|Else, '''bash''' will only take the '''argument''' of the integer in the '''ten's place''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:53<br />
|and you will not get expected '''output'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:57<br />
| Now click on '''Save.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:59<br />
|Let us '''execute''' the program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:01<br />
|Switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:04<br />
|Let me clear the '''prompt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:07<br />
| Now we need to give 12 or 13 '''arguments''' to the program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:12<br />
| Hence, type: '''dot slash arg.sh space 1 to 13'''. Now press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:23<br />
|You can see that the 12th''' argument''' is '''12.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:27<br />
| Come back to our '''editor'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:30<br />
|and type the line as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:34<br />
| '''$#''' (Dollar hash) gives the total number of '''arguments''' that have been passed to a program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:40<br />
| Now click on '''Save.'''<br />
|-<br />
| 04:43<br />
|Let us '''execute'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:44<br />
| Switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:46<br />
| Let us execute. Press the up-arrow key and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:52<br />
|We can see that the total '''arguments''' are '''13.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:57<br />
|Now switch to the '''editor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:00<br />
|Press '''Enter''' and type the lines as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:04<br />
| '''$*''' (Dollar asterisk) will print all the '''arguments''' on a single line. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:10<br />
| We will test this with the help of a simple''' for''' '''loop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:14<br />
| We will analyze this '''for '''loop at the time of execution.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:18<br />
| Now, click on '''Save.''' Switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|05:22<br />
| Let me clear the '''prompt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:26<br />
| Now, let us type: '''dot slash arg.sh space sunday monday and tuesday'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:35<br />
| Press''' Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:38<br />
| You can see that the total number of '''arguments''' are '''3''' as we have passed 3 '''arguments''' to our program.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:46<br />
|As already said, '''$*''' will print all the '''arguments''' on a single line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:54<br />
| And this is the output for the '''for loop.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:57<br />
| We see that all the '''arguments''' are printed on the single line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:02<br />
| Now, move back to our program and type the lines as shown here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:09<br />
| '''$@''' (Dollar at) will also print all the '''arguments'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:13<br />
| However, this time each '''argument''' will be printed on separate line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:20<br />
| This is another '''for''' loop which will print each '''argument''' in a separate line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:26<br />
| Let us see how. Click on '''Save'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:29<br />
| Switch to the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:32<br />
|Press the''' up-arrow key.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:34<br />
| Press''' Enter'''. You can see the difference now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:39<br />
| These are the '''arguments''' printed by '''$@.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:43<br />
|'''$@''' prints each '''argument''' on separate line.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:47<br />
|This is the '''output''' for the 2nd '''for loop.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:52<br />
| Now let's move on to '''quoting''' in '''BASH'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:55<br />
|Switch to the '''slides'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:57<br />
| There are three types of quotes: <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:59<br />
|* '''Double quote'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:00<br />
|* '''Single quote'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:02<br />
|* '''Backslash'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:03<br />
| '''Double quote '''substitutes the value of '''variables''' and '''commands'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:09<br />
| Example '''echo “Username is $USER”'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:13<br />
| It displays the '''username ''' of the system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:17<br />
| Switch to the '''Terminal.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:20<br />
| Let me clear the '''prompt'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|07:23<br />
|Now, type: '''echo''' space within double quotes '''Username''' space ''' is dollar USER ''' in capitals.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:34<br />
| Press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:35<br />
| The '''username '''of the system is printed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:39<br />
| The '''output''' will vary according to your system.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:42<br />
| Now move back to '''slides'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:46<br />
| '''Single quotes''' preserves the literal meaning of each character of a given '''string'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:53<br />
| It is used to turn off special meaning of all characters.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:58<br />
| Switch to the '''Terminal.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:01<br />
| Type: '''echo''' space within single quote''' Username is dollar USER '''in capital.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:10<br />
| Press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:12<br />
| The output is '''Username is $USER'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:16<br />
| In this example, it prints all the characters which appear within the single quotes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:23<br />
| It does not substitute the value of''' variable $USER'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:28<br />
| Switch back to our '''slides'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|08:31<br />
| '''Backslash''' removes the special meaning from a single character.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:37<br />
| It is used as an '''escape character''' in '''BASH'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:42<br />
| Switch to the '''Terminal. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:44<br />
|Now, type: '''echo''' space within double quote '''Username is backslash dollar USER ''' (in capital).<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:55<br />
|Since we have given double quotes, we expect the '''echo''' command to display the '''username'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:02<br />
|Let's try this command, so press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:06<br />
| The output is '''Username is $USER'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:10<br />
|In this example, the backslash removes the special meaning of (Dollar) '$' symbol. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:16<br />
|'''$USER '''is just treated as a '''string''' without any special functionality.<br />
<br />
|- <br />
|09:22<br />
| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:25<br />
|Switch back to our '''slides'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:27<br />
|Let us summarize.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:28<br />
| In this tutorial, we learnt:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:31<br />
|* '''Command line arguments'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:33<br />
|* Functionality of double quote, single quote and backslash.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:39<br />
| Watch the video available at the link shown below.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:42<br />
|It summarizes the Spoken-Tutorial project. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:45<br />
|If you do not have good bandwidth, you can download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:51<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial Project team: Conducts workshops using spoken tutorials. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:56<br />
|Gives certificates to those who pass an online test. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:00<br />
|For more details, please write to contact@spoken-tutorial.org<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:07<br />
| Spoken Tutorial Project is a part of the "Talk to a Teacher" project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:10<br />
|It is supported by the National Mission on Education through ICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
More information on this mission is available at: http://spoken-tutorial.org/NMEICT-Intro<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:24<br />
| The '''script''' has been contributed by FOSSEE and spoken-tutorial team.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:30<br />
|And this is Ashwini Patil from IIT Bombay, signing off. Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Old/C2/Ubuntu-Desktop-14.04/EnglishLinux-Old/C2/Ubuntu-Desktop-14.04/English2015-06-29T05:39:22Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| style="border-spacing:0;"<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.053cm;"| <center>'''Visual Cue'''</center><br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding:0.053cm;"| <center>'''Narration'''</center><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Starting slide<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Ubuntu Linux Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Learning Objective<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In this tutorial we will learn about<br />
<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux Desktop '''on the '''gnome '''environment<br />
* Some applications in '''Ubuntu Desktop'''<br />
* Changing the theme of the '''desktop'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| System Requirements<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| To record this tutorial, I am using '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' version '''14.04 '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Screenshot of old version '''Desktop'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In some of the older versions of '''Ubuntu Linux''', the '''desktop''' looks like this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Screenshot of the old version >> highlight the three tabs <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| You can see '''Applications, Places '''and '''System '''tabs on the top left corner of the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Go to desktop<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the newer versions of '''Ubuntu Linux''', the '''desktop''' &nbsp;looks likes this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Point to the launcher bar<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| You'll see the '''launcher''' on the left hand side of the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Show desktop without the launcher<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| If the '''launcher '''is hidden, as shown here, then we can make it visible.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Move the mouse to the extreme left of the screen<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| To do so, move the mouse to the extreme left of the screen. &nbsp;&nbsp;The '''launcher''' will be visible.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Move the mouse away<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Move the mouse away and the '''launcher''' will get hidden once again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on the wheel icon (at the extreme right corner of the '''desktop''' screen)<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| How can we make the '''launcher''' visible always?<br />
<br />
<br />
Click on the wheel icon at the extreme right corner of the '''desktop''' screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click '''System Settings''' >> '''Appearance'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now, click on '''System Settings''' and then on '''Appearance'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on '''Behavior'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the '''Appearance''' window, click on '''Behavior''' tab.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Switch '''Auto-hide the Launcher '''to '''ON''' Close the window<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Here, switch '''Auto-hide the Launcher '''to '''OFF '''position.<br />
<br />
Now, the launcher will be visible always.<br />
<br />
Close this window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| <nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Point to the icons<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Notice, there are some icons on the '''launcher''', by default.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Move the mouse to the '''launcher'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| You can see the '''Dash home '''icon at the top of the '''launcher.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on '''Dash home'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| To open '''Dash home, '''click on it. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Point to the '''search bar, Applications, Files & Folders '''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Right at the top, you'll see the '''search bar '''field.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now, how do we locate a particular application? Its very simple!<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let’s try to locate the '''Calculator''' application.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| In the '''search bar >> '''type '''Calc'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| So, in the '''search bar '''field, type '''C a l c'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Point to '''LibreOffice Calc''' and '''Calculator'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| See here, both '''LibreOffice Calc''' and '''Calculator''' are listed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on '''Calculator >> '''come to the '''Calculator '''window<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Click on '''Calculator '''icon.<br />
<br />
The '''Calculator '''application now opens on the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| In old version Applications -> Accessories -> Calculator<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In old versions of '''Ubuntu Linux''', we have to click on '''Applications -> Accessories -> Calculator.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Mouse-over calculator<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| '''Calculator '''helps perform arithmetic, scientific or financial calculations.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let us try some simple calculation.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Type 5*8 >> press =<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Type '''5 asterix 8''' and press the '''equal to '''sign.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Instead of pressing '''equal to''' sign, you can also press the '''Enter '''key on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Point to the answer.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| The answer is displayed on the '''Calculator'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Likewise, we can do all sorts of calculations using the '''Calculator '''application.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on close button<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now exit this '''Calculator '''by pressing the close button.<br />
<br />
<nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let’s get familiar with a few other important applications on '''Ubuntu Linux OS'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Mouse on the desktop area<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| For that, we will go back to '''Dash home.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Press '''Windows '''key on the keyboard<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Another way to open '''Dash Home''' is to press the '''Windows '''key on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| In the Search Bar >> type gedit >> click on Text Editor icon.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the '''Search bar, '''type '''gedit'''.<br />
<br />
The '''Text Editor '''icon appears. &nbsp;Click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Old version Application -> &nbsp;Accessories >> gedit<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the old versions of '''Ubuntu Linux''', we have to click on '''Application >> Accessories >> gedit.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Mouse on gedit Text Editor<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| What you see right now on the screen, is the '''gedit Text Editor '''window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Type “Hello World”<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let me type some text here.<br />
<br />
Type '''"Hello World"'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| To save the file, press '''Ctrl '''and '''S''' keys simultaneously on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on File->save<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Alternately, go to '''File '''and then click on '''Save'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| “Save as” dialog comes up<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now, a small dialog box named “'''Save as”''' opens up.<br />
<br />
It asks for '''filename '''and the location where the file has to be saved.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Type “hello.txt” as filename.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| So let’s type the name as '''"hello.txt".'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Select Desktop as location >> click on Save button.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| And for location let’s select '''Desktop '''and click on the '''Save '''button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on 'X' button gedit text editor.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let's close this '''gedit''' window now and check whether our file is saved on the '''Desktop '''or not.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Move to desktop area and select the hello.txt file.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now on the '''Desktop,''' you can see the file '''hello.txt'''.<br />
<br />
This means our text file was saved successfully.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Double click on hello.txt file<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let me open this file by double-clicking on it.<br />
<br />
See, our text file has opened with our written text.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| '''SLIDE'''<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| The Internet has a lot of information on '''gedit Text Editor'''.<br />
<br />
There will be spoken tutorials on this topic at [http://spoken-tutorial.org/ http://spoken-tutorial.org] also.<br />
<br />
<nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Close the gedit text editor<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let's close this '''text editor''' and let's look at another application i.e '''Terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on dash home and type terminal.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| So let's go to '''Dash home '''by pressing the '''Windows''' key.<br />
<br />
Now type '''terminal '''in the '''search bar '''field.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on the '''Terminal''' icon.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Click on the '''Terminal''' icon.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Old version Application -> &nbsp;Accessories >> Terminal<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the old versions of '''Ubuntu Linux''', we have to click on '''Application >> Accessories >> Terminal.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Mouse on Terminal window<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| The '''terminal '''window opens on the screen.<br />
<br />
Please Note: The shortcut key to open the '''Terminal '''is '''Ctrl+Alt+T.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| '''SLIDE'''<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| '''Terminal''' is called the '''command line.'''<br />
<br />
This is because you can command the computer from here.<br />
<br />
In fact it is more powerful than the '''GUI'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Place your cursor on terminal<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let me switch back to the '''Terminal '''window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Type ls >> press Enter<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now let’s type a simple command to get a feel of the '''terminal.'''<br />
<br />
Type ''''ls' '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Move the cursor over the result of the command<br />
Highlight '''Home'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| You can see a list of all the files and folders in the current directory.<br />
<br />
Here it is displaying '''files '''and '''folders '''from the '''Home '''folder.<br />
<br />
We will see later in this tutorial what the '''Home''' folder is.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| We will not spend any more time with the '''terminal''' now. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on 'X' button<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Close the '''terminal.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| '''SLIDE'''<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| '''Terminal '''commands are explained well in the '''Linux''' spoken tutorials series on this site. [http://spoken-tutorial.org/ http://spoken-tutorial.org].<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| <nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Come to desktop <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now, let's move onto another application i.e '''Firefox Web Browser.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Go to Dash home and type Firefox<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Once again press the '''Windows''' key on the keyboard, to open '''Dash home.'''<br />
<br />
Type '''Firefox '''in the '''search bar'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on firefox<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Click on the '''Firefox Web Browser '''icon.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Old version Application -> Internet -> firefox web browser.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the old versions, we have to click on '''Application -> Internet -> Firefox Web Browser.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| As firefox opens<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| '''Firefox Web Browser '''is used to access the world wide web.<br />
<br />
Now we can see that '''Firefox browser '''window is open.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| When firefox opens<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let’s go to the '''spoken-tutorial''' site.<br />
<br />
For that, go to address bar or press '''F6 '''on the keyboard.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Press F6<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| I am pressing '''F6 '''now.<br />
<br />
And we are in the address bar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Press back-space till you clear the address bar<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Press '''backspace '''to clear any text visible in the address bar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Type '''"http://spoken-tut”'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now let’s type '''"http://spoken-tutorial.org" '''and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Continue typing “'''orial.org" '''>> press '''Enter.'''<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| As we type, '''Firefox '''may suggest a few possibilities.<br />
<br />
You may choose one of these or type the complete address and press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| '''Firefox''' will connect to the given website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Mouse-over the page<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| The '''Spoken Tutorial Homepage '''opens on the browser.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on Close button<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let's close this and move on to the next application.<br />
<br />
'''<nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki>'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Go to dash home and type Office<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| So, let's go to '''Dash home '''again and type '''office '''in the '''search bar.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Mouse-over '''Writer, Base, Math, Calc, Draw''' and '''Impress '''(in the order displayed)<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| You'll see various '''LibreOffice '''components like '''Calc,''' '''Impress, Writer '''and '''Draw.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Old version Application -> &nbsp;Accessories >> Office<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the old versions of '''Ubuntu Linux''', we have to click on '''Application >> Office.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Excellent tutorials for all these components are available on the '''Spoken Tutorial '''website.<br />
<br />
<nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Come back to desktop<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now let's explore the '''Video''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Goto dash home and type Video<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Go to '''Dash home '''and type '''video'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Mouse-over Movie player<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the displayed list, we have one important application i.e '''Videos.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on Movie player<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| '''Videos''' is used to play videos and songs.<br />
<br />
By default, it plays '''open format '''video files only.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Movie player opens<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| So let me play a sample file from my pen-drive.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Insert pen-drive in the USB<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now I am inserting my pen-drive in a '''usb slot '''on my machine.<br />
<br />
The pen-drive folder has opened automatically.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Close if pen-drive opens.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| If it doesn't open, we can access it from the '''launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click bottom left icon<br />
<br />
Click the bottom left icon again.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Locate the pen-drive icon at the bottom of the '''launcher'''. <br />
<br />
If we click on it, it shows the files and folders available on the pen-drive.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Select movie file<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now I will select the movie file to play i.e '''big-buck-bunny.ogv.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Double click on movie file<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Here is my file; now I will double-click to open it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Movie file opens<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| It opens in '''Videos, '''by default.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Stop the movie.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let's stop playing the movie.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Old version Application -> &nbsp;Accessories >> Sound & Video >> Movie Player<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the older versions of '''Ubuntu Linux''', we have to click on '''Application >> Sound & Video.'''<br />
<br />
Here we can see various applications and here is the application '''Movie Player'''.<br />
<br />
Click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Show the screenshot of the pen-drive<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the older versions of '''Ubuntu Linux''', the pen-drive will be visible on the '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| SLIDE<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In newer '''Ubuntu''' versions, <br />
<br />
* press '''Ctrl, Windows '''and '''D''' keys, <br />
* to go to the '''Desktop''' directly.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| SLIDE<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In older '''Ubuntu''' versions, the required key combination to go to the '''Desktop''' used to be either:<br />
<br />
# '''Ctrl, Alt, D '''<br />
# or '''Windows '''key and '''D '''<br />
<br />
The user must be prepared to handle such variations from version to version. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Press '''Ctrl, Windows''' and '''D''' keys <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let us now press '''Ctrl, Windows''' and '''D''' keys to go to the '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| <nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Press Ctrl+windows+D keys<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Now let's see some more important things on this '''desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Mouse over Home folder icon in launcher<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Notice the '''folder '''icon present in the '''launcher'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on Home folder<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let's click on it.<br />
<br />
The '''Home '''folder opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Screenshot of old version<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the old versions of '''Ubuntu Linux''', we have to click on '''Places >> Home Folder.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Mouse over Home folder<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Every user has a unique '''Home '''folder in '''Ubuntu Linux'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| SLIDE<br />
| style="background-color:#f4cccc;border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| We can say that the home folder is "our house", where we can store our files and folders. <br />
<br />
Unless we permit, others cannot see them. <br />
<br />
More information on file permissions is available in the '''Linux''' spoken tutorials series.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Point to Desktop, Documents, Videos, Downloads one by one<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let us switch back.<br />
<br />
In our '''Home '''folder, we can see other folders, such as….. <br />
<br />
'''Desktop, Documents, Downloads, Videos''' etc.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on desktop folder<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In '''Linux''', everything is a file.<br />
<br />
Let’s open the '''Desktop''' folder by double-clicking on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Select hello.txt file<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Here, we can see that the same '''"hello.txt" '''file that we saved from the '''text editor'''. <br />
<br />
So this folder and the '''Desktop '''are the same. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Close this folder<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let me close this folder now.<br />
<br />
<nowiki><<PAUSE>></nowiki><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Goto desktop area<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Aren't you bored of seeing the same theme of the '''desktop'''? <br />
<br />
Let's change it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Go to Dash home >> type system settings >> click on the icon<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Go to '''Dash home '''and type '''system settings '''in the '''search bar'''. <br />
<br />
Then click on the '''system settings''' icon.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on the wheel icon >> click on system settings >> Appearance.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Alternately, click on the wheel icon at the top right of the desktop screen.<br />
<br />
Click on '''System Settings''' and then on '''Appearance.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on Appearance<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In the previous '''Ubuntu Linux''' versions, we have to go to '''System ->Preferences ->Appearance.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Mouse over '''Appearance''' window<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| The '''Appearance''' window opens up.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Click on themes tab<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Here under '''Themes''' tab, we have many pre-installed themes.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Select Radiance theme <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let us select "'''Radiance'''".<br />
<br />
As soon as you click on that you can see that changes have been applied on your '''desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Press Ctrl+windows+D <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| You can see it clearly by pressing '''Ctrl+Windows+D''' keys simultaneously. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Switch back to the Appearance window.<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Let's go back to the '''Appearance''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| select random themes to show the effects and click on close<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Play with these themes as per your preference and click on '''Close '''button to exit the window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| <br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| That’s all for this tutorial. &nbsp;Let us summarise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Summary<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| In this tutorial we learnt about <br />
<br />
* the Ubuntu Desktop, <br />
* the launcher and some of the icons visible on it<br />
* few important applications like Calculator, Text Editor, Terminal, Firefox Web Browser, &nbsp;Movie Player and LibreOffice suite components<br />
* the Home folder<br />
* and changing the theme of your Desktop<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| The video at the following link summarises the Spoken Tutorial Project.<br />
<br />
Pls watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| The Spoken Tutorial Project team<br />
<br />
* conducts workshops<br />
* and gives certificates on passing online tests.<br />
<br />
For details, please write to us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Acknowledgement<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Govt of India.<br />
<br />
More information on this mission is available at the following link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.049cm;"| Previous slide<br />
| style="border:0.05pt solid #000000;padding-top:0.049cm;padding-bottom:0.106cm;padding-left:0.106cm;padding-right:0.106cm;"| The script for this tutorial has been contributed by Anusha Kadambala and the Spoken Tutorial Team.<br />
<br />
And this is Gaurav Shinde from IIT Bombay signing off. &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Thank you for watching.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Digital-Divide/C2/How-to-use-FOSSEE-Netbook/English-timedDigital-Divide/C2/How-to-use-FOSSEE-Netbook/English-timed2015-06-12T11:49:22Z<p>Gaurav: Created page with "{|border=1 !Time !Narration |- |0.01 |Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on How to use the low cost FOSSEE Netbook, piloted at IIT Bombay |- |0.09 | In this tutorial we..."</p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
!Time<br />
!Narration<br />
|-<br />
|0.01 <br />
|Hello and welcome to the spoken tutorial on How to use the low cost FOSSEE Netbook, piloted at IIT Bombay<br />
|-<br />
|0.09<br />
| In this tutorial we will learn about <br />
|-<br />
|0.12<br />
| the desktop of the FOSSEE Netbook <br />
|-<br />
|0.14<br />
|some of the programs that it comes with<br />
|-<br />
|0.17<br />
|and how to update its operating system with newer releases<br />
|-<br />
|0.22<br />
|We refer to it as the FOSSEE Netbook, because,<br />
|-<br />
|0.26<br />
|The FOSSEE Team came up with suitable specifications for it<br />
|-<br />
|0.30<br />
|Tweaked the operating system<br />
|-<br />
|0.32<br />
|Came up with a software distribution<br />
|-<br />
|0.35<br />
|And provides updates and training.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|0.38<br />
|The operating system is derived from the latest release of Ubuntu Linux.<br />
|-<br />
|0.43<br />
|The FOSSEE Netbook Is a low cost laptop piloted at IIT Bombay<br />
|-<br />
|0.49<br />
|Manufactured to its specifications by Basics Comtech Pvt. Ltd.<br />
|-<br />
|0.55<br />
|Has been designed for education and research<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|0.58 <br />
|AndCosts about Rs. 5,000 plus customs, taxes, etc.<br />
|-<br />
|1.03<br />
|To record this tutorial, I am using a FOSSEE Netbook,<br />
|-<br />
|1.08<br />
| FOSSEE distribution of the GNU/Linux Operating System<br />
|-<br />
|1.12<br />
| and Kazam screen recorder version 1.4.5<br />
|-<br />
|1.17<br />
| Let's now have a look at the FOSSEE Netbook.<br />
|-<br />
|1.20<br />
|This is what the FOSSEE Netbook looks like.<br />
|-<br />
|1.24<br />
|It is about 700gms in weight.<br />
|-<br />
|1.28<br />
|It has a 10 inch display and a touch-pad. <br />
|-<br />
|1.31<br />
|Has a front camera and two built-in speakers.<br />
|-<br />
|1.35<br />
|It has 2 regular USB ports, 1 mini HDMI port, 1 Lan port.<br />
|-<br />
|1.43<br />
|It has individual headphone and mic jacks for audio support<br />
|-<br />
|1.49<br />
|It also has an SD card slot that can support upto 32GB<br />
|-<br />
|1.56<br />
|It has a 5000 mAH battery<br />
|-<br />
|1.59<br />
|It gives about 4 to 8 hours of backup, depending on the program used<br />
|-<br />
|2.04<br />
|It has 1GB RAM and 8GB ROM<br />
|-<br />
|2.07<br />
|It also has wi-fi and bluetooth support.<br />
|-<br />
|2.11<br />
|For more details about the hardware specifications, visit http://netbook.fossee.in<br />
|-<br />
|2.19<br />
| For recovery/update/re-installation of FOSSEE OS, user should do the following.<br />
|-<br />
|2.25<br />
|Prepare the sdcard with instructions provided in netbook.fossee.in/recovery<br />
|-<br />
|2.33<br />
|Poweroff the FOSSEE Netbook<br />
|-<br />
|2.35<br />
| Insert the sdcard in the slot and then long press the Power key<br />
|-<br />
|2.41<br />
|The screen should show a text message "Entering recovery mode..."<br />
|-<br />
|2.46<br />
|Select the appropriate option shown in the next screen<br />
|-<br />
|2.51<br />
|What you see here, is the Desktop of the FOSSEE Netbook with the FOSSEE OS<br />
|-<br />
|2.57<br />
|By default, you will see some icons on the Desktop<br />
|-<br />
|3.01<br />
|As with any computer, double-clicking on any icon, will open the related application<br />
|-<br />
|3.09<br />
|Here, at the bottom right, is the Network connection icon.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|3.15<br />
|Currently it says “No network connection<br />
|-<br />
|3.18<br />
|Let's learn how to connect to a network<br />
|-<br />
|3.21<br />
|For wi-fi connections, simply click on the icon.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|3.25<br />
| A list of already available connections are displayed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|3.30<br />
|You can connect to any one of them, provided you know the wi-fi network password.<br />
|-<br />
|3.35<br />
| I will choose one of the available networks on my machine.<br />
|-<br />
|3.40<br />
| And then type the password and click on Connect button.<br />
|-<br />
|3.46<br />
|Notice the Network icon in the System Tray.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|3.50<br />
|The icon has now changed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|3.52<br />
| It mentions the name of the network that I am now connected to.<br />
|-<br />
|3.57<br />
| Let's now turn our attention to the bottom left corner of the Desktop.<br />
|-<br />
|4.03<br />
| Here we find the Start Menu, which is the Main Menu.<br />
|-<br />
|4.07<br />
|The Start Menu lists all the available software and applications, in a categorised manner.<br />
|-<br />
|4.14<br />
|Click each category to know which software or applications are listed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|4.21<br />
|Let us look at some of them.<br />
|-<br />
|4.24<br />
| Education category has all of these applications listed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|4.28<br />
| Here we have Geogebra.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|4.31<br />
|This is an outstanding free software to learn the concepts of algebra and geometry. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|4.37<br />
|It is especially useful to students from 6th grade onwards.<br />
|-<br />
|4.41<br />
|The Spoken Tutorial project has created excellent tutorials to learn Geogebra.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|4.47<br />
|These are available through http://spoken-tutorial.org free of cost.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|4.53<br />
|You can see what this link looks like in the browser window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|4.57<br />
|And you can also see that these tutorials are available in many Indian languages.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|5.03<br />
|There are many more such free software on the netbook, with Spoken Tutorials on this page.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|5.10<br />
|I will show them shortly.<br />
|-<br />
|5.13<br />
|Let’s come back to the Start menu.<br />
|-<br />
|5.15<br />
|Let’s see another software - Jmol.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|5.19<br />
|This is useful for viewing chemical structures like molecules, bonds, etc. in 3D.<br />
|-<br />
|5.26<br />
|The Spoken Tutorial website has tutorials on Jmol, in many languages.<br />
|-<br />
|5.33<br />
|In the Start menu, let’s look at another category, say - Graphics<br />
|-<br />
|5.40<br />
|Here you can see GIMP, Inkscape and XFig.<br />
|-<br />
|5.46<br />
| There are many spoken tutorials on GIMP, Inkscape, and XFig on the Spoken Tutorial website<br />
|-<br />
|5.54<br />
|You can use these tutorials to learn how to use these graphic software.<br />
|-<br />
|6.01<br />
|Let’s look at Internet category now and these are the options available here.<br />
|-<br />
|6.07<br />
|Here we have Firefox Web Browser.<br />
|-<br />
|6.10<br />
|And here are the spoken tutorials to learn how to use Firefox. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|6.15<br />
|Once again, these are available in many Indian languages.<br />
|-<br />
|6.20<br />
|Under the Office category, we have the entire LibreOffice Suite - <br />
Writer<br />
Calc<br />
Impress<br />
Base<br />
Draw<br />
Math<br />
|-<br />
|6.31<br />
|We have tutorials to learn the entire LibreOffice Suite on the Spoken Tutorial website<br />
|-<br />
|6.37<br />
|Let’s move to the Programming category<br />
|-<br />
|6.40<br />
|Here we can see iPython<br />
|-<br />
|6.43<br />
|There is a Python series on the Spoken Tutorial website<br />
|-<br />
|6.47<br />
|We also have Scilab here.<br />
|-<br />
|6.50<br />
|Once again, we have tutorials on how to learn Scilab on the Spoken Tutorial website<br />
|-<br />
|6.56<br />
|We have some IDEs, too, like Code Blocks and Geany.<br />
|-<br />
|7.01<br />
|Spoken Tutorials for these are not yet available.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|7.05<br />
|But if you do an Internet search, you will find useful learning material on these also<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|7.12<br />
| Let us look at the applications available under Sound & Video<br />
|-<br />
|7.17<br />
|So, we have Audacity, which is used to record audio tracks….<br />
|-<br />
|7.22<br />
|and here are the tutorials to learn to use Audacity.<br />
|-<br />
|7.26<br />
|Preferences has options to customise the Desktop, Keyboard, Monitor, Network etc.<br />
|-<br />
|7.33<br />
| Let's click on Customise look and feel option.<br />
|-<br />
|7.37<br />
| We are in the Widget tab, by default.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|7.40<br />
| Here one can change the default theme of the displayed windows.<br />
|-<br />
|7.45<br />
|Choose the theme you prefer from the given list.<br />
|-<br />
|7.51<br />
| We will learn about all the other tabs and their options in detail, in later tutorials.<br />
|-<br />
|7.57<br />
|Logout is the option to use to either shutdown, lock the screen or logout.<br />
|-<br />
|8.03<br />
|Let me click on the Cancel button.<br />
|-<br />
|8.05<br />
| The icon next to the Start menu is the shortcut to the Desktop.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|8.10<br />
|Let’s click on it.<br />
|-<br />
|8.12<br />
|It iconifys all the open windows and displays only the Desktop.<br />
|-<br />
|8.18<br />
|Now, on the Desktop, let us look at some of the icons.<br />
|-<br />
|8.23<br />
|Here we have the Terminal. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|8.25<br />
|This is the command line interface<br />
|-<br />
|8.28<br />
|To learn how to use the Terminal, please refer to the BOSS Linux spoken tutorial series.<br />
|-<br />
|8.34<br />
|The File Manager functions like the My Computer option in Windows OS.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|8.39<br />
|You can navigate to any folder or file, from this window.<br />
|-<br />
|8.47<br />
|The Software Center helps to install all the software that we want.<br />
|-<br />
|8.58<br />
| Language Support lists all the languages supported by the FOSSEE OS.<br />
|-<br />
|9.05<br />
|Notice a pdf named Readme on the desktop. <br />
|-<br />
|9.10<br />
|Please open this pdf and read it. <br />
|-<br />
|9.17 <br />
|It gives you brief overview of the Netbook.<br />
|-<br />
|9.27<br />
|With this, we come to the end of this tutorial on How to use the FOSSEE Netbook.<br />
|-<br />
|9.33<br />
|The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project. Please watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|9.40<br />
|The Spoken Tutorial project team -<br />
conducts workshops <br />
and gives certificates on passing online tests.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|9.48<br />
|For more details, write to us<br />
|-<br />
|9.51<br />
|Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Govt of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|9.57<br />
|More details on this mission is available on this link.<br />
|-<br />
|10.04<br />
|This is Nancy Varkey for IIT Bombay signing off. Thank you for watching</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Old/C2/Ubuntu-Desktop-14.04/EnglishLinux-Old/C2/Ubuntu-Desktop-14.04/English2015-06-05T05:11:57Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>'''Title of script''': '''Overview of Ubuntu Desktop'''<br />
<br />
'''Author: Anusha Kadambala'''<br />
<br />
'''Keywords: Ubuntu,Overview, Desktop, GNU/Linux'''<br />
<br />
''''''<br />
<br />
<br />
{| style="border-spacing:0;"<br />
| <center>Visual Cue</center><br />
| <center>Narration</center><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Starting slide<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on Ubuntu Desktop. <br />
<br />
<br />
Using this tutorial, we will get familiar with the Ubuntu Desktop on the gnome environment. <br />
<br />
<br />
For this purpose, I am using Ubuntu 10.10.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Goto desktop<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| What you are seeing now, is the Ubuntu Desktop.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Move the mouse to the main menu<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| You can see the main menu on the top left hand side corner.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on main menu<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| To open this, you can press Alt+F1 or go to applications and click on it. <br />
<br />
<br />
The application menu contains all the installed applications in a categorized manner.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| In this applications menu, lets get familiar with some important applications.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Goto Applications->Accessories->Calculator.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| So lets go to Applications->Accessories->Calculator.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Mouse-over calculator<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Calculator helps perform arithmetic, scientific or financial calculations.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Open on calculator.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Lets open this, click on calculator. <br />
<br />
<br />
Let us try some simple calculation.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Type 5*(into)8 and press =<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Type 5*(into)8 and press = sign<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Instead of pressing = sign, you can also type the enter key<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on close button<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now exit this calculator by pressing the close button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on desktop.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now let's look at another application.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on Application-> Accessories<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| For that go back to Applications then go to Accessories.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Goto Gedit Text Editor and click on it.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| In accessories, let's open Text Editor. Click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Be on Gedit Text Editor<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| So what you see right now on screen is the gedit Text Editor. <br />
<br />
<br />
Let me type some text here and save it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Type “Hello World”<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Type "Hello World". <br />
<br />
<br />
To save it, I can press Clt+s or goto File and then click on save.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on File->save<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| So let me go to File and then save.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| “Save as” dialog comes up<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now a small dialog box comes up. <br />
<br />
<br />
It asks for filename and location in which the file has to be saved.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Type “hello.txt” as file name. Select Desktop as location. Then click on.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| So let me type the name as "hello.txt" and for location I select it as Desktop and click on save button. <br />
<br />
<br />
Let's close this gedit now and check whether our file is saved on desktop or not.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on 'X' button gedit text editor.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| So close this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Move to desktop area and select the hello.txt file.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now on the desktop you can see the file hello.txt. <br />
<br />
<br />
So our text file has got saved successfully.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Double click on hello.txt file<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let me open this file by double-clicking on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| hello.txt file opens<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Wow!! our text file is opened with our written text. <br />
<br />
<br />
The Internet has a lot of information on gedit text editor. <br />
<br />
<br />
There will be spoken tutorials on this topic at [http://spoken-tutorial.org/ http://spoken-tutorial.org] also.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Close the gedit text editor<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let's close this text editor and let's see some application from accessories i.e Terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on Applications->Accessories-> terminal.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| So let's move back to Applications->Accessories and then terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Place your cursor on terminal<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Terminal is called command line because you can command the computer from here. <br />
<br />
<br />
In fact it is more powerful than the GUI.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Type ls and press enter<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now lets type a simple command to get a feel of terminal. <br />
<br />
<br />
So let's type 'ls' and press enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Move the cursor over the result of the commands to display the result<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| You can see it lists all the files and folders in the current directory. <br />
<br />
So here it is displaying files and folders from home folder. <br />
<br />
We will see later in this tutorial what the home folder is.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| We will not spend any more time with the terminal now. Terminal commands are explained well in the linux spoken tutorials in [http://spoken-tutorial.org/ http://spoken-tutorial.org].<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on 'X' button<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Close the terminal<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Come to desktop i.e focus on desktop by clicking on desktop area<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now let's move on next application i.e Firefox Web Browser. <br />
<br />
Let's open it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on applications-> Internet-> Firefox<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| For that go to applications-> Internet-> Firefox web Browser.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on firefox<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| As firefox opens<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Firefox is used to access world wide web. <br />
<br />
Now you can see that firefox is open.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| When firefox opens<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Lets go to gmail site here. <br />
<br />
For that go to address bar or press F6.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Press F6<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| I am pressing F6 now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Press back-space till you clear the address bar<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Yup! i am in address bar and now i press backspace to clear the address bar. <br />
<br />
I type "www.gmail.com" and press enter. <br />
<br />
As I type, Firefox may suggest a few possibilities. <br />
<br />
You may choose one of these or type in the complete address and press enter .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Firefox could connect to the website directly or it could ask for a login and password. <br />
<br />
Now let us type the username and password and press enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Mouse-over the page to show gmail opened<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now you can see gmail web page opened on the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on Close button<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| So let's close this and move on to the next one.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on applications->Office.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now let's go to office menu i.e applications->Office.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Mouse-over word processor, spreadsheet and presentation one after another<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Then further in this office menu we have openoffice word processor, spreadsheet and presentation. <br />
<br />
There is a lot of information on these topics in Internet. <br />
<br />
Our website will also have spoken tutorials on these topics in the future.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Come back to desktop<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Then let's explore Sound & Video menu.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Goto Applications-> Sound & Video<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| For that goto Applications-> Sound & Video.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Mouse-over Movie player<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| In this we have one important application i.e Movie Player.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on Movie player<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| It is used to play videos and songs. <br />
<br />
By default, it plays the open format video files only.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Movie playerv opens<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| So let me play one sample file from my pen-drive.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Insert pen-drive in the USB<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now i am inserting my pen-drive in an usb slot.Pen-drive has opened.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Close if pen-drive opens.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| If it doesn't open, you can access it from the desktop.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click bottom left icon<br />
<br />
<br />
Click the bottom left icon again.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us click the icon at the bottom left hand corner. If we click on it, it shows only the Desktop. If we click this again, it shows the Desktop, along with the files already open.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Press Clt+Alt+D<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| We can go to the Desktop also by pressing Windows key and D simultaneously. Please note that the required key combination to goto Desktop used to be Clt+Alt+D in the previous versions ok Ubuntu. The user must be prepared to handle such variations from version to version. Let us now press Windows key and D. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Locate pen-drive on desktop area<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Here you can see that your pen-drive is present on the desktop.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Double-click on pen-drive<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| let's open it by double-clicking on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Select movie file<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now i select the movie file to play it i.e Ubuntu Humanity.ogv .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Double click on movie file<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Here is my file, now i double-click it to open it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Movie file opens<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| It opens in movie-player by default.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on close button<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let's close this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Press Clt+Alt+D<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now let's see some more important things on this desktop.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on places<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| For that let's go to Places menu this time.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Mouse-over home folder<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| In this, we have the home folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let's open it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on home folder.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on home folder.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| As home folder opens<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Every user has a unique home folder in Ubuntu. We can say that the home folder is "our house" where we can store our files and folders. Unless we permit, others cannot see them. More information on file permissions is available on the linux spoken tutorials available at http://spoken-tutorial.org<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on Desktop, Documents, Videos, Downloads one by one<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| In our home folder, we can see other folders, such as Desktop, Documents, Downloads, Videos etc.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on desktop folder<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| In linux, everything is a file. <br />
<br />
Lets open the Desktop folder by double clicking.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Select hello.txt file<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Hey we can see that the same "hello.txt" file what we saved from text editor is here. So this folder and the Desktop are the same. Let me close this folder now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Goto desktop area<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Aren't you bored to see the same theme of desktop? Let's change it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on System->Preferences->Appearence.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| For that go to System->Preferences->Appearence. Click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Click on themes tab<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Here under themes tab, we have many pre-installed themes .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Select clear looks<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us select "Clearlooks". <br />
<br />
As soon as you click on that you can see that changes have applied to your machine.<br />
<br />
You can see it clearly by clicking the Desktop icon present at the bottom left hand corner. Let us go back to the folders by clicking this icon again.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| select random themes to show the effects and click on close<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Play with these themes which ever you like and click on close to exit.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Last slide<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| This bring to the end of this tutorial. <br />
<br />
In this tutorial we learnt about the Ubuntu Desktop, the main menu and the other icons visible on the Ubuntu screen. <br />
<br />
Spoken Tutorial Project is a part of the Talk to a Teacher project, supported by the National Mission on Education through ICT. <br />
<br />
More information on the same is available at the following link: [http://spoken-tutorial.org/NMEICT-Intro http://spoken-tutorial.org/NMEICT-Intro][http://spoken-tutorial.org/NMEICT-Intro.This . ]<br />
<br />
This is Anusha Kadambala signing off. Thank you and goodbye.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux/C2/Working-with-Regular-Files/English-timedLinux/C2/Working-with-Regular-Files/English-timed2015-05-28T09:38:49Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|'''Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
| 00:00<br />
|Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Working with Regular Files''' in '''Linux'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:07<br />
|Files and directories together form the Linux File System.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:13<br />
|In a previous tutorial, we have already seen how to work with directories. You can find the tutorial at this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:25<br />
|In this tutorial, we will see how to handle regular files. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:31<br />
|We have already seen in another tutorial how we can create a file using the ''' 'cat' command'''. For details, please visit this website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:46<br />
|Let us see how to copy a file from one place to another. For this we have the ''' 'cp' command'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:55<br />
|Let us see how the command is used.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:00<br />
|To copy a single file, we type: cp space one or more of the [OPTIONS]... space the name of the SOURCE file space the name of the destination file (DEST). <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:15<br />
|To copy multiple files at the same time,<br />
We write cp space one or more of the [OPTIONS]...the name of the SOURCE files that we want to copy and the name of the destination DIRECTORY in which these files would be copied.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:34<br />
|Let us now see an eg.First we open a terminal. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:42<br />
|We already have a file named 'test1' in our home directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:49<br />
|To see what is in test1, we type:$ cat space test1 and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:00<br />
|As we can see, the content of test1 is shown. Now if we want to copy it into another file called 'test2' we would write: <br />
$ cp space test1 space test2 and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:22<br />
|Now the file has been copied.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:25<br />
|If 'test2' doesn't exist, it would be first created and then the content of 'test1' will be copied to it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:35<br />
|If it already existed then it would be silently overwritten. To see the copied file, type:<br />
$ cat space test2 and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:52<br />
|We can also copy files from and to different directories. For example,<br />
type: $ cp space /home/anirban/arc/demo1 (which is th name of the file we want to copy) space /home/anirban/demo2 and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:31<br />
|What this will do is that it will copy the file 'demo1' from source diretory /home/anirban/arc to the destination directory /home/anirban, it will copy to a file name 'demo2'.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:51<br />
|To see that the 'demo2' is there, type:<br />
ls space /home/anirban and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:13<br />
|We scroll up as you can see here is 'demo2'.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:19<br />
|Before moving ahead let us clear the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:25<br />
|If you want the file to have the same name in the destination directory, you may not even mention the file name. For example<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:35<br />
|Type $ cp space /home/anirban/arc/demo1 space /home/anirban/ and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:03<br />
|This will again copy the file 'demo1' presenting the /home/anirban/arc directory to /home/anirban directory to a file whose name will be 'demo1' as well.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:20<br />
|As before, to see the 'demo1' type:<br />
ls /home/anirban and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:33<br />
|Here again we would scroll up and as you can see the 'demo1' file is there.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:40<br />
|Again, before moving ahead let us clear the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:48<br />
|Another instance when we do not need to give the destination file name is when we want to copy multiple files.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:56<br />
|We assume that we have three files named test1, test2, test3 in our '''home directory'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:04<br />
|Now we type: $ cp space test1 space test2 space test3 space /home/anirban/testdir and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:27<br />
|This will copy all the three files named test1,test2 and test3 to the directory /home/anirban/testdir without changing their names. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:41<br />
|To see that these files have actually been copied. We will type: ls space /home/anirban/testdir and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:03<br />
|As you can see test1, test2 and test3 are present in this directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:10<br />
|There are many options that go with '''cp'''. Here we will see only the most important of them.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:18<br />
|Let us first go back to the slides.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:23<br />
|Among the options, '''-R''' is an important one. It causes recursive copying of an entire directory structure.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:33<br />
|Let us see an example.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:38<br />
|Let us try to copy all the contents of the 'testdir' directory to a directory called 'test'.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:48<br />
|For that, we would type: cp space testdir/ space test and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:02<br />
|As you can see from the output message,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:06<br />
|normally we cannot copy a directory having some content directly with '''cp''' command.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:14<br />
|But using the '''-R''' option we can do this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:19<br />
|Now we type: cp space -R space testdir/ space test and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:36<br />
|The files have now been copied. To see that the 'test' directory actually exists, type '''ls''' and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:47<br />
|As you can see, the 'test' directory exists. Let us clear the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:57<br />
|To see the contents inside 'test', type: ls space test and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:08<br />
|You can see the contents of the 'test' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:13<br />
|Now we go back to the slides.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:16<br />
|We have seen if a file is copied to another file that already exists, the existing file is overwritten.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:25<br />
|Now what if we inadvertently overwrite an important file?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:30<br />
|To prevent anything like this to occur, we have the '''-b''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:36<br />
|This makes a ''backup'' of each exiting destination file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:41<br />
|We can also use the '''-i''' (interactive)option, this always warns us before overwriting any destination file. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:54<br />
|Now let us see how the '''mv command''' works. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:59<br />
|This is used for moving files. Now how is that useful?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:04<br />
|It has two major uses.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:07<br />
|It is used for ''renaming a file'' or directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:11<br />
|It also ''moves a group of files'' to a different directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:17<br />
|'''mv''' is very similar to '''cp''' which we have already seen. So let us quickly see how '''mv''' can be used. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:29<br />
|We open the terminal and type: $ mv space test1 space test2 and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:43<br />
|This will rename the file named 'test1' which was already present in the home directory to a file named 'test2'. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 10:52<br />
|If 'test2' already existed then it would be overwritten silently.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:00<br />
|If we want our warning before the file is overwritten,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:05<br />
|we can use the '''-i''' option with the '''mv''' command.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:10<br />
|Say we have another file named 'anirban'. This file we also want to renew as 'test2'. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:20<br />
|We will type: mv space -i space anirban space test2 and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:32<br />
|As you can see, a warning is provided asking whether 'test2' should be overwritten or not. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:41<br />
|If we press '''y''' and then press Enter, the file would be actually overwritten.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:49<br />
|Like '''cp''' we can use '''mv''' with multiple files but in that case the destination should be a directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:58<br />
|Before moving ahead let us clear the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:03<br />
|Suppose we have 3 files named abc.txt, pop.txt and push.txt in our '''home''' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:14<br />
|To see there presence, type '''ls''' and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:21<br />
|Here are the files pop.txt, push.txt and abc.txt Let us clear the screen.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:36<br />
|Now we want to move these three files to a directory called 'testdir'.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 12:46<br />
|What we need to do is type:''' mv space abc.txt space pop.txt space push.txt''' and then the name of the destination folder which is 'testdir' and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:14<br />
|To see them, type '''ls space testdir''' and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:20<br />
|You can see the files abc, pop and push.txt.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:27<br />
|Now let us see some options that go with '''mv'''. Let us first go back to the slides.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:37<br />
|Then '''-b''' or '''–backup''' option is present with the '''mv''' command. It will backup every file in the destination before it is overwritten. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:48<br />
|The '''-i''' option that we have already seen warns us before overwriting any destination file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 13:58<br />
|The next command we will see is the '''rm command'''. This command is used for ''deleting'' files. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 14:06<br />
|Go back to the terminal and type: ls space testdir<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 14:15<br />
|We can see a file name 'faq.txt' present. Say, we want to delete it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 14:23<br />
|For this, we type:<br />
$ rm space testdir/faq.txt and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 14:37<br />
|This command will remove the file 'faq.txt' from the '/testdir' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 14:46<br />
|To see that the file has been actually removed or not, let us again press:ls space testdir and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:00<br />
|We can no longer see the file 'faq.txt'.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:05<br />
|We can use the '''rm''' command with multiple files as well.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:10<br />
|The 'testdir' directory contains two files 'abc2' and 'abc1'.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:17<br />
|Suppose we want to remove these files abc1 and abc2.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:23<br />
|For this, we would type: rm space testdir/abc1 space testdir/abc2 and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:45<br />
|This removes the files 'abc1' and 'abc2' from 'testdir' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:53<br />
|To see that they have been removed, type '''ls space testdir''' again. You can no longer see 'abc1' and 'abc2'.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 16:07<br />
|Let us clear the screen before moving ahead. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 16:14<br />
|Now let us go back to the slides.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 16:18<br />
|Let us summarize what we just said?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 16:20<br />
|That is, to delete a single file we write '''rm''' and then the name of the file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 16:27<br />
|To delete multiple files we write '''rm''' and the name of the multiple files that we want to delete.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 16:34<br />
|Now let us look into some of the options of the '''rm''' command.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 16:40<br />
|Sometimes a file is '''write''' protected, using '''rm''' will not delete the file then. In this case we have the '''-f''' option which can be used to force delete a file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 16:57<br />
|The other common option is the '''-r''' option. Let us see where this options are useful?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 17:07<br />
|Let us switch back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 17:12<br />
|'''rm''' command is not normally used for deleting directories, for that we have the '''rmdir''' command.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 17:21<br />
|But '''rmdir''' command normally deletes a directory, only then it is empty. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 17:27<br />
|What if we want to delete a directory that has a number of files and subdirectories inside. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 17:35<br />
|Let us try the '''rm''' command to do this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 17:38<br />
|Let us type '''rm''' and the directory that we want to delete which is 'testdir' and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 17:47<br />
|From the output message we can see that we can not use the 'rm directory' to delete 'testdir'.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 17:55<br />
|But if we combine the '''-r''' and '''-f''' option then we can do this.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 18:03<br />
|Press: rm space -rf space testdir and then press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 18:16<br />
|Now the 'testdir' directory has been successfully deleted.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 18:22<br />
|Let us now go back to the slides to study the next command.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 18:27<br />
|The '''cmp''' command.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 18:29<br />
|Sometimes we need to check whether two files are same. If they are same then we may delete one of them.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 18:37<br />
|Also we may want to see whether a file has changed since the last version. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 18:44<br />
|For these and many other purposes we can use the '''cmp''' command.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 18:49<br />
|It ''compares two files byte by byte''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 18:54<br />
|To compare file1 and file2, we would write '''cmp space file1 space file2'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 19:03<br />
|If the two files have exactly same content then no message would be shown.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 19:11<br />
|Only the prompt will be printed. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 19:14<br />
|If there are differences in their contents then the location of the first mismatch will be printed on the terminal. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 19:25<br />
|Let us see how 'cmp' works. We have two files named 'sample1' and 'sample2' in our '''home''' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 19:35<br />
|Let us see what they contain?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 19:38<br />
|Type '''cat space sample1''' and press Enter. It contains the text “This is a Linux file to test the cmp command”<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 19:50<br />
|The other file 'sample2' will contain the text and to see that we will type '''cat sample2''' and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 20:00<br />
|It will contain the text “This is a Unix file to test the cmp command.”<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 20:06<br />
|Now we would apply the '''cmp''' command on these two files.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 20:11<br />
|We will write: cmp space sample1 space sample2 and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 20:23<br />
|As we can see, the first difference between the two files 'sample1' and 'sample2' is pointed out. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 20:32<br />
|Let us clear the screen before moving ahead to the next command.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 20:38<br />
|The next command we will see is the '''wc''' command.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 20:43<br />
|This command is used to ''count the number of characters, words and lines'' in a file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 20:50<br />
|We have a file named 'sample3' in our '''home''' directory.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 20:56<br />
|Let us see its contents. For that, we will type: cat space sample3 and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 21:05<br />
|This is the content of sample3.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 21:10<br />
|Now let us use the '''wc''' command on this file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 21:14<br />
|For that, we would write: wc space sample3 and press Enter.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 21:25<br />
|The command points out that the file has 6 lines, 67 words and 385 characters.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 21:38<br />
|These were some of the commands that help us to work with files.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 21:43<br />
|There are many more commands. Moreover each of the command that we saw has many other options. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 21:51<br />
|I encourage you to see more about them using the '''man''' command.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 22:00<br />
|This brings me to the end of this tutorial at last.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 22:04<br />
| Spoken Tutorial Project is a part of the Talk to a Teacher project, supported by the National Mission on Education through ICT, MHRD, Government of India. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 22:17<br />
|More information on the same is available at the following link http://spoken-tutorial.org/NMEICT-Intro. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 22:34<br />
|This is Anirban signing off . Thanks for joining.</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Scilab/C4/Digital-Signal-Processing/EnglishScilab/C4/Digital-Signal-Processing/English2015-05-20T09:18:50Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>'''Title of script''': '''Signal processing Using Scilab'''<br />
<br />
'''Author: Manas'''<br />
<br />
'''Keywords: Video tutorial, Signal'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| style="border-spacing:0;"<br />
! <center>Visual Cue</center><br />
! <center>Narration</center><br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Slide 1<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Dear Friends,<br />
<br />
Welcome to the spoken tutorial on “'''Signal Processing using Scilab'''”<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Slide 2 -Learning Objective Slide<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| In this tutorial, using Scilab, I will show you how to<br />
<br />
<br />
Generate different kinds of signals , and<br />
<br />
<br />
Perform different operations to analyse signals.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Slide 3-System Requirement slide<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| To record this tutorial, I am using '''Ubuntu 11.04''' as the operating system with '''Scilab 5.3.3''' version <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Slide 4- Prerequisite slide<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Before practicing this tutorial, a learner should have a basic knowledge of Scilab. <br />
<br />
To know the basics of Scilab, please refer to the series of basic level spoken tutorials in Scilab....<br />
<br />
<br />
....which is available on our website www.spoken-tutorial.org<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Slide 7<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| In this tutorial, I will describe about 3 basic Signals.<br />
<br />
* Plotting continuous and discrete sine wave.<br />
* Plotting '''step function'''.<br />
* Plotting '''ramp function'''.<br />
<br />
Let me start with “Plotting continuous and discrete sine wave”<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Switch to the Scilab Console Window and type:<br />
<br />
'''t <nowiki>=</nowiki> 0:0.1:2*%pi;'''<br />
<br />
'''x <nowiki>=</nowiki> sin(t);'''<br />
<br />
'''plot2d(t,x)'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us switch to the Scilab Console Window.<br />
<br />
Here type: <br />
<br />
<br />
'''t equal to zero colon zero point one colon two multiplied by precentage pi semicolon.'''<br />
<br />
'''x equal to sin of t semicolon plot 2D into bracket t comma x'''<br />
<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter''' key on your keyboard. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display the plot generated<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| This is a '''continous sine wave'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| On the console window type:<br />
<br />
'''plot2d3('gnn',t,x)'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us discuss the '''discrete sine wave.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
On the console window type: '''plot two d3 within bracket invertes comma gnn comma t comma x and press Enter.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display the plot generated<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| This is '''discrete sine wave.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Switch to Slide 7: and display 2<sup>nd</sup> and 3<sup>rd</sup> point of Slide 7<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us now discuss about Plotting '''step function''' and <br />
<br />
plotting '''ramp function.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Open scilab editor.<br />
<br />
Open the file signal.sce<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| I have already written the code to generate '''step''' and '''ramp''' signal in the file called '''signals.sce.''' <br />
<br />
<br />
Let us open this file '''signal.sce''' using '''scilab editor'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
Let us execute this code.<br />
<br />
<br />
Click on the “Execute” button in the Menu bar<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display the plot generated<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| '''Step''' and '''Ramp''' signal is displayed in this plot.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Slide 8<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now let us learn how to perform different operations to analyse signals.<br />
<br />
<br />
Let us see how to perform '''Convolution''' between two signals.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Swtich to Scilab console and type: '''<nowiki>x=[1,2</nowiki> ,3,4]'''<br />
<br />
'''Then type:'''<br />
<br />
'''<nowiki>h=[1,1,1]</nowiki>'''<br />
<br />
'''and then type'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Type:''' convol(x,h) '''and press Enter<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us switch to the Scilab Console window and type<br />
<br />
'''x equals to within square braccket one comma two comma three comma four'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Then type '''h equals to within square bracket one comma one comma one'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Now let us apply the '''convoltion''' by typing''' convol opening bracket x comma h closing bracket'''<br />
<br />
<br />
and press Enter on your keyboard.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display the output generated<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| An output can be seen here.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now let us learn '''Discrete fourier transform''' for a discrete sequence by using the inbuilt command '''dft().'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| On the Scilab console window, type: <nowiki>x=[1,2,3,4]</nowiki><br />
<br />
<br />
Type: '''<nowiki>[xf]=dft(x,-1);</nowiki>'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| On the console window here type '''x equals to within square bracket one comma two comma three comma four'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Then<br />
<br />
<br />
Type''' within square bracket xf equals to dft into bracket x comma minus 1'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Where x is the input vector <br />
<br />
<br />
and flag value is -1 for DFT.<br />
<br />
<br />
Let us press Enter<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display the output:<br />
<br />
<br />
'''10. '''<br />
<br />
'''- 2. + 2.i '''<br />
<br />
'''- 2. - 9.797D-16i '''<br />
<br />
'''- 2. - 2.i '''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| The output appears as this<br />
<br />
<br />
'''10. '''<br />
<br />
'''- 2. + 2.i '''<br />
<br />
'''- 2. - 9.797D-16i '''<br />
<br />
'''- 2. - 2.i '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Now I will show you how to calculate inverse discrete '''fourier transform'''. This can be done by using the same inbuilt command '''dft().'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| On the Scilab console window:'''<nowiki>[x]=dft(xf,1)</nowiki>''' <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| On the Scilab console window type: <br />
<br />
'''squareBracket x equals to dft within bracket xf comma 1'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Here the '''flag value''' is 1 for '''idft.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display the output: '''1. '''<br />
<br />
'''2. + 5.551D-17i '''<br />
<br />
'''3. - 1.225D-16i '''<br />
<br />
'''4. - 5.551D-16i'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| This is the output.<br />
<br />
'''1. '''<br />
<br />
'''2. + 5.551D-17i '''<br />
<br />
'''3. - 1.225D-16i '''<br />
<br />
'''4. - 5.551D-16i'''<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us calculate discrete fourier transform using '''fft()'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Type: x= <nowiki>[1,2,3,4]</nowiki> and press Enter<br />
<br />
Type:'''y <nowiki>=</nowiki> fft(x,-1)'''<br />
<br />
<br />
Display the output:<br />
<br />
'''10. - 2. + 2.i - 2. - 2. - 2.i '''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| On the console window, type '''x= <nowiki>square [1,2,3,4]</nowiki> x equals to square bracket one comma two comma three comma four'''<br />
<br />
Press Enter and type '''y <nowiki>=</nowiki> fft(x,-1)''' y equals to fft within bracket x comma minus one<br />
<br />
Press Enter and you can see the output as these:-<br />
<br />
<br />
'''10. - 2. + 2.i - 2. - 2. - 2.i '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| On the Scilab Console window type: '''<nowiki>y=[10,-2+2*%i,-2,-2-2*%i]</nowiki>''' and press Enter<br />
<br />
<br />
Type: '''x <nowiki>=</nowiki> fft(y,1)''' <br />
<br />
<br />
and Press Enter<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us now see how to calculate inverse discrete fourier transform by using '''fft().'''<br />
<br />
<br />
On the Scilab console window type<br />
<br />
'''y equals to within square bracket ten comma minus two plus two into percentage i comma minus two comma minus two minus two into percentage i.'''<br />
<br />
<br />
and Press Enter<br />
<br />
<br />
Type '''x <nowiki>=</nowiki> fft(y,1)''' x equals to fft within bracket y comma 1<br />
<br />
<br />
and Press Enter<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display the output:<br />
<br />
'''x <nowiki>=1.</nowiki> 2. 3. 4.'''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| The output will be displayed as <br />
<br />
'''x <nowiki>=1.</nowiki> 2. 3. 4.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us now find out the correlation between two vectors.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Switch to the Scilab console window<br />
<br />
<br />
Type: '''<nowiki>x1=[1,2,3,4]</nowiki> '''and Press Enter<br />
<br />
<br />
Type: '''<nowiki>x2=[1,3,1,5]</nowiki> '''and press Enter<br />
<br />
<br />
Type '''Rx1x2 <nowiki>=</nowiki> corr(x1,x2,4)'''<br />
<br />
<br />
The output will be displayed as<br />
<br />
'''Rx1x2=1.25 0.3125 0.25 - 0.9375 '''<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| To do this on the Scilab console window, <br />
<br />
<br />
Type '''x one equals to within square bracket one comma two comma three comma four'''and press Enter<br />
<br />
<br />
Type''' x2 equals to within square braccket one comma three comma one comma five '''and press Enter<br />
<br />
<br />
Type '''R x one x two equals to corr within bracket x one comma x two comma four '''and press Enter<br />
<br />
<br />
The output will be displayed as<br />
<br />
'''Rx1x2=1.25 0.3125 0.25 - 0.9375''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us learn how to sample the given signal<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Open sampling.sce<br />
<br />
<br />
Click on “Execute” button<br />
<br />
<br />
Display the output.<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let me open sampling.sce where<br />
<br />
I have already written the code in sampling.sce<br />
<br />
<br />
Here click on the “'''Execute'''”button.<br />
<br />
<br />
A plot is displayed.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| <br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Let us summarise.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Slide 14<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| In this tutorial we have learnt<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display Summary slide<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| How to Plot sine, step and ramp signal.<br />
<br />
<br />
To perform Linear convolution by convol().<br />
<br />
<br />
To perform DFT and IDFT by dft().<br />
<br />
<br />
To perform FFT by fft().<br />
<br />
<br />
To find out the Correlation by corr().<br />
<br />
<br />
To do sampling<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display “About the Spoken Tutorial Project” Slide<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Watch the video available at<br />
<br />
<br />
this URL http://spoken-tutorial.org<br />
<br />
<br />
/What is a Spoken Tutorial<br />
<br />
<br />
It summarises the Spoken Tutorial<br />
<br />
<br />
project<br />
<br />
<br />
If you do not have good<br />
<br />
<br />
bandwidth, you can also download<br />
<br />
<br />
and watch it<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display “ Spoken Tutorial Workshops” slide<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| The Spoken Tutorial Project Team<br />
<br />
<br />
Conducts workshops using spoken<br />
<br />
<br />
tutorials<br />
<br />
<br />
Gives certificates to those who<br />
<br />
<br />
pass an online test<br />
<br />
<br />
Please contact us<br />
<br />
<br />
contact@spoken-tutorial.org<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Display “Acknowledgment”<br />
<br />
slide<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Spoken Tutorial Project is a part<br />
<br />
<br />
of the Talk to a Teacher project<br />
<br />
<br />
It is supported by the National<br />
<br />
<br />
Mission on Education through<br />
<br />
<br />
ICT, MHRD, Government of India<br />
<br />
<br />
More information on the same is<br />
<br />
<br />
available at:<br />
<br />
<br />
http://spoken-tutorial.org<br />
<br />
<br />
/NMEICT-Intro<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| Disaplay “Contributors” slide<br />
| style="border-top:none;border-bottom:1pt solid #000000;border-left:1pt solid #000000;border-right:1pt solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| This script has been contributed<br />
<br />
<br />
by Manas and this is Sheetal Prabhu<br />
<br />
<br />
signing off<br />
<br />
<br />
Thank you for watching<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/InkscapeInkscape2015-04-27T10:08:30Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>= INTRODUCTION =<br />
<br />
INKSCAPE is an Open Source Vector graphics editor similar to Adobe Illustrator, CorelDraw or Xara X, which uses the W3C standard Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) file format. <br />
<br />
Inkscape can create and edit complex vector graphics and save them in a variety of formats. These illustrations and drawings may be used for Desktop Publishing, in your presentations and documents. Thus it may benefit everyone who requires graphics for presentations or any type of document. In particular it will be very useful for the graphic designer, web designer and the desktop publisher. There are no pre-requisites for learning Inkscape.<br />
<br />
The current stable version of Inkscape is 0.48.1. Inkscape may be used under all flavours of Linux, Windows and Mac Operating Systems. <br />
<br />
Please see the associated text box of individual spoken tutorials on the website to decide the versions of software and OS to which it is applicable.<br />
<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
==Basic Level==<br />
# Overview of Inkscape<br />
#*Introduction to Inkscape<br />
#*Interesting features<br />
#*Usage of Inkscape<br />
#*Installation of Inkscape in Linux and Windows O<br />
#*Draw a rectangle<br />
#*Saving an Inkscape file<br />
# Create and edit shapes<br />
#*Inkscape interface<br />
#*Create basic shapes like<br />
#* rectangle, square<br />
#* circle, ellipse<br />
#* polygons, stars<br />
#*Fill color <br />
#*Learn about the different types of handles - <br />
#* resize<br />
#* rotate<br />
#* skew<br />
#*Modify shapes using handles<br />
# Fill, Stroke and Colour &nbsp; &nbsp;<br />
#*Fill color in objects<br />
#*Give objects an outline<br />
#*Various types of gradients<br />
#*Stroke paint and style<br />
# Create and edit multiple objects<br />
#*Copy and paste objects<br />
#*Duplicate and clone objects<br />
#*Group and Order various objects<br />
#*Multiple selection and invert selection<br />
#*Clipping and Masking<br />
# Layers and Boolean operations<br />
#*Layers and layer pallette<br />
#*Add a new layer<br />
#*Rename a layer<br />
#*Position a layer above or below other layers<br />
#*Lock a layer<br />
#*Hide a layer<br />
#*Various modes<br />
#*Add various filters<br />
#*Create Boolean operations<br />
# Align and distribute objects<br />
#*Align and distribute various objects<br />
#*Align objects with reference to something<br />
#*Arrange objects in rows and columns<br />
#*Set spacing between objects<br />
#*Create a tile pattern<br />
# Create and Format objects<br />
#*Inserting text<br />
#*Formatting text<br />
#*Aligning text<br />
#*Spacing and bullet<br />
#*Making a simple flyer<br />
# Text tool features<br />
#*Manual kerning<br />
#*Horizontal kerning<br />
#*Vertical shift<br />
#*Character rotation<br />
#*Spell check<br />
#*Superscript<br />
#*Subscript<br />
# Basics of Beizer Tool<br />
#*Drawing using Bezier tool<br />
#*Modes of bezier tool<br />
#*Shapes of the paths<br />
#*Node tool<br />
#*Add, edit, delete nodes<br />
#*Join and break paths<br />
# Text Manipulation<br />
#*Text on path in Inkscape<br />
#*Text on shape in inkscape<br />
#*Image inside text<br />
#*Text in perspective<br />
#*Cutout text in inkscape<br />
# Create an A4 Poster<br />
#*To make an A4 poster for Spoken Tutorial<br />
#*Explaining to set page size for A4, default units (pixel/cm/inch), Orientation and Guides<br />
#*Explaining to design with shapes and paths for a layout<br />
#*Aligning the text content of the poster<br />
#*Import logos and images<br />
#*Save and export in PDF and PNG<br />
# Create a 3-fold brochure<br />
#*Explaining how to set page size, default unit in Inkscape<br />
#*Orientation and about Guides for 3-fold<br />
#*Separating the page into 3 fold with rulers<br />
#*Design the brochure<br />
#*Importance of layers in Inkscape<br />
#*Save and export in pdf in Inkscape<br />
# Design a CD label<br />
#*Creating a CD design label<br />
#*Document settings<br />
#*Designing the layout<br />
#*Alignment of text and images<br />
#*Saving the document and exporting in various formats<br />
# Touch Selection &nbsp; &nbsp;</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/InkscapeInkscape2015-04-27T10:07:54Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>= INTRODUCTION =<br />
<br />
INKSCAPE is an Open Source Vector graphics editor similar to Adobe Illustrator, CorelDraw or Xara X, which uses the W3C standard Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) file format. <br />
<br />
Inkscape can create and edit complex vector graphics and save them in a variety of formats. These illustrations and drawings may be used for Desktop Publishing, in your presentations and documents. Thus it may benefit everyone who requires graphics for presentations or any type of document. In particular it will be very useful for the graphic designer, web designer and the desktop publisher. There are no pre-requisites for learning Inkscape.<br />
<br />
The current stable version of Inkscape is 0.48.1. Inkscape may be used under all flavours of Linux, Windows and Mac Operating Systems. <br />
<br />
Please see the associated text box of individual spoken tutorials on the website to decide the versions of software and OS to which it is applicable.<br />
<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
==Basic Level==<br />
# Overview of Inkscape<br />
#*Introduction to Inkscape<br />
#*Interesting features<br />
#*Usage of Inkscape<br />
#*Installation of Inkscape in Linux and Windows O<br />
#*Draw a rectangle<br />
#*Saving an Inkscape file<br />
# Create and edit shapes<br />
#*Inkscape interface<br />
#*Create basic shapes like<br />
#* rectangle, square<br />
#* circle, ellipse<br />
#* polygons, stars<br />
#*Fill color <br />
#*Learn about the different types of handles - <br />
#* resize<br />
#* rotate<br />
#* skew<br />
#*Modify shapes using handles<br />
# Fill, Stroke and Colour &nbsp; &nbsp;<br />
#*Fill color in objects<br />
#*Give objects an outline<br />
#*Various types of gradients<br />
#*Stroke paint and style<br />
# Create and edit multiple objects<br />
#*Copy and paste objects<br />
#*Duplicate and clone objects<br />
#*Group and Order various objects<br />
#*Multiple selection and invert selection<br />
#*Clipping and Masking<br />
# Layers and Boolean operations<br />
*Layers and layer pallette<br />
#*Add a new layer<br />
#*Rename a layer<br />
#*Position a layer above or below other layers<br />
#*Lock a layer<br />
#*Hide a layer<br />
#*Various modes<br />
#*Add various filters<br />
#*Create Boolean operations<br />
# Align and distribute objects<br />
#*Align and distribute various objects<br />
#*Align objects with reference to something<br />
#*Arrange objects in rows and columns<br />
#*Set spacing between objects<br />
#*Create a tile pattern<br />
# Create and Format objects<br />
#*Inserting text<br />
#*Formatting text<br />
#*Aligning text<br />
#*Spacing and bullet<br />
#*Making a simple flyer<br />
# Text tool features<br />
#*Manual kerning<br />
#*Horizontal kerning<br />
#*Vertical shift<br />
#*Character rotation<br />
#*Spell check<br />
#*Superscript<br />
#*Subscript<br />
# Basics of Beizer Tool<br />
#*Drawing using Bezier tool<br />
#*Modes of bezier tool<br />
#*Shapes of the paths<br />
#*Node tool<br />
#*Add, edit, delete nodes<br />
#*Join and break paths<br />
# Text Manipulation<br />
#*Text on path in Inkscape<br />
#*Text on shape in inkscape<br />
#*Image inside text<br />
#*Text in perspective<br />
#*Cutout text in inkscape<br />
# Create an A4 Poster<br />
#*To make an A4 poster for Spoken Tutorial<br />
#*Explaining to set page size for A4, default units (pixel/cm/inch), Orientation and Guides<br />
#*Explaining to design with shapes and paths for a layout<br />
#*Aligning the text content of the poster<br />
#*Import logos and images<br />
#*Save and export in PDF and PNG<br />
# Create a 3-fold brochure<br />
#*Explaining how to set page size, default unit in Inkscape<br />
#*Orientation and about Guides for 3-fold<br />
#*Separating the page into 3 fold with rulers<br />
#*Design the brochure<br />
#*Importance of layers in Inkscape<br />
#*Save and export in pdf in Inkscape<br />
# Design a CD label<br />
#*Creating a CD design label<br />
#*Document settings<br />
#*Designing the layout<br />
#*Alignment of text and images<br />
#*Saving the document and exporting in various formats<br />
# Touch Selection &nbsp; &nbsp;</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/InkscapeInkscape2015-04-27T10:06:57Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>= INTRODUCTION =<br />
<br />
INKSCAPE is an Open Source Vector graphics editor similar to Adobe Illustrator, CorelDraw or Xara X, which uses the W3C standard Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) file format. <br />
<br />
Inkscape can create and edit complex vector graphics and save them in a variety of formats. These illustrations and drawings may be used for Desktop Publishing, in your presentations and documents. Thus it may benefit everyone who requires graphics for presentations or any type of document. In particular it will be very useful for the graphic designer, web designer and the desktop publisher. There are no pre-requisites for learning Inkscape.<br />
<br />
The current stable version of Inkscape is 0.48.1. Inkscape may be used under all flavours of Linux, Windows and Mac Operating Systems. <br />
<br />
Please see the associated text box of individual spoken tutorials on the website to decide the versions of software and OS to which it is applicable.<br />
<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
==Basic Level==<br />
# Overview of Inkscape<br />
#*Introduction to Inkscape<br />
#*Interesting features<br />
#*Usage of Inkscape<br />
#*Installation of Inkscape in Linux and Windows O<br />
#*Draw a rectangle<br />
#*Saving an Inkscape file<br />
# Create and edit shapes<br />
#*Inkscape interface<br />
#*Create basic shapes like<br />
#* rectangle, square<br />
#* circle, ellipse<br />
#* polygons, stars<br />
#*Fill color <br />
#*Learn about the different types of handles - <br />
#* resize<br />
#* rotate<br />
#* skew<br />
#*Modify shapes using handles<br />
# Fill, Stroke and Colour &nbsp; &nbsp;<br />
#*Fill color in objects<br />
#*Give objects an outline<br />
#*Various types of gradients<br />
#*Stroke paint and style<br />
# Create and edit multiple objects<br />
#*Copy and paste objects<br />
#*Duplicate and clone objects<br />
#*Group and Order various objects<br />
#*Multiple selection and invert selection<br />
#*Clipping and Masking<br />
# Layers and Boolean operations<br />
*Layers and layer pallette<br />
#*Add a new layer<br />
#*Rename a layer<br />
#*Position a layer above or below other layers<br />
#*Lock a layer<br />
#*Hide a layer<br />
#*Various modes<br />
#*Add various filters<br />
#*Create Boolean operations<br />
# Align and distribute objects<br />
#*Align and distribute various objects<br />
#*Align objects with reference to something<br />
#*Arrange objects in rows and columns<br />
#*Set spacing between objects<br />
#*Create a tile pattern<br />
# Create and Format objects<br />
#*Inserting text<br />
#*Formatting text<br />
#*Aligning text<br />
#*Spacing and bullet<br />
#*Making a simple flyer<br />
# Text tool features<br />
#*Manual kerning<br />
#*Horizontal kerning<br />
#*Vertical shift<br />
#*Character rotation<br />
#*Spell check<br />
#*Superscript<br />
#*Subscript<br />
# Basics of Beizer Tool<br />
#*Drawing using Bezier tool<br />
#*Modes of bezier tool<br />
#*Shapes of the paths<br />
#*Node tool<br />
#*Add, edit, delete nodes<br />
#*Join and break paths<br />
# Text Manipulation<br />
#*Text on path in Inkscape<br />
#*Text on shape in inkscape<br />
#*Image inside text<br />
#*Text in perspective<br />
#*Cutout text in inkscape<br />
# Create an A4 Poster<br />
#*To make an A4 poster for Spoken Tutorial<br />
#*Explaining to set page size for A4, default units (pixel/cm/inch), Orientation and Guides<br />
#*Explaining to design with shapes and paths for a layout<br />
#*Aligning the text content of the poster<br />
#*Import logos and images<br />
#*Save and export in PDF and PNG<br />
# Create a 3-fold brochure<br />
#*Explaining how to set page size, default unit in Inkscape<br />
#*Orientation and about Guides for 3-fold<br />
#*Separating the page into 3 fold with rulers<br />
#*Design the brochure<br />
#*Importance of layers in Inkscape<br />
#*Save and export in pdf in Inkscape<br />
# Design a CD label<br />
#*Creating a CD design label<br />
#*Document settings<br />
#*Designing the layout<br />
#*Alignment of text and images<br />
#*Saving the document and exporting in various formats<br />
# Touch Selection &nbsp; &nbsp;</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/InkscapeInkscape2015-04-27T10:06:14Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>= INTRODUCTION =<br />
<br />
INKSCAPE is an Open Source Vector graphics editor similar to Adobe Illustrator, CorelDraw or Xara X, which uses the W3C standard Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) file format. <br />
<br />
Inkscape can create and edit complex vector graphics and save them in a variety of formats. These illustrations and drawings may be used for Desktop Publishing, in your presentations and documents. Thus it may benefit everyone who requires graphics for presentations or any type of document. In particular it will be very useful for the graphic designer, web designer and the desktop publisher. There are no pre-requisites for learning Inkscape.<br />
<br />
The current stable version of Inkscape is 0.48.1. Inkscape may be used under all flavours of Linux, Windows and Mac Operating Systems. <br />
<br />
Please see the associated text box of individual spoken tutorials on the website to decide the versions of software and OS to which it is applicable.<br />
<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
==Basic Level==<br />
# Overview of Inkscape<br />
#*Introduction to Inkscape<br />
#*Interesting features<br />
#*Usage of Inkscape<br />
#*Installation of Inkscape in Linux and Windows O<br />
#*Draw a rectangle<br />
#*Saving an Inkscape file<br />
# Create and edit shapes<br />
#*Inkscape interface<br />
#*Create basic shapes like<br />
* rectangle, square<br />
* circle, ellipse<br />
* polygons, stars<br />
#*Fill color <br />
#*Learn about the different types of handles - <br />
* resize<br />
* rotate<br />
* skew<br />
#*Modify shapes using handles<br />
# Fill, Stroke and Colour &nbsp; &nbsp;<br />
#*Fill color in objects<br />
#*Give objects an outline<br />
#*Various types of gradients<br />
#*Stroke paint and style<br />
# Create and edit multiple objects<br />
#*Copy and paste objects<br />
#*Duplicate and clone objects<br />
#*Group and Order various objects<br />
#*Multiple selection and invert selection<br />
#*Clipping and Masking<br />
# Layers and Boolean operations<br />
*Layers and layer pallette<br />
#*Add a new layer<br />
#*Rename a layer<br />
#*Position a layer above or below other layers<br />
#*Lock a layer<br />
#*Hide a layer<br />
#*Various modes<br />
#*Add various filters<br />
#*Create Boolean operations<br />
# Align and distribute objects<br />
#*Align and distribute various objects<br />
#*Align objects with reference to something<br />
#*Arrange objects in rows and columns<br />
#*Set spacing between objects<br />
#*Create a tile pattern<br />
# Create and Format objects<br />
#*Inserting text<br />
#*Formatting text<br />
#*Aligning text<br />
#*Spacing and bullet<br />
#*Making a simple flyer<br />
# Text tool features<br />
#*Manual kerning<br />
#*Horizontal kerning<br />
#*Vertical shift<br />
#*Character rotation<br />
#*Spell check<br />
#*Superscript<br />
#*Subscript<br />
# Basics of Beizer Tool<br />
#*Drawing using Bezier tool<br />
#*Modes of bezier tool<br />
#*Shapes of the paths<br />
#*Node tool<br />
#*Add, edit, delete nodes<br />
#*Join and break paths<br />
# Text Manipulation<br />
#*Text on path in Inkscape<br />
#*Text on shape in inkscape<br />
#*Image inside text<br />
#*Text in perspective<br />
#*Cutout text in inkscape<br />
# Create an A4 Poster<br />
#*To make an A4 poster for Spoken Tutorial<br />
#*Explaining to set page size for A4, default units (pixel/cm/inch), Orientation and Guides<br />
#*Explaining to design with shapes and paths for a layout<br />
#*Aligning the text content of the poster<br />
#*Import logos and images<br />
#*Save and export in PDF and PNG<br />
# Create a 3-fold brochure<br />
#*Explaining how to set page size, default unit in Inkscape<br />
#*Orientation and about Guides for 3-fold<br />
#*Separating the page into 3 fold with rulers<br />
#*Design the brochure<br />
#*Importance of layers in Inkscape<br />
#*Save and export in pdf in Inkscape<br />
# Design a CD label<br />
#*Creating a CD design label<br />
#*Document settings<br />
#*Designing the layout<br />
#*Alignment of text and images<br />
#*Saving the document and exporting in various formats<br />
# Touch Selection &nbsp; &nbsp;</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/JChemPaint/C3/Properties-of-JChemPaint/English-timedJChemPaint/C3/Properties-of-JChemPaint/English-timed2015-04-01T07:14:58Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
||'''Time''' <br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:01<br />
| Hello everyone. Welcome to this tutorial on '''Properties of JChemPaint.'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:07<br />
| In this tutorial, we will learn <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:09<br />
| * Periodic table trends<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:11<br />
| * Draw a reaction <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:12<br />
| and * Set-up '''R-Group query'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:16<br />
| To record this tutorial I am using, <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:19<br />
| * '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS version 12.04<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:23<br />
| * '''JChemPaint''' version 3.3-1210 <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:29<br />
| * '''Java''' version 7<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:31<br />
| To follow this tutorial you should be familiar with, '''JChemPaint''' chemical structures editor. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:39<br />
| * If not, for relevant tutorial, please visit our website.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:44<br />
| Let's switch to '''JChemPaint''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:48<br />
| Recall that we had saved our '''.jar''' file on the '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:54<br />
| Press '''CTRl+ALt''' and '''T''' keys simultaneously to open the '''Terminal'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:00<br />
| Type ''''“cd space Desktop”''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:06<br />
| Type ''' “java space -jar space ./jchempaint-3.3-1210.jar”''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:21<br />
| '''JChemPaint''' window opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:24<br />
| Let's begin with '''Periodic Table trends'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:28<br />
| The '''tool bar''' at the bottom shows buttons of some important '''elements'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:35<br />
| The tool bar has two extra buttons towards the right.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:32<br />
| * '''Enter an element symbol via keyboard''' and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:35<br />
| * '''Select new drawing symbol from periodic table'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:40<br />
| Click on '''Select new drawing symbol from periodic table''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:45<br />
| '''Choose an element''' window opens with an inbuilt '''Periodic Table'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:49<br />
| Here we can see a box with the text '''Periodic Table of elements'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:55<br />
| This is an information box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:57<br />
| The information box displays the details of chosen '''Element'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:02<br />
| For eg: I will place the cursor on '''Oxygen'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:06<br />
| Details about '''Oxygen''' are displayed in the information box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:10<br />
| Likewise, we can see the details of various '''Elements''' in the information box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:17<br />
| Click on '''Close''' to close the window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:20<br />
| Click on '''Enter an element symbol via keyboard''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:24<br />
| Click on the '''Panel'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:26<br />
| '''Enter element''' text box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:28<br />
| We can type the symbol of the '''Element''' in the text box.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:33<br />
| For example: I will type '''Xe''' for '''Xenon'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:37<br />
| Click on '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:40<br />
| The symbol of '''Xenon(Xe)''' is displayed on the '''Panel'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:44<br />
| Now, let's draw the structure of '''Xenondifluoride (XeF2)'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:47<br />
| Go to '''Edit''' menu, navigate to '''Preferences''' and click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:54<br />
| '''Preferences''' window opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:57<br />
| Uncheck '''Show Implicit hydrogens''' check box if it is checked.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:02<br />
| Click '''OK''' to close the '''Preferences''' window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:06<br />
| Click on '''Fluorine(F)''' button and then click on '''Single bond''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:12<br />
| Move the cursor on '''Xenon''' atom.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:15<br />
| Notice, a small blue circle appears on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:19<br />
| Click and hold the left mouse button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:22<br />
| And then drag to draw two '''Xenon-Fluoride''' bonds.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:27<br />
| Now I will explain about '''Xenon's Atom Popup Menu'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:31<br />
| Move the cursor over to '''Xenon''' atom, right-click on it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:36<br />
| '''Xenon's Atom Popup Menu''' opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:40<br />
| Here, I will explain about '''Isotopes, Change Element''' and '''Properties''' options. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:46<br />
| Let's first move to '''Isotopes'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:49<br />
| A submenu opens with a list of '''Isotopes of Xenon'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:54<br />
| Next, I will move the cursor to '''Change Element'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:58<br />
| A submenu opens with various categories of '''elements'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:02<br />
| I will scroll down to various categories. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:06<br />
| I will choose '''Alkali Earth Metals'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:09<br />
| '''Alkali Earth Metals''' list opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:12<br />
| Select '''Calcium(Ca)''' from the list.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:15<br />
| We see that '''element Xenon''' is replaced by '''Calcium'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:19<br />
| Now, we move on to '''Molecular Properties''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:23<br />
| Right click on '''Calcium'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:26<br />
| '''Calcium's Atom Popup Menu''' opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:29<br />
| Click on '''Molecular Properties''' option.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:33<br />
| '''Properties''' text box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:36<br />
| Type the name of the compound as '''Calcium Fluoride''' and click on '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:43<br />
| Name of the compound is displayed below the structure.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:47<br />
| Let us save the file now.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:49<br />
| Click on '''Save''' button on the tool bar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:53<br />
| '''Save''' dialog box opens. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:56<br />
| Type the file name as '''Calcium-fluoride'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:00<br />
| Click on '''Save''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:03<br />
| Next, we will learn how to create a reaction.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:06<br />
| To draw a reaction, we need to draw the required structures.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:10<br />
| I have opened a new window with required structures.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:14<br />
| Here the reactants are '''Propene''' and '''Chlorine''' molecules and product is '''1,2-dicholoropropane'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:23<br />
| On the left side tool bar, click on the '''Reaction arrow''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:27<br />
| Click between reactants and products.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:31<br />
| The reaction is created.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:33<br />
| We will now allign the structures properly in the reaction.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:37<br />
| Click on '''Relayout the structures''' button on the top tool bar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:42<br />
| I will now discuss about how to set up an '''R group query'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:47<br />
| What is an '''R-group query'''?<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:50<br />
| * An '''R-group query''' involves '''Root structure''' and '''substituents'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:55<br />
| * It represents substitution on the same '''root structure'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:00<br />
| * It can involve derivatives which differ in one or more substituents.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:06<br />
| Click on '''Create a new file''' icon to open a new window.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:11<br />
| Click on '''Draw a chain''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:14 <br />
| Click on the '''Panel''' to draw a '''Carbon''' chain with three '''Carbon''' atoms.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:20<br />
| Let's create a substituent that has to be attached to the '''Carbon''' chain. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:24<br />
| For example, '''Benzene'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:27<br />
| Click on '''Benzene''' ring on right side tool bar. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:30<br />
| Click on the '''Panel'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:33<br />
| Let's label the terminal '''Carbon''' atom as '''R1''' in the '''Carbon''' chain.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:39<br />
| Right click on terminal '''Carbon''' atom.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:42<br />
| '''Atom Pop menu''' opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:45<br />
| Scroll down to '''Pseudo Atoms'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:48<br />
| A submenu opens; select '''R1'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:52<br />
| Now let's define the '''Carbon''' chain as '''root structure'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:56<br />
| Click on '''Selection''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:58<br />
| Select the '''Root structure''' by dragging over it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:02<br />
| Go to '''R-groups''' menu and select '''Define as Root Structure'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:09<br />
| The substituent structure will be added as '''Not in R-Group'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:14<br />
| Click on '''Selection''' button;<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:17<br />
| select the '''Substituent'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:19<br />
| Go to '''R-groups''' menu and select '''Define as Substituent'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:26<br />
| An input box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:27<br />
| Here, enter an '''R-group''' number as “1” and click on '''OK''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:34<br />
| The substituent will be numbered as '''R1'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:38<br />
| On the '''Root structure,''' the substituent '''R1''' will be marked as asterisk(*)<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:44<br />
| The attaching '''Carbon''' atom of the substituent '''R1''' will also be marked with an asterisk(*).<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:51<br />
| Click on the '''Selection''' button, select '''Root Structure''' and '''substituent(R1)'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:58<br />
| Go to '''R-groups''' menu, select '''General Possible configurations(sdf)'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:05<br />
| '''Save''' dialog box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:08<br />
| Type the file name as '''r-group''', select the location as '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:14<br />
| Click on '''Save''' button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:18<br />
| Click on '''Open''' icon on the tool bar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:21<br />
| '''Open''' dialogue box opens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:24<br />
| In the “Files of Type”, select “All Files”<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:28<br />
| Click on '''Desktop'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:30<br />
| Click '''Open'''; then select the saved '''r-group''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:36<br />
| Click on “Open” button.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:39<br />
| A message pops up; click '''OK'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:43<br />
| A new file opens with '''r-group query''' structure.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:48<br />
| To allign the structure properly, click on '''Relayout the structure''' button on the tool bar.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:55<br />
| The structure shown is '''root structure''' along with attached '''R-group substituent Benzene'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:02<br />
| Let's summarize.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:03<br />
| In this tutorial we have learnt<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:05<br />
| * Periodic table trends<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:07<br />
| * Draw a reaction<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:08<br />
| * Set up '''R-Group query'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:11<br />
| As an assignment,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:12<br />
| * Explore various Periodic table trends and<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:16<br />
| * Draw reactions of your choice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:19<br />
| This video summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:23<br />
| If you do not have good bandwidth, you can download and watch it. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:28<br />
| Spoken Tutorial team conducts workshops using Spoken Tutorials and gives certificates.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:34<br />
| Please contact us.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:37<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT, MHRD Government of India'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:44<br />
| More information on this Mission is available at this link.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:49<br />
| This is '''Madhuri Ganapathi''' from '''IIT Bombay''' signing off. Thank you for joining. <br />
|-<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Koha-Library-Management-System/C2/Koha-installation-on-Linux-12.04/EnglishKoha-Library-Management-System/C2/Koha-installation-on-Linux-12.04/English2015-03-26T05:49:49Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
||'''Visual Cue'''<br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 1<br />
<br />
Title Slide'''<br />
|| Hello and welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Installation of Koha'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 2<br />
<br />
Learning Objectives'''<br />
<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,<br />
<br />
* Configure '''proxy''' settings<br />
* Add '''Koha''' repository<br />
* Install '''Koha''' Common<br />
* Configure '''apache2''' server<br />
* Configure '''mysql''' server<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 3<br />
<br />
System Requirement'''<br />
|| To record this tutorial I am using<br />
<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' version 12.04<br />
* '''Koha''' version 3.16.05.1<br />
* '''FireFox''' browser 33.0<br />
* and '''gedit''' Text editor version 3.10.4<br />
<br />
You can use any text editor & web browser of your choice.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 4<br />
<br />
Pre-requisites'''<br />
|| To install ''' Koha''', you should have-<br />
<br />
* A working '''Internet''' connection<br />
* and Admin access to your computer<br />
<br />
You should also have basic knowledge of how to use the Terminal.<br />
<br />
If not, for relevant '''Linux''' tutorials, please visit the '''Spoken Tutorial''' website.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 5<br />
<br />
What is Koha?'''<br />
|| First let's see what is ''' Koha'''.<br />
<br />
* '''Koha''' is a free and open source '''Integrated Library Management System'''.<br />
<br />
* '''Koha''' is '''World Wide Web''' technologies-compliant and hence is platform independent.<br />
<br />
* It has powerful features like Full text searching.<br />
<br />
* It uses '''MySQL''' database as a backend.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Please note-<br />
<br />
To install '''Koha''', one needs to be '''root user''' <br />
<br />
i.e. one needs to have '''admin''' rights.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL+ALT+T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Point to '''“$”'''<br />
|| Let us start the process.<br />
<br />
Open the terminal by pressing '''CTRL+ALT+T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Notice the '''“$”''' (dollar) prompt on the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| At the prompt type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type the '''sudo''' password and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then type the '''sudo password''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''“#”''' sign.<br />
|| Notice that the '''“$”''' (dollar) prompt is replaced by '''“#”''' (hash) symbol.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 6'''<br />
|| If you are working under a '''proxy network''' then configure the '''proxy'''.<br />
<br />
If not, then you can skip these steps.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 7'''<br />
|| The command for the '''proxy''' set-up is<br />
<br />
'''export http_proxy=”http://login-name:password@proxy password address:proxy port number/”'''<br />
<br />
where<br />
<br />
* '''login-name''' is your proxy username<br />
* '''password''' is your proxy password<br />
<br />
You can get the details of<br />
<br />
* proxy address<br />
* proxy port number<br />
<br />
from your system administrator.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 8'''<br />
|| Note that-<br />
<br />
* Password should not contain special character like &, @, $<br />
* Prefer *(asterisk) as a special character in your passwords<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| I have already configured the '''proxy''' on my machine.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| <<PAUSE>><br />
|-<br />
|| '''Adding koha repository'''<br />
|| Next we will add the '''Koha repository'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''wget -O- http://debian.koha-community.org/koha/gpg.asc | sudo apt-key add - '''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Type on the terminal, '''wget -O- http://debian.koha-community.org/koha/gpg.asc | sudo apt-key add - '''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''echo deb http://debian.koha-community.org/koha oldstable main | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/koha.list'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''echo deb http://debian.koha-community.org/koha oldstable main | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/koha.list'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| The '''Koha reprository''' will be added on to your machine in a few minutes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''Ctrl+L''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|| Clear the terminal by pressing '''Ctrl+L''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get update''' >>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Now, type<br />
<br />
'''apt-get update''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get upgrade'''>>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then type '''apt-get upgrade''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''y''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| While upgrading, it may ask,<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
To continue type '''Y''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get install koha-common''' >> press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Now let's install '''Koha''' .<br />
<br />
Type the command<br />
<br />
'''apt-get install koha-common'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Y'''<br />
|| It will prompt<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Y'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key>> press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then click on '''OK ''' and press '''Enter''' whereever required.<br />
<br />
'''Koha common''' gets installed.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/koha/koha-sites.conf'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Next, we have to modify the '''Koha''' configuration file for web access. <br />
<br />
Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/koha/koha-sites.conf'''<br />
<br />
and press ''' Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Scroll Down.<br />
|| In the '''koha-sites.conf''' file, you will see the<br />
<br />
following lines.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''INTRAPORT''' = 8080'''.<br />
|| Change the value of '''INTRAPORT''' to '''8080'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_MARC_FORMAT=”marc21”'''<br />
|| Then right below '''OPACSUFFIX''' line, type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_MARC_FORMAT=”marc21”'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_LANGUAGE=”en” '''<br />
|| Then type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_LANGUAGE=”en” '''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s'''<br />
<br />
Close the file >> go back to terminal.<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl+S''' keys to save the file.<br />
<br />
Close it and go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
<PAUSE><br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Now let us open '''ports.conf''' file for editing.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/ports.conf''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| So, type,<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/ports.conf'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''Listen 8080'''<br />
|| Below '''Listen 80''', type the line<br />
<br />
'''Listen 8080'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s'''<br />
<br />
Close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
|| Save the changes by pressing '''Ctrl+S''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Then close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Restart '''Apache''' by typing<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
<<PAUSE>><br />
|-<br />
|| Open a new terminal.<br />
<br />
Type '''sudo su''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
<br />
Type '''admin password'''>>press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Next, let’s configure '''UTF-8 in MySQL Database''' and '''Apache Server'''.<br />
<br />
Open a new terminal.<br />
<br />
Type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Type the '''admin password''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/mysql/my.cnf'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
<br />
point to '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/mysql/my.cnf'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''. <br />
<br />
It will open '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Scroll down till you see '''Basic settings''' section.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Basic settings''' section, we have to add some lines of code.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 9'''<br />
|| * For convenience, all the required lines of code have been provided in the '''code.txt''' file.<br />
* This file is available in '''Code Files''' link below the player.<br />
* Pause the tutorial.<br />
* Click on the link and save the '''code.txt''' file on your machine.<br />
* Then open it using '''gedit'''.<br />
* Now resume the tutorial.<br />
|-<br />
|| Copy and paste<br />
<br />
'''# UTF-8 Defaults for Koha<br />
<br />
init-connect='SET NAMES utf8'<br />
<br />
character-set-server=utf8<br />
<br />
collation-server=utf8_general_ci'''<br />
|| Paste type the following lines of code from '''code.txt''' file to '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
<br />
'''# UTF-8 Defaults for Koha<br />
<br />
init-connect='SET NAMES utf8'<br />
<br />
character-set-server=utf8<br />
<br />
collation-server=utf8_general_ci'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/apache2/conf.d/charset'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Next, type the following command.<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/conf.d/charset'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''AddCharset UTF-8 .utf8'''<br />
|| It will open the '''apache2.conf''' file.<br />
<br />
Locate the line <br />
<br />
'''AddDefaultCharset UTF-8''' <br />
<br />
Paste the following line of code from '''code.txt''' file above it.<br />
<br />
'''AddCharset UTF-8 .utf8''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/perl/XML/SAX/ParserDetails.ini''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For '''Sax parser setup''', type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/perl/XML/SAX/ParserDetails.ini'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''[XML::LibXML::SAX::Parser]'''<br />
<br />
http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces=1<br />
|| Copy and paste these lines from the '''code.txt''' file at the end of the '''sax parser''' file.<br />
<br />
'''[XML::LibXML::SAX::Parser]'''<br />
<br />
http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces=1<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to your terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get install mysql-server'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Now we will install '''MySql server'''. <br />
<br />
Type '''apt-get install mysql-server''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''y'''>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| It will prompt,<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
Type ''' Y''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type password as '''koha123'''<br />
|| Give a '''password''' for '''MySQL's root user''' as per your choice.<br />
<br />
I will type '''koha123'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Re-enter password.<br />
|| '''Re-enter''' your password to confirm it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get clean''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| To clear the cache of our machine, type<br />
<br />
'''apt-get clean''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod rewrite''' >>''' Enter'''.<br />
|| To enable rewrite module for '''apache''', type<br />
<br />
'''a2enmod rewrite''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Restart '''apache''', by typing<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''koha-create --create-db library''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For creating '''koha library''', type<br />
<br />
'''koha-create --create-db library''' <br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''mysql -u root -p''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then to secure the '''MySQL server''', login to '''mysql''' by typing<br />
<br />
'''mysql -u root -p''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Enter the '''password'''.<br />
<br />
I will type '''koha123''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''USE mysql;<br />
<br />
DELETE FROM user WHERE user='';<br />
<br />
FLUSH PRIVILEGES;<br />
<br />
QUIT'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| At the '''MySql prompt''', execute the following commands.<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter''' after each command.<br />
<br />
Type,<br />
<br />
'''USE mysql;<br />
<br />
DELETE FROM user WHERE user='';<br />
<br />
FLUSH PRIVILEGES;<br />
<br />
QUIT'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2dissite 000-default'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Next, type '''a2dissite 000-default''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod rewrite''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then, type '''a2enmod rewrite''' and press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod deflate''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then type '''a2enmod deflate''' and press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| To restart '''apache''', type<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
<PAUSE><br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 10'''<br />
|| At the end, let's do the web installation of '''Koha'''.<br />
<br />
The '''login username''' will be '''koha_library'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo xmlstarlet sel -t -v 'yazgfs/config/pass' /etc/koha/sites/library/koha-conf.xml'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For '''password''', copy and paste the following lines from '''code.txt''' file.<br />
<br />
'''sudo xmlstarlet sel -t -v 'yazgfs/config/pass' /etc/koha/sites/library/koha-conf.xml'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''password'''.<br />
|| You will see the '''password'''. <br />
<br />
Make a note of the '''password''' as it is used for login.<br />
|-<br />
|| Open browser and type '''http://127.0.1.1:8080 '''>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Open the browser and type '''http://127.0.1.1:8080'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
This will take us to the '''Koha''' login page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
username = '''koha_library'''<br />
<br />
password = displayed on terminal<br />
<br />
Press '''OK'''.<br />
|| Enter '''username''' as '''koha_library'''.<br />
<br />
Enter '''password''' that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file and press '''OK'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click '''Next'''.<br />
|| Click on '''Next''' whenever prompted.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''install basic configuration settings''' link.<br />
|| This will take you to '''install basic configuration settings''' link page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on new tab.<br />
|| Click on the link.<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Marc21''' optionbox and click on '''Next'''.<br />
|| Select '''Marc21''' option box and click on '''Next'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Scroll down the '''Selecting Default Settings''' page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Scroll down the page.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Import'''.<br />
|| At the bottom of the page, you will see the '''Import''' button. <br />
<br />
Click on it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Finish'''.<br />
|| It will direct you to the last page.<br />
<br />
Here it says '''MySql and mandatory data added'''.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Finish'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| You will see '''Congratulations, installation complete'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''here''' link.<br />
|| If this page does not redirect you in 5 seconds, then click on '''here''' link.<br />
<br />
Now, '''Koha''' login page opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter username as '''koha_library'''.<br />
|| Enter username as '''koha_library'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file.<br />
|| Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Login'''.<br />
|| Click on '''Login'''.<br />
<br />
The '''Koha''' home page opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Now go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Now let’s go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
Lastly, we have to run the '''Zebra rebuild''' command.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''koha-rebuild-zebra -v -f library'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| So type,<br />
<br />
'''koha-rebuild-zebra -v -f library''' and press''' Enter'''.<br />
<br />
This will show you '''Zebra configuration information'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| With this step, the installation process is completed.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 11'''<br />
|| In future, to work with '''Koha''' library,<br />
<br />
* Open your web browser<br />
* In the URL bar type, '''http://127.0.1.1:8080''' <br />
* It will take you to the '''Koha''' login page<br />
* Enter username as '''koha_library'''<br />
* Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file<br />
* Click on '''Login'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 12<br />
<br />
Summary'''<br />
|| Let us summarise,<br />
<br />
In this tutorial, we have learnt<br />
<br />
* Configure '''proxy''' settings<br />
* Add '''Koha''' repository<br />
* Install '''Koha''' Common<br />
* Configure '''apache2''' server<br />
* Configure '''mysql''' server<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 13<br />
<br />
About Spoken Tutorial Project'''<br />
|| The video at the following link summarizes the '''Spoken Tutorial Project'''.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 14<br />
<br />
About Spoken Tutorial workshops'''<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project Team'''<br />
<br />
* Conducts workshops and<br />
<br />
* Gives certificates to those who pass our online tests<br />
<br />
For details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 15<br />
<br />
Acknowledgement'''<br />
|| '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
For details on the mission, visit the link shown.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Previous slide'''<br />
|| This script has been contributed by the '''Spoken Tutorial Team'''.<br />
<br />
And this is Kavita from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Koha-Library-Management-System/C2/Koha-installation-on-Linux-12.04/EnglishKoha-Library-Management-System/C2/Koha-installation-on-Linux-12.04/English2015-03-26T05:49:16Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
||'''Visual Cue'''<br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 1<br />
<br />
Title Slide'''<br />
|| Hello and welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Installation of Koha'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 2<br />
<br />
Learning Objectives'''<br />
<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,<br />
<br />
* Configure '''proxy''' settings<br />
* Add '''Koha''' repository<br />
* Install '''Koha''' Common<br />
* Configure '''apache2''' server<br />
* Configure '''mysql''' server<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 3<br />
<br />
System Requirement'''<br />
|| To record this tutorial I am using<br />
<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' version 12.04<br />
* '''Koha''' version 3.16.05.1<br />
* '''FireFox''' browser 33.0<br />
* and '''gedit''' Text editor version 3.10.4<br />
<br />
You can use any text editor & web browser of your choice.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 4<br />
<br />
Pre-requisites'''<br />
|| To install ''' Koha''', you should have-<br />
<br />
* A working '''Internet''' connection<br />
* and Admin access to your computer<br />
<br />
You should also have basic knowledge of how to use the Terminal.<br />
<br />
If not, for relevant '''Linux''' tutorials, please visit the '''Spoken Tutorial''' website.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 5<br />
<br />
What is Koha?'''<br />
|| First let's see what is ''' Koha'''.<br />
<br />
* '''Koha''' is a free and open source '''Integrated Library Management System'''.<br />
<br />
* '''Koha''' is '''World Wide Web''' technologies-compliant and hence is platform independent.<br />
<br />
* It has powerful features like Full text searching.<br />
<br />
* It uses '''MySQL''' database as a backend.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Please note-<br />
<br />
To install '''Koha''', one needs to be '''root user''' <br />
<br />
i.e. one needs to have '''admin''' rights.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL+ALT+T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Point to '''“$”'''<br />
|| Let us start the process.<br />
<br />
Open the terminal by pressing '''CTRL+ALT+T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Notice the '''“$”''' (dollar) prompt on the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| At the prompt type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type the '''sudo''' password and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then type the '''sudo password''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''“#”''' sign.<br />
|| Notice that the '''“$”''' (dollar) prompt is replaced by '''“#”''' (hash) symbol.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 6'''<br />
|| If you are working under a '''proxy network''' then configure the '''proxy'''.<br />
<br />
If not, then you can skip these steps.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 7'''<br />
|| The command for the '''proxy''' set-up is<br />
<br />
'''export http_proxy=”http://login-name:password@proxy password address:proxy port number/”'''<br />
<br />
where<br />
<br />
* '''login-name''' is your proxy username<br />
* '''password''' is your proxy password<br />
<br />
You can get the details of<br />
<br />
* proxy address<br />
* proxy port number<br />
<br />
from your system administrator.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 8'''<br />
|| Note that-<br />
<br />
* Password should not contain special character like &, @, $<br />
* Prefer *(asterisk) as a special character in your passwords<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| I have already configured the '''proxy''' on my machine.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| <<PAUSE>><br />
|-<br />
|| '''Adding koha repository'''<br />
|| Next we will add the '''Koha repository'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''wget -O- http://debian.koha-community.org/koha/gpg.asc | sudo apt-key add - '''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Type on the terminal, '''wget -O- http://debian.koha-community.org/koha/gpg.asc | sudo apt-key add - '''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''echo deb http://debian.koha-community.org/koha oldstable main | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/koha.list'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''echo deb http://debian.koha-community.org/koha oldstable main | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/koha.list'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| The '''Koha reprository''' will be added on to your machine in a few minutes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''Ctrl+L''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|| Clear the terminal by pressing '''Ctrl+L''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get update''' >>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Now, type<br />
<br />
'''apt-get update''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get upgrade'''>>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then type '''apt-get upgrade''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''y''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| While upgrading, it may ask,<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
To continue type '''Y''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get install koha-common''' >> press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Now let's install '''Koha''' .<br />
<br />
Type the command<br />
<br />
'''apt-get install koha-common'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Y'''<br />
|| It will prompt<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Y'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key>> press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then click on '''OK ''' and press '''Enter''' whereever required.<br />
<br />
'''Koha common''' gets installed.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/koha/koha-sites.conf'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Next, we have to modify the '''Koha''' configuration file for web access. <br />
<br />
Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/koha/koha-sites.conf'''<br />
<br />
and press ''' Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Scroll Down.<br />
|| In the '''koha-sites.conf''' file, you will see the<br />
<br />
following lines.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''INTRAPORT''' = 8080'''.<br />
|| Change the value of '''INTRAPORT''' to '''8080'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_MARC_FORMAT=”marc21”'''<br />
|| Then right below '''OPACSUFFIX''' line, type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_MARC_FORMAT=”marc21”'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_LANGUAGE=”en” '''<br />
|| Then type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_LANGUAGE=”en” '''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s'''<br />
<br />
Close the file >> go back to terminal.<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl+S''' keys to save the file.<br />
<br />
Close it and go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
<PAUSE><br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Now let us open '''ports.conf''' file for editing.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/ports.conf''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| So, type,<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/ports.conf'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''Listen 8080'''<br />
|| Below '''Listen 80''', type the line<br />
<br />
'''Listen 8080'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s'''<br />
<br />
Close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
|| Save the changes by pressing '''Ctrl+S''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Then close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Restart '''Apache''' by typing<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
<<PAUSE>><br />
|-<br />
|| Open a new terminal.<br />
<br />
Type '''sudo su''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
<br />
Type '''admin password'''>>press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Next, let’s configure '''UTF-8 in MySQL Database''' and '''Apache Server'''.<br />
<br />
Open a new terminal.<br />
<br />
Type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Type the '''admin password''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/mysql/my.cnf'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
<br />
point to '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/mysql/my.cnf'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''. <br />
<br />
It will open '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Scroll down till you see '''Basic settings''' section.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Basic settings''' section, we have to add some lines of code.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 9'''<br />
|| * For convenience, all the required lines of code have been provided in the '''code.txt''' file.<br />
* This file is available in '''Code Files''' link below the player.<br />
* Pause the tutorial.<br />
* Click on the link and save the '''code.txt''' file on your machine.<br />
* Then open it using '''gedit'''.<br />
* Now resume the tutorial.<br />
|-<br />
|| Copy and paste<br />
<br />
'''# UTF-8 Defaults for Koha<br />
<br />
init-connect='SET NAMES utf8'<br />
<br />
character-set-server=utf8<br />
<br />
collation-server=utf8_general_ci'''<br />
|| Paste type the following lines of code from '''code.txt''' file to '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
<br />
'''# UTF-8 Defaults for Koha<br />
<br />
init-connect='SET NAMES utf8'<br />
<br />
character-set-server=utf8<br />
<br />
collation-server=utf8_general_ci'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/apache2/conf.d/charset'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Next, type the following command.<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/conf.d/charset'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''AddCharset UTF-8 .utf8'''<br />
|| It will open the '''apache2.conf''' file.<br />
<br />
Locate the line <br />
<br />
'''AddDefaultCharset UTF-8''' <br />
<br />
Paste the following line of code from '''code.txt''' file above it.<br />
<br />
'''AddCharset UTF-8 .utf8''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/perl/XML/SAX/ParserDetails.ini''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For '''Sax parser setup''', type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/perl/XML/SAX/ParserDetails.ini'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''[XML::LibXML::SAX::Parser]'''<br />
<br />
http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces=1<br />
|| Copy and paste these lines from the '''code.txt''' file at the end of the '''sax parser''' file.<br />
<br />
'''[XML::LibXML::SAX::Parser]'''<br />
<br />
[http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces=1]<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to your terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get install mysql-server'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Now we will install '''MySql server'''. <br />
<br />
Type '''apt-get install mysql-server''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''y'''>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| It will prompt,<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
Type ''' Y''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type password as '''koha123'''<br />
|| Give a '''password''' for '''MySQL's root user''' as per your choice.<br />
<br />
I will type '''koha123'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Re-enter password.<br />
|| '''Re-enter''' your password to confirm it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get clean''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| To clear the cache of our machine, type<br />
<br />
'''apt-get clean''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod rewrite''' >>''' Enter'''.<br />
|| To enable rewrite module for '''apache''', type<br />
<br />
'''a2enmod rewrite''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Restart '''apache''', by typing<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''koha-create --create-db library''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For creating '''koha library''', type<br />
<br />
'''koha-create --create-db library''' <br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''mysql -u root -p''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then to secure the '''MySQL server''', login to '''mysql''' by typing<br />
<br />
'''mysql -u root -p''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Enter the '''password'''.<br />
<br />
I will type '''koha123''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''USE mysql;<br />
<br />
DELETE FROM user WHERE user='';<br />
<br />
FLUSH PRIVILEGES;<br />
<br />
QUIT'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| At the '''MySql prompt''', execute the following commands.<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter''' after each command.<br />
<br />
Type,<br />
<br />
'''USE mysql;<br />
<br />
DELETE FROM user WHERE user='';<br />
<br />
FLUSH PRIVILEGES;<br />
<br />
QUIT'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2dissite 000-default'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Next, type '''a2dissite 000-default''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod rewrite''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then, type '''a2enmod rewrite''' and press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod deflate''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then type '''a2enmod deflate''' and press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| To restart '''apache''', type<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
<PAUSE><br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 10'''<br />
|| At the end, let's do the web installation of '''Koha'''.<br />
<br />
The '''login username''' will be '''koha_library'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo xmlstarlet sel -t -v 'yazgfs/config/pass' /etc/koha/sites/library/koha-conf.xml'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For '''password''', copy and paste the following lines from '''code.txt''' file.<br />
<br />
'''sudo xmlstarlet sel -t -v 'yazgfs/config/pass' /etc/koha/sites/library/koha-conf.xml'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''password'''.<br />
|| You will see the '''password'''. <br />
<br />
Make a note of the '''password''' as it is used for login.<br />
|-<br />
|| Open browser and type '''http://127.0.1.1:8080 '''>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Open the browser and type '''http://127.0.1.1:8080'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
This will take us to the '''Koha''' login page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
username = '''koha_library'''<br />
<br />
password = displayed on terminal<br />
<br />
Press '''OK'''.<br />
|| Enter '''username''' as '''koha_library'''.<br />
<br />
Enter '''password''' that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file and press '''OK'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click '''Next'''.<br />
|| Click on '''Next''' whenever prompted.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''install basic configuration settings''' link.<br />
|| This will take you to '''install basic configuration settings''' link page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on new tab.<br />
|| Click on the link.<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Marc21''' optionbox and click on '''Next'''.<br />
|| Select '''Marc21''' option box and click on '''Next'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Scroll down the '''Selecting Default Settings''' page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Scroll down the page.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Import'''.<br />
|| At the bottom of the page, you will see the '''Import''' button. <br />
<br />
Click on it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Finish'''.<br />
|| It will direct you to the last page.<br />
<br />
Here it says '''MySql and mandatory data added'''.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Finish'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| You will see '''Congratulations, installation complete'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''here''' link.<br />
|| If this page does not redirect you in 5 seconds, then click on '''here''' link.<br />
<br />
Now, '''Koha''' login page opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter username as '''koha_library'''.<br />
|| Enter username as '''koha_library'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file.<br />
|| Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Login'''.<br />
|| Click on '''Login'''.<br />
<br />
The '''Koha''' home page opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Now go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Now let’s go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
Lastly, we have to run the '''Zebra rebuild''' command.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''koha-rebuild-zebra -v -f library'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| So type,<br />
<br />
'''koha-rebuild-zebra -v -f library''' and press''' Enter'''.<br />
<br />
This will show you '''Zebra configuration information'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| With this step, the installation process is completed.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 11'''<br />
|| In future, to work with '''Koha''' library,<br />
<br />
* Open your web browser<br />
* In the URL bar type, '''http://127.0.1.1:8080''' <br />
* It will take you to the '''Koha''' login page<br />
* Enter username as '''koha_library'''<br />
* Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file<br />
* Click on '''Login'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 12<br />
<br />
Summary'''<br />
|| Let us summarise,<br />
<br />
In this tutorial, we have learnt<br />
<br />
* Configure '''proxy''' settings<br />
* Add '''Koha''' repository<br />
* Install '''Koha''' Common<br />
* Configure '''apache2''' server<br />
* Configure '''mysql''' server<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 13<br />
<br />
About Spoken Tutorial Project'''<br />
|| The video at the following link summarizes the '''Spoken Tutorial Project'''.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 14<br />
<br />
About Spoken Tutorial workshops'''<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project Team'''<br />
<br />
* Conducts workshops and<br />
<br />
* Gives certificates to those who pass our online tests<br />
<br />
For details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 15<br />
<br />
Acknowledgement'''<br />
|| '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
For details on the mission, visit the link shown.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Previous slide'''<br />
|| This script has been contributed by the '''Spoken Tutorial Team'''.<br />
<br />
And this is Kavita from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Koha-Library-Management-System/C2/Koha-installation-on-Linux-12.04/EnglishKoha-Library-Management-System/C2/Koha-installation-on-Linux-12.04/English2015-03-26T05:36:56Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
||'''Visual Cue'''<br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 1<br />
<br />
Title Slide'''<br />
|| Hello and welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Installation of Koha'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 2<br />
<br />
Learning Objectives'''<br />
<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,<br />
<br />
* Configure '''proxy''' settings<br />
* Add '''Koha''' repository<br />
* Install '''Koha''' Common<br />
* Configure '''apache2''' server<br />
* Configure '''mysql''' server<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 3<br />
<br />
System Requirement'''<br />
|| To record this tutorial I am using<br />
<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' version 12.04<br />
* '''Koha''' version 3.16.05.1<br />
* '''FireFox''' browser 33.0<br />
* and '''gedit''' Text editor version 3.10.4<br />
<br />
You can use any text editor & web browser of your choice.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 4<br />
<br />
Pre-requisites'''<br />
|| To install ''' Koha''', you should have-<br />
<br />
* A working '''Internet''' connection<br />
* and Admin access to your computer<br />
<br />
You should also have basic knowledge of how to use the Terminal.<br />
<br />
If not, for relevant '''Linux''' tutorials, please visit the '''Spoken Tutorial''' website.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 5<br />
<br />
What is Koha?'''<br />
|| First let's see what is ''' Koha'''.<br />
<br />
* '''Koha''' is a free and open source '''Integrated Library Management System'''.<br />
<br />
* '''Koha''' is '''World Wide Web''' technologies-compliant and hence is platform independent.<br />
<br />
* It has powerful features like Full text searching.<br />
<br />
* It uses '''MySQL''' database as a backend.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Please note-<br />
<br />
To install '''Koha''', one needs to be '''root user''' <br />
<br />
i.e. one needs to have '''admin''' rights.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL+ALT+T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Point to '''“$”'''<br />
|| Let us start the process.<br />
<br />
Open the terminal by pressing '''CTRL+ALT+T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Notice the '''“$”''' (dollar) prompt on the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| At the prompt type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type the '''sudo''' password and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then type the '''sudo password''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''“#”''' sign.<br />
|| Notice that the '''“$”''' (dollar) prompt is replaced by '''“#”''' (hash) symbol.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 6'''<br />
|| If you are working under a '''proxy network''' then configure the '''proxy'''.<br />
<br />
If not, then you can skip these steps.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 7'''<br />
|| The command for the '''proxy''' set-up is<br />
<br />
'''export http_proxy=”http://login-name:password@proxy password address:proxy port number/”'''<br />
<br />
where<br />
<br />
* '''login-name''' is your proxy username<br />
* '''password''' is your proxy password<br />
<br />
You can get the details of<br />
<br />
* proxy address<br />
* proxy port number<br />
<br />
from your system administrator.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 8'''<br />
|| Note that-<br />
<br />
* Password should not contain special character like &, @, $<br />
* Prefer *(asterisk) as a special character in your passwords<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| I have already configured the '''proxy''' on my machine.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| <<PAUSE>><br />
|-<br />
|| '''Adding koha repository'''<br />
|| Next we will add the '''Koha repository'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''wget -O- http://debian.koha-community.org/koha/gpg.asc | sudo apt-key add - '''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Type on the terminal, '''wget -O- http://debian.koha-community.org/koha/gpg.asc | sudo apt-key add - '''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''echo deb http://debian.koha-community.org/koha oldstable main | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/koha.list'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''echo deb http://debian.koha-community.org/koha oldstable main | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/koha.list'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| The '''Koha reprository''' will be added on to your machine in a few minutes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''Ctrl+L''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|| Clear the terminal by pressing '''Ctrl+L''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get update''' >>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Now, type<br />
<br />
'''apt-get update''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get upgrade'''>>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then type '''apt-get upgrade''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''y''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| While upgrading, it may ask,<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
To continue type '''Y''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get install koha-common''' >> press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Now let's install '''Koha''' .<br />
<br />
Type the command<br />
<br />
'''apt-get install koha-common'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Y'''<br />
|| It will prompt<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Y'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key>> press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then click on '''OK ''' and press '''Enter''' whereever required.<br />
<br />
'''Koha common''' gets installed.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/koha/koha-sites.conf'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Next, we have to modify the '''Koha''' configuration file for web access. <br />
<br />
Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/koha/koha-sites.conf'''<br />
<br />
and press ''' Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Scroll Down.<br />
|| In the '''koha-sites.conf''' file, you will see the<br />
<br />
following lines.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''INTRAPORT''' = 8080'''.<br />
|| Change the value of '''INTRAPORT''' to '''8080'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_MARC_FORMAT=”marc21”'''<br />
|| Then right below '''OPACSUFFIX''' line, type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_MARC_FORMAT=”marc21”'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_LANGUAGE=”en” '''<br />
|| Then type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_LANGUAGE=”en” '''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s'''<br />
<br />
Close the file >> go back to terminal.<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl+S''' keys to save the file.<br />
<br />
Close it and go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
<PAUSE><br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Now let us open '''ports.conf''' file for editing.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/ports.conf''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| So, type,<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/ports.conf'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''Listen 8080'''<br />
|| Below '''Listen 80''', type the line<br />
<br />
'''Listen 8080'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s'''<br />
<br />
Close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
|| Save the changes by pressing '''Ctrl+S''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Then close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Restart '''Apache''' by typing<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
<<PAUSE>><br />
|-<br />
|| Open a new terminal.<br />
<br />
Type '''sudo su''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
<br />
Type '''admin password'''>>press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Next, let’s configure '''UTF-8 in MySQL Database''' and '''Apache Server'''.<br />
<br />
Open a new terminal.<br />
<br />
Type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Type the '''admin password''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/mysql/my.cnf'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
<br />
point to '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/mysql/my.cnf'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''. <br />
<br />
It will open '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Scroll down till you see '''Basic settings''' section.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Basic settings''' section, we have to add some lines of code.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 9'''<br />
|| * For convenience, all the required lines of code have been provided in the '''code.txt''' file.<br />
* This file is available in '''Code Files''' link below the player.<br />
* Pause the tutorial.<br />
* Click on the link and save the '''code.txt''' file on your machine.<br />
* Then open it using '''gedit'''.<br />
* Now resume the tutorial.<br />
|-<br />
|| Copy and paste<br />
<br />
'''# UTF-8 Defaults for Koha<br />
<br />
init-connect='SET NAMES utf8'<br />
<br />
character-set-server=utf8<br />
<br />
collation-server=utf8_general_ci'''<br />
|| Paste type the following lines of code from '''code.txt''' file to '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
<br />
'''# UTF-8 Defaults for Koha<br />
<br />
init-connect='SET NAMES utf8'<br />
<br />
character-set-server=utf8<br />
<br />
collation-server=utf8_general_ci'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/apache2/conf.d/charset'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Next, type the following command.<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/conf.d/charset'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''AddCharset UTF-8 .utf8'''<br />
|| It will open the '''apache2.conf''' file.<br />
<br />
Locate the line <br />
<br />
'''AddDefaultCharset UTF-8''' <br />
<br />
Paste the following line of code from '''code.txt''' file above it.<br />
<br />
'''AddCharset UTF-8 .utf8''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/perl/XML/SAX/ParserDetails.ini''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For '''Sax parser setup''', type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/perl/XML/SAX/ParserDetails.ini'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''[XML::LibXML::SAX::Parser]'''<br />
<br />
[http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces=1]<br />
|| Copy and paste these lines from the '''code.txt''' file at the end of the '''sax parser''' file.<br />
<br />
'''[XML::LibXML::SAX::Parser]'''<br />
<br />
[http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces=1]<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to your terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get install mysql-server'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Now we will install '''MySql server'''. <br />
<br />
Type '''apt-get install mysql-server''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''y'''>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| It will prompt,<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
Type ''' Y''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type password as '''koha123'''<br />
|| Give a '''password''' for '''MySQL's root user''' as per your choice.<br />
<br />
I will type '''koha123'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Re-enter password.<br />
|| '''Re-enter''' your password to confirm it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get clean''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| To clear the cache of our machine, type<br />
<br />
'''apt-get clean''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod rewrite''' >>''' Enter'''.<br />
|| To enable rewrite module for '''apache''', type<br />
<br />
'''a2enmod rewrite''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Restart '''apache''', by typing<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''koha-create --create-db library''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For creating '''koha library''', type<br />
<br />
'''koha-create --create-db library''' <br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''mysql -u root -p''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then to secure the '''MySQL server''', login to '''mysql''' by typing<br />
<br />
'''mysql -u root -p''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Enter the '''password'''.<br />
<br />
I will type '''koha123''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''USE mysql;<br />
<br />
DELETE FROM user WHERE user='';<br />
<br />
FLUSH PRIVILEGES;<br />
<br />
QUIT'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| At the '''MySql prompt''', execute the following commands.<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter''' after each command.<br />
<br />
Type,<br />
<br />
'''USE mysql;<br />
<br />
DELETE FROM user WHERE user='';<br />
<br />
FLUSH PRIVILEGES;<br />
<br />
QUIT'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2dissite 000-default'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Next, type '''a2dissite 000-default''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod rewrite''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then, type '''a2enmod rewrite''' and press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod deflate''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then type '''a2enmod deflate''' and press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| To restart '''apache''', type<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
<PAUSE><br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 10'''<br />
|| At the end, let's do the web installation of '''Koha'''.<br />
<br />
The '''login username''' will be '''koha_library'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo xmlstarlet sel -t -v 'yazgfs/config/pass' /etc/koha/sites/library/koha-conf.xml'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For '''password''', copy and paste the following lines from '''code.txt''' file.<br />
<br />
'''sudo xmlstarlet sel -t -v 'yazgfs/config/pass' /etc/koha/sites/library/koha-conf.xml'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''password'''.<br />
|| You will see the '''password'''. <br />
<br />
Make a note of the '''password''' as it is used for login.<br />
|-<br />
|| Open browser and type '''http://127.0.1.1:8080 '''>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Open the browser and type '''http://127.0.1.1:8080'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
This will take us to the '''Koha''' login page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
username = '''koha_library'''<br />
<br />
password = displayed on terminal<br />
<br />
Press '''OK'''.<br />
|| Enter '''username''' as '''koha_library'''.<br />
<br />
Enter '''password''' that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file and press '''OK'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click '''Next'''.<br />
|| Click on '''Next''' whenever prompted.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''install basic configuration settings''' link.<br />
|| This will take you to '''install basic configuration settings''' link page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on new tab.<br />
|| Click on the link.<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Marc21''' optionbox and click on '''Next'''.<br />
|| Select '''Marc21''' option box and click on '''Next'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Scroll down the '''Selecting Default Settings''' page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Scroll down the page.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Import'''.<br />
|| At the bottom of the page, you will see the '''Import''' button. <br />
<br />
Click on it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Finish'''.<br />
|| It will direct you to the last page.<br />
<br />
Here it says '''MySql and mandatory data added'''.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Finish'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| You will see '''Congratulations, installation complete'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''here''' link.<br />
|| If this page does not redirect you in 5 seconds, then click on '''here''' link.<br />
<br />
Now, '''Koha''' login page opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter username as '''koha_library'''.<br />
|| Enter username as '''koha_library'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file.<br />
|| Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Login'''.<br />
|| Click on '''Login'''.<br />
<br />
The '''Koha''' home page opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Now go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Now let’s go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
Lastly, we have to run the '''Zebra rebuild''' command.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''koha-rebuild-zebra -v -f library'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| So type,<br />
<br />
'''koha-rebuild-zebra -v -f library''' and press''' Enter'''.<br />
<br />
This will show you '''Zebra configuration information'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| With this step, the installation process is completed.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 11'''<br />
|| In future, to work with '''Koha''' library,<br />
<br />
* Open your web browser<br />
* In the URL bar type, '''http://127.0.1.1:8080''' <br />
* It will take you to the '''Koha''' login page<br />
* Enter username as '''koha_library'''<br />
* Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file<br />
* Click on '''Login'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 12<br />
<br />
Summary'''<br />
|| Let us summarise,<br />
<br />
In this tutorial, we have learnt<br />
<br />
* Configure '''proxy''' settings<br />
* Add '''Koha''' repository<br />
* Install '''Koha''' Common<br />
* Configure '''apache2''' server<br />
* Configure '''mysql''' server<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 13<br />
<br />
About Spoken Tutorial Project'''<br />
|| The video at the following link summarizes the '''Spoken Tutorial Project'''.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 14<br />
<br />
About Spoken Tutorial workshops'''<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project Team'''<br />
<br />
* Conducts workshops and<br />
<br />
* Gives certificates to those who pass our online tests<br />
<br />
For details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 15<br />
<br />
Acknowledgement'''<br />
|| '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
For details on the mission, visit the link shown.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Previous slide'''<br />
|| This script has been contributed by the '''Spoken Tutorial Team'''.<br />
<br />
And this is Kavita from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Koha-Library-Management-System/C2/Koha-installation-on-Linux-12.04/EnglishKoha-Library-Management-System/C2/Koha-installation-on-Linux-12.04/English2015-03-26T05:36:31Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
||'''Visual Cue'''<br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 1<br />
<br />
Title Slide'''<br />
|| Hello and welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Installation of Koha'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 2<br />
<br />
Learning Objectives'''<br />
<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,<br />
<br />
* Configure '''proxy''' settings<br />
* Add '''Koha''' repository<br />
* Install '''Koha''' Common<br />
* Configure '''apache2''' server<br />
* Configure '''mysql''' server<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 3<br />
<br />
System Requirement'''<br />
|| To record this tutorial I am using<br />
<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' version 12.04<br />
* '''Koha''' version 3.16.05.1<br />
* '''FireFox''' browser 33.0<br />
* and '''gedit''' Text editor version 3.10.4<br />
<br />
You can use any text editor & web browser of your choice.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 4<br />
<br />
Pre-requisites'''<br />
|| To install ''' Koha''', you should have-<br />
<br />
* A working '''Internet''' connection<br />
* and Admin access to your computer<br />
<br />
You should also have basic knowledge of how to use the Terminal.<br />
<br />
If not, for relevant '''Linux''' tutorials, please visit the '''Spoken Tutorial''' website.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 5<br />
<br />
What is Koha?'''<br />
|| First let's see what is ''' Koha'''.<br />
<br />
* '''Koha''' is a free and open source '''Integrated Library Management System'''.<br />
<br />
* '''Koha''' is '''World Wide Web''' technologies-compliant and hence is platform independent.<br />
<br />
* It has powerful features like Full text searching.<br />
<br />
* It uses '''MySQL''' database as a backend.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Please note-<br />
<br />
To install '''Koha''', one needs to be '''root user''' <br />
<br />
i.e. one needs to have '''admin''' rights.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL+ALT+T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Point to '''“$”'''<br />
|| Let us start the process.<br />
<br />
Open the terminal by pressing '''CTRL+ALT+T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Notice the '''“$”''' (dollar) prompt on the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| At the prompt type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type the '''sudo''' password and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then type the '''sudo password''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''“#”''' sign.<br />
|| Notice that the '''“$”''' (dollar) prompt is replaced by '''“#”''' (hash) symbol.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 6'''<br />
|| If you are working under a '''proxy network''' then configure the '''proxy'''.<br />
<br />
If not, then you can skip these steps.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 7'''<br />
|| The command for the '''proxy''' set-up is<br />
<br />
'''export http_proxy=”http://login-name:password@proxy password address:proxy port number/”'''<br />
<br />
where<br />
<br />
* '''login-name''' is your proxy username<br />
* '''password''' is your proxy password<br />
<br />
You can get the details of<br />
<br />
* proxy address<br />
* proxy port number<br />
<br />
from your system administrator.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 8'''<br />
|| Note that-<br />
<br />
* Password should not contain special character like &, @, $<br />
* Prefer *(asterisk) as a special character in your passwords<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| I have already configured the '''proxy''' on my machine.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| <<PAUSE>><br />
|-<br />
|| '''Adding koha repository'''<br />
|| Next we will add the '''Koha repository'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''wget -O- [http://debian.koha-community.org/koha/gpg.asc] | sudo apt-key add - '''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Type on the terminal, '''wget -O- http://debian.koha-community.org/koha/gpg.asc | sudo apt-key add - '''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''echo deb http://debian.koha-community.org/koha oldstable main | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/koha.list'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''echo deb [http://debian.koha-community.org/koha] oldstable main | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/koha.list'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| The '''Koha reprository''' will be added on to your machine in a few minutes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''Ctrl+L''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|| Clear the terminal by pressing '''Ctrl+L''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get update''' >>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Now, type<br />
<br />
'''apt-get update''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get upgrade'''>>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then type '''apt-get upgrade''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''y''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| While upgrading, it may ask,<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
To continue type '''Y''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get install koha-common''' >> press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Now let's install '''Koha''' .<br />
<br />
Type the command<br />
<br />
'''apt-get install koha-common'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Y'''<br />
|| It will prompt<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Y'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key>> press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then click on '''OK ''' and press '''Enter''' whereever required.<br />
<br />
'''Koha common''' gets installed.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/koha/koha-sites.conf'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Next, we have to modify the '''Koha''' configuration file for web access. <br />
<br />
Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/koha/koha-sites.conf'''<br />
<br />
and press ''' Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Scroll Down.<br />
|| In the '''koha-sites.conf''' file, you will see the<br />
<br />
following lines.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''INTRAPORT''' = 8080'''.<br />
|| Change the value of '''INTRAPORT''' to '''8080'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_MARC_FORMAT=”marc21”'''<br />
|| Then right below '''OPACSUFFIX''' line, type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_MARC_FORMAT=”marc21”'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_LANGUAGE=”en” '''<br />
|| Then type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_LANGUAGE=”en” '''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s'''<br />
<br />
Close the file >> go back to terminal.<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl+S''' keys to save the file.<br />
<br />
Close it and go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
<PAUSE><br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Now let us open '''ports.conf''' file for editing.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/ports.conf''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| So, type,<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/ports.conf'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''Listen 8080'''<br />
|| Below '''Listen 80''', type the line<br />
<br />
'''Listen 8080'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s'''<br />
<br />
Close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
|| Save the changes by pressing '''Ctrl+S''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Then close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Restart '''Apache''' by typing<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
<<PAUSE>><br />
|-<br />
|| Open a new terminal.<br />
<br />
Type '''sudo su''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
<br />
Type '''admin password'''>>press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Next, let’s configure '''UTF-8 in MySQL Database''' and '''Apache Server'''.<br />
<br />
Open a new terminal.<br />
<br />
Type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Type the '''admin password''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/mysql/my.cnf'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
<br />
point to '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/mysql/my.cnf'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''. <br />
<br />
It will open '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Scroll down till you see '''Basic settings''' section.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Basic settings''' section, we have to add some lines of code.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 9'''<br />
|| * For convenience, all the required lines of code have been provided in the '''code.txt''' file.<br />
* This file is available in '''Code Files''' link below the player.<br />
* Pause the tutorial.<br />
* Click on the link and save the '''code.txt''' file on your machine.<br />
* Then open it using '''gedit'''.<br />
* Now resume the tutorial.<br />
|-<br />
|| Copy and paste<br />
<br />
'''# UTF-8 Defaults for Koha<br />
<br />
init-connect='SET NAMES utf8'<br />
<br />
character-set-server=utf8<br />
<br />
collation-server=utf8_general_ci'''<br />
|| Paste type the following lines of code from '''code.txt''' file to '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
<br />
'''# UTF-8 Defaults for Koha<br />
<br />
init-connect='SET NAMES utf8'<br />
<br />
character-set-server=utf8<br />
<br />
collation-server=utf8_general_ci'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/apache2/conf.d/charset'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Next, type the following command.<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/conf.d/charset'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''AddCharset UTF-8 .utf8'''<br />
|| It will open the '''apache2.conf''' file.<br />
<br />
Locate the line <br />
<br />
'''AddDefaultCharset UTF-8''' <br />
<br />
Paste the following line of code from '''code.txt''' file above it.<br />
<br />
'''AddCharset UTF-8 .utf8''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/perl/XML/SAX/ParserDetails.ini''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For '''Sax parser setup''', type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/perl/XML/SAX/ParserDetails.ini'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''[XML::LibXML::SAX::Parser]'''<br />
<br />
[http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces=1]<br />
|| Copy and paste these lines from the '''code.txt''' file at the end of the '''sax parser''' file.<br />
<br />
'''[XML::LibXML::SAX::Parser]'''<br />
<br />
[http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces=1]<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to your terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get install mysql-server'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Now we will install '''MySql server'''. <br />
<br />
Type '''apt-get install mysql-server''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''y'''>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| It will prompt,<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
Type ''' Y''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type password as '''koha123'''<br />
|| Give a '''password''' for '''MySQL's root user''' as per your choice.<br />
<br />
I will type '''koha123'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Re-enter password.<br />
|| '''Re-enter''' your password to confirm it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get clean''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| To clear the cache of our machine, type<br />
<br />
'''apt-get clean''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod rewrite''' >>''' Enter'''.<br />
|| To enable rewrite module for '''apache''', type<br />
<br />
'''a2enmod rewrite''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Restart '''apache''', by typing<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''koha-create --create-db library''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For creating '''koha library''', type<br />
<br />
'''koha-create --create-db library''' <br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''mysql -u root -p''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then to secure the '''MySQL server''', login to '''mysql''' by typing<br />
<br />
'''mysql -u root -p''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Enter the '''password'''.<br />
<br />
I will type '''koha123''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''USE mysql;<br />
<br />
DELETE FROM user WHERE user='';<br />
<br />
FLUSH PRIVILEGES;<br />
<br />
QUIT'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| At the '''MySql prompt''', execute the following commands.<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter''' after each command.<br />
<br />
Type,<br />
<br />
'''USE mysql;<br />
<br />
DELETE FROM user WHERE user='';<br />
<br />
FLUSH PRIVILEGES;<br />
<br />
QUIT'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2dissite 000-default'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Next, type '''a2dissite 000-default''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod rewrite''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then, type '''a2enmod rewrite''' and press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod deflate''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then type '''a2enmod deflate''' and press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| To restart '''apache''', type<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
<PAUSE><br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 10'''<br />
|| At the end, let's do the web installation of '''Koha'''.<br />
<br />
The '''login username''' will be '''koha_library'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo xmlstarlet sel -t -v 'yazgfs/config/pass' /etc/koha/sites/library/koha-conf.xml'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For '''password''', copy and paste the following lines from '''code.txt''' file.<br />
<br />
'''sudo xmlstarlet sel -t -v 'yazgfs/config/pass' /etc/koha/sites/library/koha-conf.xml'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''password'''.<br />
|| You will see the '''password'''. <br />
<br />
Make a note of the '''password''' as it is used for login.<br />
|-<br />
|| Open browser and type '''http://127.0.1.1:8080 '''>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Open the browser and type '''http://127.0.1.1:8080'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
This will take us to the '''Koha''' login page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
username = '''koha_library'''<br />
<br />
password = displayed on terminal<br />
<br />
Press '''OK'''.<br />
|| Enter '''username''' as '''koha_library'''.<br />
<br />
Enter '''password''' that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file and press '''OK'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click '''Next'''.<br />
|| Click on '''Next''' whenever prompted.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''install basic configuration settings''' link.<br />
|| This will take you to '''install basic configuration settings''' link page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on new tab.<br />
|| Click on the link.<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Marc21''' optionbox and click on '''Next'''.<br />
|| Select '''Marc21''' option box and click on '''Next'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Scroll down the '''Selecting Default Settings''' page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Scroll down the page.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Import'''.<br />
|| At the bottom of the page, you will see the '''Import''' button. <br />
<br />
Click on it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Finish'''.<br />
|| It will direct you to the last page.<br />
<br />
Here it says '''MySql and mandatory data added'''.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Finish'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| You will see '''Congratulations, installation complete'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''here''' link.<br />
|| If this page does not redirect you in 5 seconds, then click on '''here''' link.<br />
<br />
Now, '''Koha''' login page opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter username as '''koha_library'''.<br />
|| Enter username as '''koha_library'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file.<br />
|| Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Login'''.<br />
|| Click on '''Login'''.<br />
<br />
The '''Koha''' home page opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Now go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Now let’s go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
Lastly, we have to run the '''Zebra rebuild''' command.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''koha-rebuild-zebra -v -f library'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| So type,<br />
<br />
'''koha-rebuild-zebra -v -f library''' and press''' Enter'''.<br />
<br />
This will show you '''Zebra configuration information'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| With this step, the installation process is completed.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 11'''<br />
|| In future, to work with '''Koha''' library,<br />
<br />
* Open your web browser<br />
* In the URL bar type, '''http://127.0.1.1:8080''' <br />
* It will take you to the '''Koha''' login page<br />
* Enter username as '''koha_library'''<br />
* Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file<br />
* Click on '''Login'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 12<br />
<br />
Summary'''<br />
|| Let us summarise,<br />
<br />
In this tutorial, we have learnt<br />
<br />
* Configure '''proxy''' settings<br />
* Add '''Koha''' repository<br />
* Install '''Koha''' Common<br />
* Configure '''apache2''' server<br />
* Configure '''mysql''' server<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 13<br />
<br />
About Spoken Tutorial Project'''<br />
|| The video at the following link summarizes the '''Spoken Tutorial Project'''.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 14<br />
<br />
About Spoken Tutorial workshops'''<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project Team'''<br />
<br />
* Conducts workshops and<br />
<br />
* Gives certificates to those who pass our online tests<br />
<br />
For details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 15<br />
<br />
Acknowledgement'''<br />
|| '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
For details on the mission, visit the link shown.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Previous slide'''<br />
|| This script has been contributed by the '''Spoken Tutorial Team'''.<br />
<br />
And this is Kavita from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Koha-Library-Management-System/C2/Koha-installation-on-Linux-12.04/EnglishKoha-Library-Management-System/C2/Koha-installation-on-Linux-12.04/English2015-03-26T05:32:38Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
||'''Visual Cue'''<br />
||'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 1<br />
<br />
Title Slide'''<br />
|| Hello and welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Installation of Koha'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 2<br />
<br />
Learning Objectives'''<br />
<br />
|| In this tutorial, we will learn to,<br />
<br />
* Configure '''proxy''' settings<br />
* Add '''Koha''' repository<br />
* Install '''Koha''' Common<br />
* Configure '''apache2''' server<br />
* Configure '''mysql''' server<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 3<br />
<br />
System Requirement'''<br />
|| To record this tutorial I am using<br />
<br />
* '''Ubuntu Linux OS''' version 12.04<br />
* '''Koha''' version 3.16.05.1<br />
* '''FireFox''' browser 33.0<br />
* and '''gedit''' Text editor version 3.10.4<br />
<br />
You can use any text editor & web browser of your choice.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 4<br />
<br />
Pre-requisites'''<br />
|| To install ''' Koha''', you should have-<br />
<br />
* A working '''Internet''' connection<br />
* and Admin access to your computer<br />
<br />
You should also have basic knowledge of how to use the Terminal.<br />
<br />
If not, for relevant '''Linux''' tutorials, please visit the '''Spoken Tutorial''' website.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 5<br />
<br />
What is Koha?'''<br />
|| First let's see what is ''' Koha'''.<br />
<br />
* '''Koha''' is a free and open source '''Integrated Library Management System'''.<br />
<br />
* '''Koha''' is '''World Wide Web''' technologies-compliant and hence is platform independent.<br />
<br />
* It has powerful features like Full text searching.<br />
<br />
* It uses '''MySQL''' database as a backend.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Please note-<br />
<br />
To install '''Koha''', one needs to be '''root user''' <br />
<br />
i.e. one needs to have '''admin''' rights.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''CTRL+ALT+T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Point to '''“$”'''<br />
|| Let us start the process.<br />
<br />
Open the terminal by pressing '''CTRL+ALT+T''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Notice the '''“$”''' (dollar) prompt on the terminal.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| At the prompt type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type the '''sudo''' password and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then type the '''sudo password''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to '''“#”''' sign.<br />
|| Notice that the '''“$”''' (dollar) prompt is replaced by '''“#”''' (hash) symbol.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 6'''<br />
|| If you are working under a '''proxy network''' then configure the '''proxy'''.<br />
<br />
If not, then you can skip these steps.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 7'''<br />
|| The command for the '''proxy''' set-up is<br />
<br />
'''export http_proxy=”http://login-name:password@proxy password address:proxy port number/”'''<br />
<br />
where<br />
<br />
* '''login-name''' is your proxy username<br />
* '''password''' is your proxy password<br />
<br />
You can get the details of<br />
<br />
* proxy address<br />
* proxy port number<br />
<br />
from your system administrator.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 8'''<br />
|| Note that-<br />
<br />
* Password should not contain special character like &, @, $<br />
* Prefer *(asterisk) as a special character in your passwords<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| I have already configured the '''proxy''' on my machine.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| <<PAUSE>><br />
|-<br />
|| '''Adding koha repository'''<br />
|| Next we will add the '''Koha repository'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''wget -O- [http://debian.koha-community.org/koha/gpg.asc] | sudo apt-key add - '''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Type on the terminal, '''wget -O- [http://debian.koha-community.org/koha/gpg.asc] | sudo apt-key add - '''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''echo deb [http://debian.koha-community.org/koha] oldstable main | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/koha.list'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''echo deb [http://debian.koha-community.org/koha] oldstable main | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/koha.list'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| The '''Koha reprository''' will be added on to your machine in a few minutes.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''Ctrl+L''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|| Clear the terminal by pressing '''Ctrl+L''' keys simultaneously.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get update''' >>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Now, type<br />
<br />
'''apt-get update''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get upgrade'''>>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then type '''apt-get upgrade''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''y''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| While upgrading, it may ask,<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
To continue type '''Y''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get install koha-common''' >> press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Now let's install '''Koha''' .<br />
<br />
Type the command<br />
<br />
'''apt-get install koha-common'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Y'''<br />
|| It will prompt<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
Press '''Y'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key>> press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Then click on '''OK ''' and press '''Enter''' whereever required.<br />
<br />
'''Koha common''' gets installed.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/koha/koha-sites.conf'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Next, we have to modify the '''Koha''' configuration file for web access. <br />
<br />
Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/koha/koha-sites.conf'''<br />
<br />
and press ''' Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Scroll Down.<br />
|| In the '''koha-sites.conf''' file, you will see the<br />
<br />
following lines.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''INTRAPORT''' = 8080'''.<br />
|| Change the value of '''INTRAPORT''' to '''8080'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_MARC_FORMAT=”marc21”'''<br />
|| Then right below '''OPACSUFFIX''' line, type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_MARC_FORMAT=”marc21”'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_LANGUAGE=”en” '''<br />
|| Then type<br />
<br />
'''ZEBRA_LANGUAGE=”en” '''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s'''<br />
<br />
Close the file >> go back to terminal.<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl+S''' keys to save the file.<br />
<br />
Close it and go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
<PAUSE><br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Now let us open '''ports.conf''' file for editing.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/ports.conf''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| So, type,<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/ports.conf'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''Listen 8080'''<br />
|| Below '''Listen 80''', type the line<br />
<br />
'''Listen 8080'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s'''<br />
<br />
Close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
|| Save the changes by pressing '''Ctrl+S''' keys simultaneously.<br />
<br />
Then close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Restart '''Apache''' by typing<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
<<PAUSE>><br />
|-<br />
|| Open a new terminal.<br />
<br />
Type '''sudo su''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
<br />
Type '''admin password'''>>press '''Enter'''.<br />
|| Next, let’s configure '''UTF-8 in MySQL Database''' and '''Apache Server'''.<br />
<br />
Open a new terminal.<br />
<br />
Type '''sudo su''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Type the '''admin password''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/mysql/my.cnf'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
<br />
point to '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/mysql/my.cnf'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''. <br />
<br />
It will open '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Scroll down till you see '''Basic settings''' section.<br />
<br />
Under the '''Basic settings''' section, we have to add some lines of code.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 9'''<br />
|| * For convenience, all the required lines of code have been provided in the '''code.txt''' file.<br />
* This file is available in '''Code Files''' link below the player.<br />
* Pause the tutorial.<br />
* Click on the link and save the '''code.txt''' file on your machine.<br />
* Then open it using '''gedit'''.<br />
* Now resume the tutorial.<br />
|-<br />
|| Copy and paste<br />
<br />
'''# UTF-8 Defaults for Koha<br />
<br />
init-connect='SET NAMES utf8'<br />
<br />
character-set-server=utf8<br />
<br />
collation-server=utf8_general_ci'''<br />
|| Paste type the following lines of code from '''code.txt''' file to '''my.cnf''' file.<br />
<br />
'''# UTF-8 Defaults for Koha<br />
<br />
init-connect='SET NAMES utf8'<br />
<br />
character-set-server=utf8<br />
<br />
collation-server=utf8_general_ci'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''gedit /etc/apache2/conf.d/charset'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Next, type the following command.<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/apache2/conf.d/charset'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''AddCharset UTF-8 .utf8'''<br />
|| It will open the '''apache2.conf''' file.<br />
<br />
Locate the line <br />
<br />
'''AddDefaultCharset UTF-8''' <br />
<br />
Paste the following line of code from '''code.txt''' file above it.<br />
<br />
'''AddCharset UTF-8 .utf8''' <br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to the terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/perl/XML/SAX/ParserDetails.ini''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For '''Sax parser setup''', type<br />
<br />
'''gedit /etc/perl/XML/SAX/ParserDetails.ini'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''[XML::LibXML::SAX::Parser]'''<br />
<br />
[http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces=1]<br />
|| Copy and paste these lines from the '''code.txt''' file at the end of the '''sax parser''' file.<br />
<br />
'''[XML::LibXML::SAX::Parser]'''<br />
<br />
[http://xml.org/sax/features/namespaces=1]<br />
|-<br />
|| Press '''Ctrl + s''' >> close the file >> go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Save and close the file and go back to your terminal.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get install mysql-server'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Now we will install '''MySql server'''. <br />
<br />
Type '''apt-get install mysql-server''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''y'''>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| It will prompt,<br />
<br />
'''Do you want to continue [Y/n]?'''<br />
<br />
Type ''' Y''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type password as '''koha123'''<br />
|| Give a '''password''' for '''MySQL's root user''' as per your choice.<br />
<br />
I will type '''koha123'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Re-enter password.<br />
|| '''Re-enter''' your password to confirm it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Press tab key >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Click on '''OK''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''apt-get clean''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| To clear the cache of our machine, type<br />
<br />
'''apt-get clean''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod rewrite''' >>''' Enter'''.<br />
|| To enable rewrite module for '''apache''', type<br />
<br />
'''a2enmod rewrite''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''.<br />
|| Restart '''apache''', by typing<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''koha-create --create-db library''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For creating '''koha library''', type<br />
<br />
'''koha-create --create-db library''' <br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''mysql -u root -p''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then to secure the '''MySQL server''', login to '''mysql''' by typing<br />
<br />
'''mysql -u root -p''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
Enter the '''password'''.<br />
<br />
I will type '''koha123''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''USE mysql;<br />
<br />
DELETE FROM user WHERE user='';<br />
<br />
FLUSH PRIVILEGES;<br />
<br />
QUIT'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| At the '''MySql prompt''', execute the following commands.<br />
<br />
Press '''Enter''' after each command.<br />
<br />
Type,<br />
<br />
'''USE mysql;<br />
<br />
DELETE FROM user WHERE user='';<br />
<br />
FLUSH PRIVILEGES;<br />
<br />
QUIT'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2dissite 000-default'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Next, type '''a2dissite 000-default''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod rewrite''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then, type '''a2enmod rewrite''' and press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''a2enmod deflate''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Then type '''a2enmod deflate''' and press '''Enter'''<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''service apache2 restart''' >>'''Enter'''<br />
|| To restart '''apache''', type<br />
<br />
'''service apache2 restart''' and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
<PAUSE><br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 10'''<br />
|| At the end, let's do the web installation of '''Koha'''.<br />
<br />
The '''login username''' will be '''koha_library'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type '''sudo xmlstarlet sel -t -v 'yazgfs/config/pass' /etc/koha/sites/library/koha-conf.xml'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| For '''password''', copy and paste the following lines from '''code.txt''' file.<br />
<br />
'''sudo xmlstarlet sel -t -v 'yazgfs/config/pass' /etc/koha/sites/library/koha-conf.xml'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Point to the '''password'''.<br />
|| You will see the '''password'''. <br />
<br />
Make a note of the '''password''' as it is used for login.<br />
|-<br />
|| Open browser and type '''http://127.0.1.1:8080 '''>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| Open the browser and type '''http://127.0.1.1:8080'''<br />
<br />
and press '''Enter'''.<br />
<br />
This will take us to the '''Koha''' login page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
username = '''koha_library'''<br />
<br />
password = displayed on terminal<br />
<br />
Press '''OK'''.<br />
|| Enter '''username''' as '''koha_library'''.<br />
<br />
Enter '''password''' that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file and press '''OK'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click '''Next'''.<br />
|| Click on '''Next''' whenever prompted.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''install basic configuration settings''' link.<br />
|| This will take you to '''install basic configuration settings''' link page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on new tab.<br />
|| Click on the link.<br />
|-<br />
|| Select '''Marc21''' optionbox and click on '''Next'''.<br />
|| Select '''Marc21''' option box and click on '''Next'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| Scroll down the '''Selecting Default Settings''' page.<br />
|-<br />
|| Scroll down the page.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Import'''.<br />
|| At the bottom of the page, you will see the '''Import''' button. <br />
<br />
Click on it.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Finish'''.<br />
|| It will direct you to the last page.<br />
<br />
Here it says '''MySql and mandatory data added'''.<br />
<br />
Click on '''Finish'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| You will see '''Congratulations, installation complete'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''here''' link.<br />
|| If this page does not redirect you in 5 seconds, then click on '''here''' link.<br />
<br />
Now, '''Koha''' login page opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter username as '''koha_library'''.<br />
|| Enter username as '''koha_library'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file.<br />
|| Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file.<br />
|-<br />
|| Click on '''Login'''.<br />
|| Click on '''Login'''.<br />
<br />
The '''Koha''' home page opens.<br />
|-<br />
|| Now go back to the terminal.<br />
|| Now let’s go back to the terminal.<br />
<br />
Lastly, we have to run the '''Zebra rebuild''' command.<br />
|-<br />
|| Type<br />
<br />
'''koha-rebuild-zebra -v -f library'''<br />
<br />
>>'''Enter'''<br />
|| So type,<br />
<br />
'''koha-rebuild-zebra -v -f library''' and press''' Enter'''.<br />
<br />
This will show you '''Zebra configuration information'''.<br />
|-<br />
|| <br />
|| With this step, the installation process is completed.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 11'''<br />
|| In future, to work with '''Koha''' library,<br />
<br />
* Open your web browser<br />
* In the URL bar type, '''http://127.0.1.1:8080''' <br />
* It will take you to the '''Koha''' login page<br />
* Enter username as '''koha_library'''<br />
* Enter password that you noted down from '''conf.xml''' file<br />
* Click on '''Login'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 12<br />
<br />
Summary'''<br />
|| Let us summarise,<br />
<br />
In this tutorial, we have learnt<br />
<br />
* Configure '''proxy''' settings<br />
* Add '''Koha''' repository<br />
* Install '''Koha''' Common<br />
* Configure '''apache2''' server<br />
* Configure '''mysql''' server<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 13<br />
<br />
About Spoken Tutorial Project'''<br />
|| The video at the following link summarizes the '''Spoken Tutorial Project'''.<br />
<br />
Please download and watch it.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 14<br />
<br />
About Spoken Tutorial workshops'''<br />
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project Team'''<br />
<br />
* Conducts workshops and<br />
<br />
* Gives certificates to those who pass our online tests<br />
<br />
For details, please write to us.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Slide Number 15<br />
<br />
Acknowledgement'''<br />
|| '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
For details on the mission, visit the link shown.<br />
|-<br />
|| '''Previous slide'''<br />
|| This script has been contributed by the '''Spoken Tutorial Team'''.<br />
<br />
And this is Kavita from IIT Bombay signing off.<br />
<br />
Thank you for joining.<br />
|-<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PHP-and-MySQL/C2/POST-Variable/PunjabiPHP-and-MySQL/C2/POST-Variable/Punjabi2015-03-23T09:09:20Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
!Time<br />
!Narration<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|0:00<br />
|ਪੋਸਟ ( Post ) ਵੇਰਿਏਬਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਸਪੋਕਨ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸਵਾਗਤ ਹੈ । ਇੱਥੇ ਮੈਂ ਉਸ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੇ ਕੋਡ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰਨ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹਾਂ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ get . php ਪੇਜ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੀਤਾ ਸੀ । ਉਸੇ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਮੈਂ get ਵੇਰਿਏਬਲ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੀਤਾ । <br />
|-<br />
|0:13<br />
|ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਹ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਵੇਖਿਆ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਕ੍ਰਿਪਾ ਵੇਖੋ ਅਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਇਸ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖੋ । ਤੁਸੀ ਇਹਨਾਂ ਸਾਰਿਆਂ ਕੋਡ੍ਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਮਰੱਥਾਵਾਨ ਹੋਵੋਗੇ । <br />
|-<br />
|0:21<br />
|ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀ ਸਾਰਿਆਂ ਕੋਡ੍ਸ ਦੇ ਬਾਰੇ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਹੀ ਜਾਣਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ get ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਨਹੀਂ ਵੇਖਿਆ , ਤਾਂ ਵੀ ਸਾਡੇ ਨਾਲ ਜੁੜਨ ਲਈ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸਵਾਗਤ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|0:28<br />
|ਮੈਨੂੰ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਦੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਮੇਰੇ get ਦੇ ਨਾਲ ਮੇਰਾ ਪੇਜ ਮਿਲ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|0:31<br />
|ਮੈਨੂੰ post . php ਨਾਮਕ ਇੱਕ ਨਵੀਂ ਫਾਇਲ ਮਿਲ ਗਈ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|0:36<br />
|ਅਸਲ ਵਿੱਚ , ਜੋ ਮੈਂ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਉਹ ਹੈ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਬਦਲਨਾ ਅਤੇ ਇਸਨੂੰ post ਵੇਰਿਏਬਲ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਪੋਸਟ ਕਰਨਾ । <br />
|-<br />
|0:44<br />
|ਆਮ ਕਰਕੇ ਅਤੇ ਤਰਕ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ ਨਾਲ ਮੈਂ ਕੇਵਲ ਇਸਦਾ ਵਰਣਨ ਕਰਾਂਗਾ ਅਤੇ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਪੋਸਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲਾਂਗਾ । <br />
|-<br />
|0:51<br />
|ਅਤੇ ਇੱਥੇ ਅਸੀ get ਦੇ ਬਦਲੇ post ਕਹਾਂਗੇ ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਕੰਮ ਕਰੇਗਾ । <br />
|-<br />
|0:57<br />
|ਚੱਲੋ ਮੈਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਆਪਣਾ post ਪੇਜ ਦਿਖਾਉਂਦਾ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|1:00<br />
|ਇੱਥੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਵੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ । ਉੱਥੇ ਪ੍ਰਸ਼ਨ ਚਿੰਨ੍ਹ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|1:04<br />
|ਚੱਲੋ ਮੈਂ ਏਲੇਕਸ ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਇੱਥੇ ਕਲਿਕ ਕਰਦਾ ਹਾਂ । ਲੇਕਿਨ ਕੁੱਝ ਵੀ ਸਾਹਮਣੇ ਨਹੀਂ ਆਇਆ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|1:09<br />
|ਇਸਲਈ । <br />
|-<br />
|1:11<br />
|ਯਾਦ ਰਖੋ ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀ ਹੋਰ ਫਾਇਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਕੰਮ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਏਕਸ਼ਨ ਬਦਲਨ ਦੀ ਜ਼ਰੂਰਤ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|1:19<br />
|ਚੱਲੋ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਰਿਫਰੇਸ਼ ਕਰੀਏ । <br />
|-<br />
|1:22<br />
|ਮੈਂ alex ( ਏਲੇਕਸ ) ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦਾ ਹਾਂ , ਚੱਲੋ ਮੈਂ ਇੱਥੇ ਕਲਿਕ ਕਰਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਇਹ hello alex ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|1:28<br />
|ਅੱਗੇ ਅਸੀ post . php ਫਾਂਟ ਵਿੱਚ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਉੱਥੇ ਕੋਈ ਵੀ ਪ੍ਰਸ਼ਨ - ਚਿੰਨ੍ਹ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|1:33<br />
|ਕੁੱਝ ਲਿਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ । ਇਹ post ਵੇਰਿਏਬਲ ਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ ਸਟੋਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|1:39<br />
|ਲੇਕਿਨ ਇਹ ਦੋ ਯੂਜਰ ਕਿਉਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਵਿਖਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|1:44<br />
|ਕਾਫ਼ੀ ਅੱਛਾ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ ਜੇਕਰ ਅਸੀ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਕਹਿਏ । ਚੱਲੋ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਕਹਿੰਦੇ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|2:02<br />
|ਮੈਂ ਇੱਥੇ ਕਹਾਂਗਾ thanks for your password ਅਤੇ ਵਾਪਸ ਚਲਦੇ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|2:11<br />
|ਅਤੇ ਹੁਣ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੇਖਿਆ ਇਹ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਖੇਤਰ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|2:15<br />
|ਸੋ ਮੈਂ ਮੇਰੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ 123 ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰਵਾਂਗਾ ਅਤੇ ਮੈਂ ਇੱਥੇ ਕਲਿਕ ਕਰਾਂਗਾ । <br />
|-<br />
|2:22<br />
|ਇਹ ਕਹਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ thanks for your password ( ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਲਈ ਧੰਨਵਾਦ ) । <br />
|-<br />
|2:25<br />
|ਇਹ ਸਟੋਰ ਹੋ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ । ਇਸ ਲਈ ਇਸ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ । ਜੇਕਰ ਮੈਂ ਚਾਹਾਂ, ਮੈਂ ਇਸ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹਾਂ , । <br />
|-<br />
|2:31<br />
|ਮੈਂ ਥੋੜ੍ਹਾ ਉਹਨਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬਦਲ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹਾਂ । ਤਾਂ ਇਹ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਸੱਮਝ ਵਿੱਚ ਆਉਂਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|2:37<br />
|ਚੱਲੋ ਰਿਫਰੇਸ਼ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ resend<br />
|-<br />
|2:42<br />
|123 , ਇੱਥੇ ਕਲਿਕ ਕਰੋ ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਨਹੀਂ ਵਿੱਖ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ । ਇਸਲਈ । <br />
|-<br />
|2:49<br />
|ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੰਨਾਂ ਚੀਜਾਂ ਦੀ ਜਾਂਚ ਕਰਨੀ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ । ਇਹ ਗਲਤੀਆਂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਆਸਾਨ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|2:54<br />
|ਚਲੋ ਮੈਂ 123 ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰਦਾ ਹਾਂ । ਚੱਲੋ ਮੈਂ ਇੱਥੇ ਕਲਿਕ ਕਰਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਕਹਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ thanks for your password ਅਤੇ ਇਸਨੇ ਮੈਨੂੰ ਮੇਰਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|3:06<br />
|ਇਹ ਪ੍ਰਮਾਣਿਤ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਪੂਰੀ ਤਰਾਂ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ post ਵੇਰਿਏਬਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਸਟੋਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|3:12<br />
|ਲੇਕਿਨ ਇਹ ਯੂਜਰ ਨੂੰ ਨਹੀਂ ਵਖਾਇਆ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ , ਜੋ ਕੋਈ ਮਤਲਬ ਬਣਾ ਸਕਦਾ ਸੀ । <br />
|-<br />
|3:16<br />
|ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਉੱਥੇ ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਬਲਾਕ ਦੇ ਰੂਪ ਵਿੱਚ ਰੱਖਣ ਨਾਲ ਕੋਈ ਮਤਲੱਬ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ । ਉਹ ਕਿਸੇ ਵੀ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਨਾਲ ਪੜ੍ਹਨਯੋਗ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|3:22<br />
|ਅਤੇ ਇੱਥੇ ਉੱਥੇ ਇਸਨ੍ਹੂੰ ਰੱਖਣ ਨਾਲ ਕੋਈ ਮਤਲੱਬ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ , ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਲੋਕ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਨੂੰ ਪੜ ਸੱਕਦੇ ਹਨ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|3:27<br />
|ਲੋਕ ਤੁਹਾਡੀ ਇੰਟਰਨੇਟ ਹਿਸਟਰੀ ਨੂੰ ਵੀ ਸੌਖ ਨਾਲ ਵੇਖ ਸੱਕਦੇ ਹਨ । <br />
|-<br />
|3:32<br />
|ਅਤੇ ਵੇਖੋ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਆਪਣਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ । ਲੇਕਿਨ ਹੋ ਸਕਦਾ ਹੈ ਇਸਤੋਂ ਲੋਕ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਅਕਾਉਂਟ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰ ਸੱਕਦੇ ਹੋਣ । <br />
|-<br />
|3:38<br />
|ਇਸ ਤੁਸੀ ਇਸ ਪੋਸਟ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖ ਸੱਕਦੇ ਹੋ । ਇਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਫੰਕਸ਼ੰਸ ਲਈ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਂਦੀ ਹੈ , ਨਾਲ ਹੀ ਮਾਤਰਾ ਜੋ ਕਿ ਇਸਦੇ ਮਾਧਿਅਮ ਵਲੋਂ ਭੇਜੀ ਜਾ ਸਕਦੀ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|3:45<br />
|ਇਸ ਲਈ ਜੇਕਰ ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ , ਮੇਰਾ ਪਾਸਵਰਡ ਅਸਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੰਬਾ ਸੀ, ਮੰਨ ਲਓ ਕਿ 100 ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਤੋਂ ਜਿਆਦਾ । ਇਹ ਹੁਣ ਵੀ ਸਵੀਕਾਰ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇਗਾ । <br />
|-<br />
|3:52<br />
|ਲੇਕਿਨ get ਵੇਰਿਏਬਲ ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਸੌ ਅੱਖਰਾਂ ਦੀ ਸੀਮਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|3:57<br />
|ਇਸ ਲਈ ਪੋਸਟ ਇਸ ਪ੍ਰਕਾਰ ਲਾਭਦਾਇਕ ਹੈ । ਲੇਕਿਨ ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀ ਚੀਜਾਂ ਦਾ ਲੇਖਾ ਜੋਖਾ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ , ਜਿਵੇਂ ਕਿ ਕੁੱਝ ਚੀਜਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵੱਖ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਕੋਸ਼ਿਸ਼ , ਤੁਸੀ get ਵੇਰਿਏਬਲ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰ ਸੱਕਦੇ ਹੋ । <br />
|-<br />
|4:08<br />
|ਬਸ ਦੇਖਣ ਲਈ ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਡੇਟਾ ਉਸਦੇ ਮਾਧਿਅਮ ਰਾਹੀਂ ਪਾਸ ਹੋ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|4:11<br />
|ਇਸ ਲਈ ਇਹ ਮੂਖ ਰੂਪ ਵਿਚ ਪੋਸਟ ਵੇਰਿਏਬਲ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|4:14<br />
|ਤੁਸੀ ਇਸ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਪ੍ਰੋਜੇਕਟਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਫ਼ਾਰਮ ਨੂੰ ਜਮਾਂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਕਰੋਗੇ । ਹੁਣ ਅਸੀ ਇਸ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਦੇ ਅੰਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਆ ਗਏ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|4:22<br />
|ਇਹ ਸਕਰਿਪਟ ਹਰਮੀਤ ਸੰਧੂ ਦੁਆਰਾ ਅਨੁਵਾਦਿਤ ਹੈ । ਮੈਂ ਆਈ . ਆਈ . ਟੀ . ਬਾੰਬੇ ਵੱਲੋਂ ਹੁਣ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਤੋਂ ਵਿਦਾ ਲੈਂਦਾ ਹਾਂ । ਸਤ ਸ਼੍ਰੀ ਅਕਾਲ । <br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/PHP-and-MySQL/C2/Embedding-PHP/PunjabiPHP-and-MySQL/C2/Embedding-PHP/Punjabi2015-03-23T06:54:15Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{|border=1<br />
!Time<br />
!Narration<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:00<br />
|HTML ( ਏਚ ਟੀ ਏਮ ਏਲ ) ਕੋਡ ਵਿੱਚ Php ( ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ) ਕੋਡ ਨੂੰ ਕਿਵੇਂ ਲਾਗੂ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਵੇ । ਇਸ ਉੱਤੇ ਇਹ ਇੱਕ ਛੋਟਾ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਹੈ । ਇਹ ਅਨੇਕ ਸਥਾਨਾਂ ਉੱਤੇ ਅਤਿ ਲਾਭਦਾਇਕ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|00:14<br />
|ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ ਜੇਕਰ ਮੈ Php ( ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ) ਟੈਗਸ ( tags ) ਬਣਾਉਣੇ ਹਨ ਅਤੇ ਆਪਣਾ ਨਾਮ ਇੱਥੇ ਏਕੋ ( echo ) ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|00:23<br />
|ਇਸਨੂੰ ਚਲਾਉਣ ਲਈ , ਚੱਲੋ ਇਸ ਫਾਇਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਲਿਕ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਾਂ , ਸਾਨੂੰ ਕੇਵਲ ਇੱਕ Alex ਮਿਲਿਆ । <br />
|-<br />
|00:30<br />
|ਹੁਣ ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਲਈ , ਮੈਂ ਇਸਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ HTML ( ਏਚਟੀਏਮਏਲ ) ਲਾਗੂ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ Alex ਨੂੰ ਥੋੜ੍ਹਾ ਸਪੱਸ਼ਟ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਇੱਥੇ ਏਕੋ ( echo ) ਕਰਦਾ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|00:38<br />
|ਪਰ ਮੈਂ ਕੀ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਕਿ ਮੈਂ ਦੂੱਜੀ ਤਰਾਂ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਸਵਿਚ ਕਰ ਸਕਦਾ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|00:45<br />
|ਚੱਲੋ ਫੇਰ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰੋ , ਇੱਕ HTML ( ਏਚਟੀਏਮਏਲ ) ਪੇਜ ਬਣਾਓ । ਮੈਂ ਇਸ ਉਦਾਹਰਣ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰਨ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|00:52<br />
|ਮੈਂ ਇੱਕ ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ( Php ) ਅਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਟੈਗ ( tag ) ਇੱਥੇ ਸ਼ੁਰੂ ਕਰਾਂਗਾ । ਮੈਂ Alex ਨੂੰ ਏਕੋ ( echo ) ਕਰਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ( Php ) ਟੈਗਸ ( tags ) ਤੋਂ ਬਾਹਰ ਆਉਂਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਬੋਲਡ ( bold ) ਇੱਥੇ ਲਿਖਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ Php ( ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ) ਐਂਡ ਟੈਗ ( tag ) ਦੇ ਬਾਅਦ ਇੱਥੇ ਬੋਲਡ ਲਿਖਦਾ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|01:13<br />
|ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਸਾਨੂੰ ਸਮਾਨ ਜਵਾਬ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ , ਕੁੱਝ ਵੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਬਦਲਿਆ ਹਾਲਾਂਕਿ ਮੈਂ ਪੇਜ ਰਿਫਰੇਸ਼ ( refresh ) ਕੀਤਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|01:20<br />
|ਇਸ ਲਈ , ਅਸੀ ਇਸਨੂੰ underline ਯਾਨੀ ਰੇਖਾਂਕਿਤ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲ ਸੱਕਦੇ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਸੀ ਵੇਖ ਸੱਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ Alex ਰੇਖਾਂਕਿਤ ਹੋ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|01:26<br />
|ਇਸ ਲਈ , ਅਸੀ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਦੋਨਾਂ ਤਰ੍ਹਾਂ ਕਰ ਸੱਕਦੇ ਹਾਂ । ਇਹ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਉੱਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਕਿ HTML ( ਏਚਟੀਏਮਏਲ ) ਕੋਡ ਨੂੰ ( ਏਕੋ ) echo ਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ ਪ੍ਰਯੋਗ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੈ ਜਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ । ਪਰ ਉੱਥੇ ਇਸਦੇ ਕਈ ਲਾਭ ਹੋ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਨ । <br />
|-<br />
|01:39<br />
|ਹੁਣ , ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀ ਏਚਟੀਏਮਏਲ ( HTML ) ਜਾਣਦੇ ਹੋ , ਤਾਂ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਪਤਾ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ ਕਿ ਇਨਪੁਟ ਟੈਗ ( tag ) ਇੱਕ ਟੈਮਪਲੇਟ ( template ) ਟੈਗ ( tag ) ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|01:48<br />
|ਇਸ ਲਈ , ਚੱਲੋ text ਲਿਖਦੇ ਹਾਂ ਇਸਦਾ ਨਾਮ ਨੇਮ ( name ) ਹੀ ਰਹੇਗਾ ਅਤੇ ਇਸਦੀ ਵੈਲਿਊ Alex ਹੋਵੇਗੀ । <br />
|-<br />
|01:56<br />
|ਚੱਲੋ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਰਿਫਰੇਸ਼ ਕਰੀਏ ਅਤੇ ਅਸੀ ਵੇਖ ਰਹੇ ਹਾਂ ਕਿ ਇੱਥੇ ਸਾਨੂੰ ਟੇਕਸਟ ਬਾਕਸ ਮਿਲਿਆ ਹੈ ਜਿਸਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ Alex ਹੈ । ਹੁਣ ਮੈਂ ਗੇਟ ( get ) ਵੇਰਿਏਬਲ ਹੈਡਰ ਨੂੰ ਪਾਉਣ ਲਈ ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ਦਾ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਉਸਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਇਨਪੁਟ ਵੇਲਿਊ ( ਮਾਨ ) ਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ ਰਖੋ । <br />
|-<br />
|02:14<br />
|ਹੁਣ , ਇਹ ਸਚਮੁੱਚ ਵਿੱਚ ਕੁੱਝ ਪਰੀਸਥਤੀਆਂ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਭਦਾਇਕ ਹਨ ਜਿਵੇਂ ਫ਼ਾਰਮ ਭਰੇ ਜਾਣ ਵਿੱਚ ਅਤੇ ਏਰਰ ਦੇਖਣ ਵਿੱਚ , ਜਿੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਦਰਜ ਵੇਰਿਏਬਲਸ ਹਰ ਇੱਕ ਟੇਕਸਟ ਬਾਕਸ ਦੇ ਮਾਨ ਅੰਦਰ ਹੀ ਰਹੇ । <br />
|-<br />
|02:30<br />
|ਜੇਕਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ get ( ਗੇਟ ) ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਪਹਿਲਾਂ ਨਹੀਂ ਵੇਖਿਆ , ਤਾਂ ਤੁਸੀ ਇਹ ਸੁਨਿਸਚਿਤ ਕਰ ਲਵੋ ਕਿ ਉਸਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਾਂਗੇ । <br />
|-<br />
|02:38<br />
|ਹੁਣ , ਇਸਨੂੰ ਕੁੱਝ ਲਾਇੰਸ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਲਿਆਓ , ਸਪਸ਼ਟ ਹੈ ਅਸੀ ਹੁਣ ਵੀ ਇਸ ਕੋਡ ਨੂੰ ਸਫਲਤਾਪੂਰਵਕ ਰਨ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹਾਂ ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਇਹ ਇੱਕੋ ਜਿਹੀ ਲਕੀਰ ਦੇ ਆਧਾਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਾਰਜ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|02:48<br />
|ਸੋ , ਤੁਸੀ ਜੋ ਇੱਥੇ ਵੇਖ ਰਹੇ ਹੋ ਬਿਲਕੁਲ ਉਸਦੇ ਸਾਮਾਨ ਹੈ , ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਕੇਵਲ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਥੋੜ੍ਹਾ ਹੇਠਾਂ ਕਰਨਾ ਹੋਵੇਗਾ ਅਤੇ ਮੈਂ ਇੱਥੇ ਇੱਕ Php ( ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ) ਟੇਕਸਟ ਬਣਾਉਣ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|02:58<br />
|ਇਹ ਇੱਕ ਅਜੀਬ ਭੂਰੇ ਰੰਗ ਦਾ ਵਿੱਖ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ ਕਿਉਂਕਿ ਅਸੀ ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ( Php ) ਹਾਇਲਾਇਟਿੰਗ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਾਰਜ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਸਚਮੁੱਚ ਵਿੱਚ ਇਸ ਪ੍ਰਕਾਰ ਦੀ ਹਾਇਲਾਇਟਿੰਗ ਨੂੰ ਪਹਿਚਾਣ ਨਹੀਂ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|03:08<br />
|ਅੱਛਾ , ਮੈਂ ਹੁਣੇ Alex ਨੂੰ ਏਕੋ ( echo ) ) ਕਰਨ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|03:12<br />
| ਇਹ ਇੱਕ ਲਾਇਨ ਦੇ ਆਧਾਰ ਉੱਤੇ ਕਾਰਜ ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ , ਇਹਨਾ ਸਾਰਿਆ ਨੂੰ ਉੱਤੇ ਇੱਕ ਲਾਇਨ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੈ ਆਈਏ । ਸੋ ਹੁਣ ਮੈਂ ਇਸਨ੍ਹੂੰ ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ embed ਕਰ ਦਿੱਤਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ embedding ਪੂਰਾ ਹੋ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|03:25<br />
|ਰਿਫਰੇਸ਼ ਕਰਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਸਾਨੂੰ Alex ਦੀ ਵੇਲਿਊ ( ਮਾਨ ) ਮਿਲਦੀ ਹੈ । ਅਸੀ ਹੁਣ ਇੱਕ HTML ( ਏਚਟੀਏਮਏਲ ) ਵੇਲਿਊ ( ਮਾਨ ) ਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ( Php ) ਏਕੋ ( echo ) ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|03:35<br />
|ਇਸ ਲਈ , ਇੱਥੇ ਅਸੀ ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ( Php ) ਕੋਡ ਨੂੰ ਆਪਣੇ ਵੇਲਿਊ ( ਮਾਨ ) ਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ ਵਰਤੋ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹਾਂ । <br />
|-<br />
|03:40<br />
|ਮੈਂ ਡਾਲਰ ਅੰਡਰਸਕੋਰ ਗੇਟ ( dollar underscore get ) ਨੂੰ ਦਰਸ਼ਾਉਨ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹਾਂ , ਯਾਦ ਰਖੋ ਸਿੰਗਲ single quotes ) ਦਾ ਪ੍ਰਯੋਗ ਕਰਕੇ । <br />
|-<br />
|03:50<br />
|ਮੈਂ name ਲਿਖਣ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਫਿਰ ਰਿਫਰੇਸ਼ ( refresh ) . <br />
|-<br />
|03:55<br />
|ਕੁੱਝ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਇਆ, ਸੋ name = Alex ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰੋ , ਜੋ ਸਾਨੂੰ ਇਸਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ Alex ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|04:04<br />
|name = Kyle ਟਾਈਪ ਕਰੋ । ਇਹ ਸਾਨੂੰ ਇਸਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ Kyle ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|04:11<br />
|ਮੂਲ ਰੂਪ ਵਿਚ ਤੁਸੀ ਜੋ ਚਾਹੋ ਉਹ Php ( ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ) ਕੋਡ ਇਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਗੂ ਕਰ ਸੱਕਦੇ ਹੋ । <br />
|-<br />
|04:16<br />
|echo ( ਏਕੋ ) Php info ਲਿਖ ਕੇ ਵੇਖੋ ਅਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਕ ਬਹੁਤ ਹੀ ਅਜੀਬ ਜਵਾਬ ਮਿਲਦਾ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|04:28<br />
|ਇਹ Php info document ( ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ਇੰਫੋ ਡਾਕਿਊਮੇਂਟ ) ਦਾ HTML ( ਏਚਟੀਏਮਏਲ ) ਕੋਡ ਹੈ । <br />
|-<br />
|04:33<br />
|ਸੋ , ਤੁਸੀ ਵੇਖ ਸੱਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਇਸਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ ਬਹੁਤ ਸਾਰੇ ਕੋਡ ਹਨ । <br />
|-<br />
|04:37<br />
|ਇੱਥੇ ਅਸੀ ਕੇਵਲ Php ( ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ) ਇਸਤੇਮਾਲ ਕਰ ਰਹੇ ਹਨ । ਕੇਵਲ ਇੱਕ ਚੀਜ ਹੈ ਜਿਸਦੀ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਫਿਕਰ ਕਰਨ ਦੀ ਲੋੜ ਹੈ, ਉਸਦੇ ਬਾਰੇ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਚੇਤੰਨ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾ ਰਿਹਾ ਹੈ । ਉਹ ਹੈ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਸਿੰਗਲ ਅਤੇ ਡਬਲ ਕੋਟਸ । <br />
|-<br />
|04:46<br />
|ਸੋ , ਇਹ Php ( ਪੀਏਚਪੀ ) ਕੋਡ ਨੂੰ HTML ( ਏਚਟੀਏਮਏਲ ) ਕੋਡ ਵਿੱਚ ਲਾਗੂ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ ਬੁਨਿਆਦੀ ਟਿਊਟੋਰਿਅਲ ਸੀ । <br />
|-<br />
|04:53<br />
|ਮੈਂ ਆਸ ਕਰਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਲਾਭਦਾਇਕ ਸੀ । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:56<br />
|ਹੁਣ ਮੈਂ ਹਰਮੀਤ ਸੰਧੂ ਆਈ . ਆਈ . ਟੀ ਬਾੰਬੇ ਵਲੋਂ ਵਿਦਾ ਲੈਂਦਾ ਹਾਂ । ਸਤ ਸ੍ਰੀ ਅਕਾਲ ।<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/GIMP/C2/Resolutions/PunjabiGIMP/C2/Resolutions/Punjabi2015-03-16T06:01:21Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|Border =1<br />
|'''Timing'''<br />
| '''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
| 00:23 <br />
| ਮੀਟ ਦ ਜਿੰਪ (Meet The Gimp)ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਹਾਡਾ ਸੁਵਾਗਤ ਹੈ<br />
|-<br />
| 00:25 <br />
| ਮੇਰਾ ਨਾਮ ਰੌਲਫ ਸਟੈਨੌਰਟ (Rolf Steinort)ਹੈ ਤੇ ਮੈਂ ਇਸਦੀ ਰਿਕਾਰਡਿੰਗ (recording) ਬਰੀਮਨ, ਨੌਰਦਨ ਜਰਮਨੀ (Bremen, Northern Germany) ਵਿੱਚ ਕਰ ਰਿਹਾ ਹਾਂ<br />
|-<br />
| 00:30 <br />
| ਰੈਜੋਲਯੂਸ਼ਨਸ (resolutions)ਲਈ ਇੱਮੇਜ, ਇੱਮੇਜ ਪ੍ਰੌਪਰਟੀਸ (Image, image properties) ਤੇ ਜਾਉ ਅਤੇ ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਇਸ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਦੀ ਪਿਕਸਲ ਵਿੱਥ (pixel width)508 ਹੈ ਤੇ 72 ਬਾਯ (by) ਪੀਪੀ ਆਈ (ppi) ਹੈ<br />
|-<br />
| 00:46 <br />
| ਪੀ ਪੀ ਆਈ ਹੈ ਪਿਕਸਲ ਪਰ ਇੰਚ(pixel per inch)<br />
|-<br />
| 00:50 <br />
| ਸੋ ਮੇਰੇ ਸਕਰੀਨ(screen) ਤੇ ਇਸਦੇ 72 ਪਿਕਸਲ ਇੱਥੇ ਸਕਰੀਨ ਲਈ ਇੱਕ ਇੰਚ ਹੈ<br />
|-<br />
| 00:56 <br />
| ਬੁਣਿਯਾਦੀ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਪੀਪੀਆਈ ਡੀਪੀਆਈ (ਡੌਟ ਪਰ ਇੰਚ) (dpi)(dot per inch) ਦੀ ਤਰਹਾਂ ਸੇਮ (same) ਹੈ<br />
|-<br />
| 01:03 <br />
| ਅਤੇ ਪ੍ਰੀਟਿੰਗ (printing)ਲਈ ਠੀਕ ਰੈਜੋਲਯੂਸ਼ਨ ਮਹੱਤਵਪੂਰਨ ਹੈ<br />
|-<br />
| 01:07 <br />
| ਉਹ ਗੱਲ ਕਰਦੇ ਹਣ ਕਿ ਇੱਕ ਇੰਚ ਪੇਪਰ (paper)ਉੱਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੰਕ (ink) ਦੇ ਕਿੰਨੇ ਡੌਟਸ (dots) ਰੱਖਦੇ ਹੋ<br />
|-<br />
| 01:14 <br />
| ਇੱਕ ਇੰਚ ਲੰਬੀ ਲਾਈਨ (line) ਵਿੱਚ ਤਕਰੀਬਨ 300 ਡੌਟਸ ਪਰ ਇੰਚ ਦੇ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਣ ਅਤੇ ਉਹ ਇੰਨੇ ਨੇੜੇ ਨੇੜੇ ਹੁੰਦੇ ਹਣ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇੱਕ ਲਾਈਨ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹੋ , ਡੌਟਸ ਦੀ ਲਾਈਨ ਨਹੀਂ<br />
|-<br />
| 01:27 <br />
| ਜੇਕਰ ਕੋਈ ਇੱਕ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟ ਕਰਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦਾ ਹੈ ਤਾਂ ਉਹ 300 ਪੀਪੀਆਈ ਦੀ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਲਈ ਆਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਣ ਯਾ ਉਹ ਇਹ ਕਹਿ ਸਕਦੇ ਹਣ ਕਿ ਸਾਨੂੰ ਇਹ ਇੱਮੇਜ 150 ਡੀਪੀਆਈ ਵਿੱਚ ਲੋਰੀੰਦੀ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਕੁਆਲਿਟੀ(quality) ਬਹੁਤੀ ਵਧੀਆ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ<br />
|-<br />
| 01:46 <br />
| ਸੋ ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਤੁਸੀੰ ਕੀ ਕਰ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ<br />
|-<br />
| 01:49 <br />
| ਇਹ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਬੜੀ ਆਸਾਨੀ ਨਾਲ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ<br />
|-<br />
| 01:53 <br />
| ਬਸ ਇੱਮੇਜ, ਸਕੇਲ ਇੱਮੇਜ (Scale Image) ਤੇ ਜਾਉ<br />
|-<br />
| 01:56 <br />
| ਇਸ ਡਾਯਲੌਗ (dialogue)ਵਿੱਚ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉਹ ਵਿੱਥ, ਹਾਈਟ (width, height)ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਜਿਸਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਅਸੀਂ ਬਹੁਤ ਵਾਰੀ ਕਰ ਚੁੱਕੇ ਹਾਂ<br />
|-<br />
| 02:04 <br />
| ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀ ‘ਐਕਸ’ (X) ਰੈਜੋਲਯੂਸ਼ਨ, ‘ਵਾਈ’(Y) ਰੈਜੋਲਯੂਸ਼ਨ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਵੈਲਯੂ (value)72 ਪਿਕਸਲ ਪਰ ਇੱਚ ਹੈ ਤੇ ਮੈਂ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਪਿਕਸਲ ਪਰ ਮਿਲਿਮੀਟਰ (pixels per millimetre) ਯਾ ਪਿਕਸਲਸ ਪੁਆਇੰਟ ਪਿਕਾ (pixels point pica)ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲ ਸਕਦਾ ਹਾਂ<br />
|-<br />
| 02:21 <br />
| ਪਰ ਆਉ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਪਿਕਸਲ ਪਰ ਇੰਚ (inch) ਨਾਲ ਰੱਖਿਏ<br />
|-<br />
| 02:26 <br />
| ਵੈਲਯੂ ਦੇ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਐਕਸ ਰੈਜੋਲਯੂਸ਼ਨ ਅਤੇ ਵਾਈ ਰੈਜੋਲਯੂਸ਼ਨ ਕੋਲ 72ਪੀਪੀਆਈ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਮੈਂ ਇਸਨੂੰ 300 ਪੀਪੀਆਈ ਤੇ ਬਦਲ ਦਿੰਦਾ ਹਾਂ<br />
|-<br />
| 02:40 <br />
| ਹੁਣ ਮੈਂ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਸਕੇਲ ਕਰਦਾ ਹਾਂ ਤੇ ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਕੁੱਝ ਨਹੀਂ ਬਦਲਿਆ, ਸਿਵਾਏ ਜਦੋਂ ਮੈਂ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਪ੍ਰੌਪਰਟੀਸ ਤੇ ਜਾਵਾਂ<br />
|-<br />
| 02:49 <br />
| ਇੱਥੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਹੁਣ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਰੈਜੋਲਯੂਸ਼ਨ 300 ਬਾਯ 300 ਪੀਪੀਆਈ ਵਿੱਚ ਬਦਲ ਗਿਆ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟ ਸਾਈਜ 3 ਵੱਡੀ ਸਟੈੰਮਪਸ (stamps) ਦੇ ਬਰਾਬਰ ਯਾ ਇੰਨਾ ਹੀ ਹੈ<br />
|-<br />
| 03:03 <br />
| ਉਹ ਤਕਰੀਬਨ 4 ਬਾਯ 3 ਸੈੰਟੀਮੀਟਰ (cms) ਹੈ<br />
|-<br />
| 03:07 <br />
| ਇਹ ਇੱਕ ਵੱਡੀ ਸੰਟੈਪ ਹੈ<br />
|-<br />
| 03:09 <br />
| ਸੋ ਮੈਂ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਨਾਲ ਕੁੱਝ ਨਹੀਂ ਬਦਲਿਆ ਸਿਵਾਏ ਰੈਜੋਲਯੂਸ਼ਨ ਦੇ।<br />
|-<br />
| 03:17 <br />
| ਸਕਰੀਨ ਉੱਤੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਨਹੀਂ ਬਦਲਿਆ, ਇਹ ਹਜੇ ਵੀ 72 ਪਿਕਸਲ ਪਰ ਇੰਚ ਹੈ<br />
|-<br />
| 03:24 <br />
| ਬੁਨਿਯਾਦੀ ਤੌਰ ਤੇ ਇਹ ਨੰਬਰ ਅਰਥਹੀਨ ਹੈ<br />
|-<br />
| 03:27 <br />
| ਇਸਨੂੰ ਅਰਥ ਮਿਲਦਾ ਹੈ ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਜਾਣਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਤੁਸੀਂ 300 ਡੌਟਸ ਪਰ ਇੰਚ ਦੀ ਕੁਆਲਿਟੀ ਨਾਲ ਜੋ ਕਿ ਬਹੁਤ ਚੰਗੀ ਵੈਲਯੂ ਹੈ, ਇੱਕ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟ ਕਰਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਅਤੇ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਕਹਿ ਲਊ ਤੁਸੀਂ 10 ਬਾਯ 15 ਇੰਚਿਸ ਵਿੱਚ ਰੱਖਣਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ, ਫੇਰ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਇਹ ਪਿਕਸਲਸ ਕਾਫੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹਣ<br />
|-<br />
| 03:51 <br />
| ਸੋ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਪਿਕਸਲਸ ਵੱਧਾਣੇ ਹੋਣਗੇ<br />
|-<br />
| 03:55 <br />
| ਪਰ ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟਰ (printer)ਵਾਸਤੇ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਦੀ ਕੁਆਲਿਟੀ ਇਸ ਗੱਲ ਉੱਤੇ ਨਿਰਭਰ ਕਰਦੀ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਸਾਈਜ ਉੱਤੇ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਕੋਲ ਕਿੰਨੇ ਪਿਕਸਲਸ ਹਣ ਅਤੇ ਕਿੰਨਾ ਜਿਆਦਾ ਯਾ ਕਿੰਨਾ ਵੱਡਾ ਏਰੀਆ (area) ਤੁਸੀਂ ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟਿੱਡ (printed) ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ<br />
|-<br />
| 04:10 <br />
| ਇਹ ਪ੍ਰੌਪਰਟੀ ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟਰ ਸੈੱਟ (set)ਕਰਦਾ ਹੈ ਅਤੇ ਇਹ ਜਰੂਰੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਹੈ ਕਿ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਵਿੱਚ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਣਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ <br />
|-<br />
| 04:21 <br />
| ਪਰ ਜੇਕਰ ਕੋਈ ਤੁਹਾਨੂੰ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਨੂੰ 200 ਤੋਂ 300 ਡੌਟਸ ਪਰ ਇੰਚ ਤੇ ਸੈੱਟ ਕਰਣ ਲਈ ਆੱਖੇ ਤਾਂ ਬਸ ਇੰਜ ਕਰ ਦਿਉ ਅਤੇ ਇਸਦੀ ਚਰਚਾ ਨਾ ਕਰੋ<br />
|-<br />
| 04:32 <br />
| ਮੈਂ ਇਸ ਬਾਰੇ ਸਾਰਥਕ ਚਰਚਾ ਦੇ ਕੁੱਝ ਲਿੰਕਸ (links) ਸ਼ੋ ਨੋਟਸ (show notes)ਵਿੱਚ ਰੱਖ ਦਿਆਂਗਾ, ਇਹ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਉੱਥੇ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ<br />
|-<br />
| 04:39 <br />
| ਜੇ ਇਹ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਮੈਨੂੰ ਬਿੱਲ ਬੋਰਡ (bill boards) ਵਾਸਤੇ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ ਫੇਰ ਮੈਨੂੰ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਸਕੇਲ ਕਰਣਾ ਪਵੇਗਾ<br />
|-<br />
| 04:44 <br />
| ਮੇਰੇ ਖਿਆਲ ਚ ਬਿੱਲ ਬੋਰਡ ਵਾਸਤੇ 5 ਡੌਟਸ ਪਰ ਇਂਚ ਦੀ ਵੈਲਯੂ ਚੰਗੀ ਹੋਵੇਗੀ<br />
|-<br />
| 04:51 <br />
| ਇੱਮੇਜ ਨੂੰ ਸਕੇਲ ਕਰੋ ਤੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਵੇਖ ਸਕਦੇ ਹੋ ਕਿ ਕੁੱਝ ਵੀ ਨਹੀਂ ਬਦਲਿਆ ਪਰ ਹੁਣ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਪ੍ਰੌਪਰਟੀਸ ਵਿੱਚ , ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟ ਸਾਈਜ 100 ਬਾਯ 76 ਹੈ ਜੋ 2 ਮੀਟਰ 50 ਹੈ,ਜੋ ਇਸ ਇੱਮੇਜ ਨਾਲ ਇੱਥੇ ਚੰਗਾ ਪੋਸਟਰ (poster) ਹੈ<br />
|-<br />
| 05:10 <br />
| ਬੇਸਿਕਲੀ (basically) ਇਹ ਰੈਜੋਲਯੂਸ਼ਨ ਸਾਡੇ ਲਈ ਅਰਥਹੀਨ ਹੈ, ਜਦੋੰ ਤਕ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਇਸਨੂੰ ਆਪ ਪ੍ਰਿੰਟ ਨਹੀਂ ਕਰਦੇ<br />
|-<br />
| 05:18 <br />
| ਹੋਰ ਵਧੇਰੇ ਜਾਨਕਾਰੀ ਲਈ ਐਚਟੀਟੀਪੀ://ਮੀਟਦਜਿੰਪ.ਔਰਗ (http://meetthegimp.org)ਤੇ ਜਾਉ ਅਤੇ ਜੇ ਤੁਸੀਂ ਟਿੱਪਣੀ ਭੇਜਨਾ ਚਾਹੁੰਦੇ ਹੋ ਤਾਂ ਕਿਰਪਾ ਕਰਕੇ ਇਨਫੋ@ਮੀਟਦਜਿੰਪ (info@meetthegimp)ਤੇ ਲਿਖੋ।<br />
|-<br />
| 05:30 <br />
| ਪ੍ਰਤਿਭਾ ਥਾਪਰ ਦ੍ਵਾਰਾ ਅਨੁਵਾਦਿਤ ਇਹ ਸਕ੍ਰਿਪ੍ਟ ਕਿਰਨ ਸਪੋਕਨ ਟਯੂਟੋਰਿਯਲ ਪ੍ਰੌਜੈਕਟ (Spoken Tutorial Project) ਵਾਸਤੇ ਇਹ ਡਬਿੰਗ (dubbing) ਕਰ ਰਹੀ ਹੈ <br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LaTeX-Old-Version/C2/Report-Writing/BengaliLaTeX-Old-Version/C2/Report-Writing/Bengali2015-03-03T11:57:35Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|Border = 1<br />
| '''Time'''<br />
| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:01<br />
|নমস্কার বন্ধুগণ, েলেটের ব্যবহার দ্ারা িরপোর্ট েলখা িবষয়ক িটউটোিরয়াল্-এ আিম আপনােদর স্াগত জানাচ্িছ <br />
|-<br />
| 00:08<br />
|এখন আপিন স্কি্রন্-এ িতনিট উইন্ডো েদখেত পাচ্েছন - এর মেধ্য সোর্স ফাইল-িট এিডটর্-এ আেছ <br />
|-<br />
| 00:13<br />
|আিম ইমাক্স্ এিডটর্ ব্যবহার করিছ | টার্িমনাল্-এ আিম সোর্স ফাইল-িটেক কম্পাইল্ করেছ এবং িপিডএফ্ ফাইল ৈতরী করিছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 00:21<br />
|আিম িপিডএফ্ িরডার-এর দ্ারা িপিডএফ্ ফাইল-িটেক দেখিছ| <br />
|-<br />
| 00:24<br />
|আিম MACOXS অপােরিটং িসস্েটেম 'skim' নামক িপিডএফ্ িরডার ব্যবহার করিছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 00:30<br />
|এই িরডার িপিডএফ্ ফাইল িটর সাম্প্রিতকতম সংস্করণিট লোড্ কের বা েদখায় | <br />
|-<br />
| 00:35<br />
|আপিন যখন েলেটেক্ কোনো ডকুেমন্ট ৈতরী করেবন, তখন এই িতনিট উইন্ডোেক এইপ্রকার িবচ্িছন্নভােব িবন্যস্ত করা আবশ্যক নয় | <br />
|-<br />
| 00:43<br />
|আপিন অন্য কোনো এিডটর্ বা অন্য কোনো িরডার-ও ব্যবহার করেত পােরন |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:48<br />
| িলনাক্স্ সেমত সব ইউিনক্স্ অপােরিটং িসস্েটেম েলেটেক্ ব্যবহারের পদ্ধিত একই | <br />
|-<br />
| 00:53<br />
|পদ্ধিতিট উইন্ডোস্-এ সামান্য একটু অন্যপ্রকার হেত পাের | ত়া সতে্ত্ও, সব অপােরিটং িসস্েটেমর জন্যই একই সোর্স ফাইল ব্যবহার করা যায় | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:01<br />
|সুতরাং , উইন্ডোস্ -এ প্রস্তুত করা েলেটেক্ সোর্স ফাইল কোনো পরিবর্তন িবনাই ইউিনক্স্ অপােরিটং িসস্েটেম কাজ করেব | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:07<br />
|এই সংক্রান্ত মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়ালগুিলর সর্বপ্রথমিট কম্পাইলেশান্ িবষয়ক , েযিট আপনােক েলেটক্ সম্পর্েক সংিখপ্তভােব জ্ঞাত কের | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:16<br />
|আপিন যিদ ওই িটউটোিরয়ালগুিলর ব্যবহার আেগ না কের থােকন, তাহেল আপিন এখন ওিটর সাহায্য িনেত পােরন |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:24<br />
|আিম েটক্সট সাইজ িহেসেব বারো ফন্ট এবং আরি্টকল্ ক্লাস ব্যবহার করিছ| <br />
|-<br />
| 01:30<br />
|আিম িসকশন বা পিরচ্েছদ্,সাব-সেকশন বা উপ-পিরচ্েছদ ্এবং সাব-সাব-েসকশন-এর টাইটল্ বা িশরোনাম িদযে়িছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:39<br />
|এগুিলর আরগুেমন্ট বা বন্ধনীর মেধ্য থাকা অংশিট আউটপুট্ ফাইল-এ যথাস্থােন দৃশ্যমান হেব | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:45<br />
|এই েসকশন্ টাইটল্-গুিলর স্তন্ত্র ৈবিশষ্ট্যগুিল লক্খখ করুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:51<br />
|সোর্স ফাইল-এ কোনো ফাঁকা লাইন থাকেলও আউটপুট্ ফাইল-এ েসিটর কোনো প্রভাব পেরনা | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:57<br />
|এখােন িকছু ফাঁকা লাইন যোগ করা যাক | েসভ কের কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | আউটপেুট কোনো পিরবর্তন হয়িন |<br />
|-<br />
| 02:07<br />
| পুনরায় সোর্স ফাইলিটেক পূরে্বর অবস্থায় ফিরিয়ে আনা যাক এবং কম্পাইল্ করা যাক |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:20<br />
|েলেটক্ সয়ংকি্রয়ভােব টাইটল্-গুিলর আকার সিঠক অনুপাত অনুযায় সাইজ বা আকার িনর্ধারণ কের | <br />
|-<br />
| 02:26<br />
|উদাহরণস্বরূপ,পিরচ্েছদ্-এর টাইটল্ সর্ববৃহত এবং উপ-উপ-পিরচ্েছদ-এর টাইটল্ সবার েথেক ছোট হয় | ফন্ট সাইজ পিরবর্তন করেলও এই ৈবশিষ্ট্য বজায় থাকবে | <br />
|-<br />
| 02:37<br />
|ফন্ট সাইজ ১১ পেয়ন্ট করা যাক এবং েসভ কের কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | যিদও সামগ্িরকভােব ফাইল-এর সাইজ ছোট হয়ে েগেছ, তাহেলও িশরোনামগুিলর এই বিশেষ ৈবিশষ্ট্য বজায় আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 02:53<br />
|ফন্ট সাইজ আবার় ১২ পযে়ন্ট কের েদওয়া যাক |সেভ করে কম্পাইল করা যাক|<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:04<br />
|এর আরো একিট গুরুত্বপূর্ণ ৈবিশষ্ট্য হল েলেটকর দ্ারা স্য়ংক্িরয়ভােব পিরচে্ছদ্-গিুলর নম্বর েদওয়া | <br />
|-<br />
| 03:10<br />
|উদাহরণস্বরূপ, আিম যিদ এখােন আরো একিট পিরচ্েছদ্ যোগ কির, েসভ করি এবং কম্পাইল্ কির, তাহেল আউটপুট্ ফাইল-এ 'inserted section' নােম একিট নতুন পিরচ্েছদ্ যোগ হেব এবং এিট যথাযথ নম্বর-এর সােথ দৃশ্যমান হেব | <br />
|-<br />
| 03:39<br />
|এর সারমর্ম হল, দুিট লাইন-এর মেধ্য ব্যবধান ,সাইজ, স্বতন্ত্রতা, েযমন িশরোনামগুিলর বোল্ড-এ দৃশ্যমান হওয়া - এগুিল েলেটক্ স্য়ংক্িরয়ভাবে িনর্ধারণ কের |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:52<br />
|আিম এখন েলেটেক্ সূচীপত্র ৈতরী করার প্রক্িরয়া বর্ণনা করব | <br />
|-<br />
| 03:56<br />
|প্রথেম, লক্খখ করুন Report.toc নােম কোনো ফাইল েনই | <br />
|-<br />
| 04:03<br />
|এখােন এিট জানাচ্েছ েয 'there is no such file' অর্থাত এখােন ওই নােমর কোনো ফাইল েনই | <br />
|-<br />
| 04:09<br />
|লক্খখ করুন report.tex হল সোর্স ফাইল | এখােন 'tableofcontents' -একশব্দিবিশষ্ট এই কমান্ড িট যোগ করা যাক, কোমান্দ টি লেখা হলো, েসভ কের কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 04:35<br />
|কম্পাইল করা হলো |কম্পাইল্ করার পর েদখা যাচ্েছ েয আউটপুট্-এ শুধুমাত্র 'contents ' নামে শব্দই যুক্ত হেয়েছ,িকন্তু সূচীপত্র েদখা যাচ্েছ না | <br />
|-<br />
| 04:46<br />
|এখন report.toc নােম একিট ফাইল-এর সৃষ্িট হেয়েছ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:53<br />
|পিরচ্েছদ্-গুিলর িশরোনাম এই toc ফাইল-এ েলখা হয় | আসুন,এিট েদখা যাক |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:02<br />
| িঠকআেছ, এিটেক পুনরায় কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | এবং দেখা যাক আউটপুত-এ কি পরিবর্তন হয়ছে| <br />
|-<br />
| 05:12<br />
|লক্খখ করুন, সব িশরোনাম এবং েসগিুলর পৃষ্ঠার নম্বর এখন সূচীবদ্ধ ভােব েদখা যাচ্েছ | এখােন পৃষ্ঠার নম্বর হল ১ | |-<br />
| 05:21<br />
|এিট সূচীপত্ের েদখা যাচ্েছ | এই ডকুেমন্েট শুধু একিট পৃষ্ঠা আেছ | এইভােব দুইবার কম্পাইল্ করার প্রক্িরয়া িশরোনাম-এর পিরবর্তন করার েখত্েরও প্রযোজ্য |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:31<br />
|এখােন একিট নতুন িশরোনাম যোগ করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 05:36<br />
|এিটেক 'modified section' নাম েদওয়া যাক | কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 05:48<br />
|আউটপুটে পরিবর্তন টি দেখা যাচ্ছে িকন্তু এখনো সূচীপত্ের এই পিরবর্তন েদখা যাচে্ছনা | <br />
|-<br />
| 05:55<br />
|এবার িদ্তীয়বার কম্পাইল্ কের এই সমস্যার সমাধান করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:00<br />
|আমরা সূচীপত্র-এর অবস্থান-ও পিরবর্তন করেত পাির | এিটেক ডকুেমন্ট-এর েশেষ িনেয যাওয়া যাক |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:09<br />
|শেষে নিয়ে যাওয়া হলো| কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | আপিন েদেখত পাচে্ছন এখন সূচীপত্র-িট ডকুেমন্ট-এর েশেষ েদখা যাচে্ছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:21<br />
|এবার এিটর অবস্থান পিরবর্তন করা যাক এবং পুনরায় আগের স্থােন িফিরেয আনা যাক | কম্পাইল করা যাক|<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:37<br />
|এবার আমরা ডকুেমন্ট-এর একিট িশরোনাম ৈতরী করব | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:42<br />
|এিট ডকুেমন্ট ক্লাস এর িঠক নীচেই করা যাক | শিরোনাম টি লেখা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:57<br />
|অথ্যার বা েলখেকর নাম লেখা হলো | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:03<br />
|আিম এখােন নতুন লাইন-ও যোগ করেত পাির |<br />
|-<br />
| 07:11<br />
| েডট,আজেকর তািরখ এবং তারপর 'First created on 13th July 2007' | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:23<br />
|এবার এিটেক কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | কম্পাইল করা হলো িকন্তু আউটপুট-এ কোনো পিরবর্তন হলনা |<br />
|-<br />
| 07:33<br />
|এর কারণ েলেটক্-েক িনর্েদশ েদওয়া হেয়িন এই তথ্য িনযে় িক করা উিচত | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:38<br />
|তাই ডকুেমন্ট শব্দিটর িনেচ 'maketitle' নামক একশব্দিবিশষ্ট কমান্ডিট যোগ করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:46<br />
|এইস্থানেই অর্থাত ডকুেমন্ট-এর সূচনায় আিম িশরোনামিট েদখেত চাই | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:52<br />
|কম্পাইল করা যাক |কম্পাইল্ করার পের শরোনামিট আউটপুট্-এ েদখা যাচ্েছ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:58<br />
|আমরা এখন ডকুেমন্েটর ক্লাস আর্িটকল্ েথেক পিরবর্তন কের িরপোর্ট করব | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:06<br />
|তাহেল এিট করা যাক | এবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | কম্পাইল্ করার পের িশরোনামিট একিট সম্পূর্ণ পৃষ্ঠায় আলাদাভােব েদখা যাচ্েছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:23<br />
|ডকেুমেন্ট-এর িবষয়বস্তু একিট নতুন পৃষ্ঠা েথেক শুরু হচ্েছ | এিট হল এক নম্বর পৃষ্ঠা | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:32<br />
|অন্য ভােব বলেত েগেল, িশরোনাম-এর পৃষ্ঠার কোনো নম্বর েনই | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:40<br />
|এিটও েদখা যাচ্েছ েয িশরোনাম-এর পিরচ্েছদ্-এর নম্বর শূন্য |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:45<br />
| িরপোর্ট ক্লাস-এ চ্যাপ্টার্ বা অধ্যায়-এর প্রয়োজন আেছ | েযেহতু আমরা এখােন কোনো অধ্যায় যোগ কিরিন, তাই স্াভািবকভাবেই এিট শূন্য নম্বর েদখাচ্েছ | এখন সাব-সাব-েসকশন্-এর সােথ আর কোনো নম্বর যুক্ত েনই | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:58<br />
|লক্খখ করুন, এখন সূচীপত্রের তথ্য সিঠক নয়, দেখুন এখানে এটি এখনো পুরানো নম্বর দেখাচ্েছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:06<br />
|আমরা পুনরায় কম্পাইল্ করার মাধ্যেম এই সমস্যা-এর সমাধান করব | এখন এিট নতুন নম্বর েদখাচ্েছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:12<br />
|এবার একিট নতুন চ্যাপ্টার্ বা অধ্যায়-এর সূচনা করা যাক |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:21<br />
|আমরা এিটর নামকরণ করলাম 'First chapter' বা প্রথম অধ্যায় | এবার দুইবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:31<br />
| েদখুন, সূচীপত্ের কোনো পিরবর্তন হলনা, িকন্তু বািক অংশিট েদখা যাচ্েছনা | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:37<br />
|এর কারণ হল chapter কমান্ড একিট নতুন পৃষ্ঠার সূচনা কের | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:45<br />
|এটি নতুন পৃষ্ঠায় িগেয় এই িবষয় িনশ্িচত হওয়া যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:50<br />
|লক্খখ করুন, নতুন পৃষ্ঠায় 'chapter' শব্দিট িবেশষভােব দৃশ্যমান হচ্েছ | এখােন েদখুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 10:02<br />
|এবার এখােন িফের আসা যাক | আবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | এখন আপিন েদখেত পাচে্ছন চ্যাপ্টার্ িবষয়ক তখ্য সূচীপত্রে েদখা যাচ্েছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 10:15<br />
|আপিন যিদ appendix বা পিরিশষ্ট যোগ করেত চান,তাহেল 'appendix' কমান্ড িট ব্যবহার করুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 10:26<br />
|appendix-এ িগযে় একিট নতুন চ্যাপ্টার্ বা অধ্যায় শুরু করা যাক - 'First chapter in the appendix' | <br />
|-<br />
| 10:41<br />
|এবার এটি দুইবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | আপিন েদেখত পাচে্ছন েয প্রথম অধ্যায়িট এখন সূচীপত্ের েদখা যাচে্ছ | েদখা যাক এিট েকমন েদখেত লােগ | <br />
|-<br />
| 10:58<br />
|Appendix -A একিট নতুন পৃষ্ঠায় েদখা যাচ্েছ এবং সম্পূর্ণ ডকুেমন্টটি এখন ৪-পৃষ্ঠািবিশষ্ট হেয় েগেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 11:09<br />
|Appendix শব্দিটও এখােন দৃশ্যমান হচ্েছ | আরো একিট অধ্যায় যোগ করা যাক | যোগ করা হলো |<br />
|-<br />
| 11:26<br />
|এবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | আপিন েদখেত পাচে্ছন,সম্পূর্ণ ডকুেমন্টিট এখন ৫ -পৃষ্ঠািবিশষ্ট হেয় েগেছ | এিট একিট নতুন পৃষ্ঠায় েদখা যাচে্ছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 11:35<br />
|আসুন,আবার ডকেুমন্ট-এর সূচনায় িফের যাওয়া যাক | এবার কম্পাইল করা হলো সূচীপত্রিট সিঠক হেয় যােব |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:44<br />
|যিদ আমরা িরপোর্ট ক্লাস পিরবর্তন কের আর্িটকল্ ক্লাস কির,তাহেল িক হেব ? <br />
|-<br />
| 11:53<br />
|আসুন,এটি কের েদখা যাক | আর্টিকলে করা হলো |এবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 12:08<br />
|কম্পাইল্ করার পর েদখা যাচ্েছ, েলেটক্ আমাদের কোনো সমস্যার িবষয় জানাচ্েছ |<br />
|-<br />
| 12:16<br />
| িঠকআেছ, যিদ েলটক্ এইভাবে বন্ধ হযে় যায়, তাহেল এই সমস্যার সমাধানের দুটি উপায় আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 12:24<br />
|প্রথমিট হল 'X' টাইপ কের েলেটক্ েথেক েবিরেয় আসা | <br />
|-<br />
| 12:30<br />
|স্াভাবিকক্েখত্ের, পুরানো সব পৃষ্ঠাই িপিডএফ্ ফাইল-এ সুরক্িখত থাকেব |<br />
|-<br />
| 12:35<br />
| িকন্তু এেখত্ের লেটেক্ জানাচ্ছে যে আউটপুট্-এ কোনো পৃষ্ঠা নেই | সোর্স ফাইল-এ পিরবর্তন কের এই সমস্যার সমাধান করা েযেতই পাের | <br />
|-<br />
| 12:44<br />
|বারংবার কম্পাইল্ করেল িক ভুল হেয়েছ,তা িনর্ণয় করা সহজ হযে় যায় |<br />
|-<br />
| 12:50<br />
| েযকোনো ভুল সােথাসােথ ধরা পের যােব | যিদ কখনো েলেটক্ কোনো ভুেলর জন্য সামিয়কভােব েথেম যায়, আিম তখিন ডকুমেন্টিট েসইস্থােনই েশষ কেরিদ | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:01<br />
|এরসােথ অবশ্যই সব খুেল থাকা এনভয়রনেমন্ট বন্ধ করেত হেব এবং ভুলিট িক ,তা িনর্ধারণ কের, েসিটেক সংশোধন করার েচষ্টা করেত হেব |<br />
|-<br />
| 13:11<br />
| েযেহতু েলেটক্ end document কমান্ড-এর পরবর্তী অংেশর প্রিত কোনো গুরুত্ব িদয়না, তাই সেই অংশিট পিরবর্তন করার কোনো প্রয়োজন নেই | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:21<br />
|ভুল সংশোধন হেয় েগেল, ক্লোস এনভয়রনেমন্ট-এর িনেচর এবং end document কমান্ডগুিল, যেগুলিকে আলাদা ভাবে লেখা হয়ছে সেগুলিকে সিরেয় েদওয়া েযেত পাের | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:33<br />
|যখন েলেটক্ সামযি়কভােব বন্ধ হবার সময় কোনো এরর বা ভুল সম্পর্েক জানায় , আমরা তখন েলেটক্-েক ওই ভুল অগ্রাহ্য করেতও িনর্দেশ িদেত পাির |<br />
|-<br />
| 13:43<br />
| িরটার্ন বা এন্টার্ কী প্েরস্ কের এিট করা যায় | আিম এখিন এিট করলাম | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:55<br />
|এখন এিটেত দুিট পৃষ্ঠা আেছ | প্রথম পৃষ্ঠায় সব তথ্য অিবন্যস্ত হযে় েগেছ | এিট দূর করা েযেত পাের |<br />
|-<br />
| 14:05<br />
|এেখতে্র ভুলিট হল এই েয, ডকুেমন্ট-এ এখনো চ্যাপ্টার্ কমান্ডিটর অস্ত্িবত্ব রেয় েগেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 14:17<br />
|এিটেক সিরেয় দেওয়া যাক | িঠকআেছ, এবার পুনরায় কম্পাইল্ করা যাক |<br />
|-<br />
| 14:24<br />
| েলেটক এখনো এই অিভযোগ জানাচ্েছ েয ডকেুমন্ট-এ চ্যাপ্টার্ কমান্ড-িটর অস্িতত্ব আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 14:33<br />
|সূচীপত্ের চ্যাপ্টার্ রেয় েগেছ এবং অপেন্দিক্সেও চাপ্টার রয়ে গেছে তাহেল এই দুটিকেও সিরেয় েদওয়া যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 14:54<br />
|এবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | এবার এিট কোনো সমস্যা ছাড়া-ই সফলভাবে কম্পাইল্ হেয় েগল এবং সম্পূর্ণ ডকুেমন্টিট এখন একিট পৃষ্টাতেই ধের েগেছ | এখনো সূচীপত্র-িটও সিঠক |<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:09<br />
|আপিন িবিভন্নভােব সোর্স ফাইল-এর পিরবর্তন করেত পােরন,উদাহরণস্বরূপ, আপিন মূল েটক্সএ বা appendix-এ নতুন েসকশন্ বা সাব-েসকশন যোগ করেত পােরন অথবা িরপোর্ট েলখার স্টাইল্ বা রীিততেও পিরবর্তন করেত পারেন | |-<br />
| 15:27<br />
|আপিন যতক্ষণ না এই িবষয় পারদর্শী হেয় উঠেছন, ততক্খণ এই িটউটোিরয়াল্-এ উলে্লখ করা কমান্ডগুিলর অভ্যাস করুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 15:35<br />
|প্রত্যেক পিরবর্তন করার পরই কম্পাইল কের েদেখ িনন কোনো ভুল হেয়েছ িকনা | <br />
|-<br />
| 15:40<br />
|যাঁরা েলেটক্ িশখেত আরম্ভ কেরেছন ,তাঁরা অেনকসময় এই িবষযি়ট ভুেল যান এবং এর জন্য অেনক সমস্যার সম্মুখীন হন | <br />
|-<br />
| 15:50<br />
|মেন রাখেবন,ইমাক্স্ এিডটর্-এ সোর্স ফাইলিট েযভােব দৃশ্যমান হচেছ অর্থাত এর রং, িশরোনােমর সাইজ ইত্যািদর সােথ েলেটক্ ইঞ্িজেনর কোনো সম্পর্ক েনই |<br />
|-<br />
| 16:02<br />
| েলেটেকর জন্য সিঠক সোর্স ফাইল-ই যেথষ্ট | সোর্স ফাইলিট িকভােব প্রস্তুত করা হেয়েছ,তার সােথ েলেটেকর কোনো সম্পর্ক নেই | <br />
|-<br />
| 16:10<br />
|এখানেই এই িটউটোিরয়াল্ এর সমাপি্ত হল | এেত অংশগ্রহন করার জন্য ধন্যবাদ |</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LaTeX-Old-Version/C2/Report-Writing/BengaliLaTeX-Old-Version/C2/Report-Writing/Bengali2015-03-03T11:57:13Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|Border = 1<br />
| '''Time'''<br />
| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:01<br />
|নমস্কার বন্ধুগণ, েলেটের ব্যবহার দ্ারা িরপোর্ট েলখা িবষয়ক িটউটোিরয়াল্-এ আিম আপনােদর স্াগত জানাচ্িছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 00:08<br />
|এখন আপিন স্কি্রন্-এ িতনিট উইন্ডো েদখেত পাচ্েছন - এর মেধ্য সোর্স ফাইল-িট এিডটর্-এ আেছ |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:13<br />
|আিম ইমাক্স্ এিডটর্ ব্যবহার করিছ | টার্িমনাল্-এ আিম সোর্স ফাইল-িটেক কম্পাইল্ করেছ এবং িপিডএফ্ ফাইল ৈতরী করিছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 00:21<br />
|আিম িপিডএফ্ িরডার-এর দ্ারা িপিডএফ্ ফাইল-িটেক দেখিছ| <br />
|-<br />
| 00:24<br />
|আিম MACOXS অপােরিটং িসস্েটেম 'skim' নামক িপিডএফ্ িরডার ব্যবহার করিছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 00:30<br />
|এই িরডার িপিডএফ্ ফাইল িটর সাম্প্রিতকতম সংস্করণিট লোড্ কের বা েদখায় | <br />
|-<br />
| 00:35<br />
|আপিন যখন েলেটেক্ কোনো ডকুেমন্ট ৈতরী করেবন, তখন এই িতনিট উইন্ডোেক এইপ্রকার িবচ্িছন্নভােব িবন্যস্ত করা আবশ্যক নয় | <br />
|-<br />
| 00:43<br />
|আপিন অন্য কোনো এিডটর্ বা অন্য কোনো িরডার-ও ব্যবহার করেত পােরন |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:48<br />
| িলনাক্স্ সেমত সব ইউিনক্স্ অপােরিটং িসস্েটেম েলেটেক্ ব্যবহারের পদ্ধিত একই | <br />
|-<br />
| 00:53<br />
|পদ্ধিতিট উইন্ডোস্-এ সামান্য একটু অন্যপ্রকার হেত পাের | ত়া সতে্ত্ও, সব অপােরিটং িসস্েটেমর জন্যই একই সোর্স ফাইল ব্যবহার করা যায় | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:01<br />
|সুতরাং , উইন্ডোস্ -এ প্রস্তুত করা েলেটেক্ সোর্স ফাইল কোনো পরিবর্তন িবনাই ইউিনক্স্ অপােরিটং িসস্েটেম কাজ করেব | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:07<br />
|এই সংক্রান্ত মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়ালগুিলর সর্বপ্রথমিট কম্পাইলেশান্ িবষয়ক , েযিট আপনােক েলেটক্ সম্পর্েক সংিখপ্তভােব জ্ঞাত কের | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:16<br />
|আপিন যিদ ওই িটউটোিরয়ালগুিলর ব্যবহার আেগ না কের থােকন, তাহেল আপিন এখন ওিটর সাহায্য িনেত পােরন |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:24<br />
|আিম েটক্সট সাইজ িহেসেব বারো ফন্ট এবং আরি্টকল্ ক্লাস ব্যবহার করিছ| <br />
|-<br />
| 01:30<br />
|আিম িসকশন বা পিরচ্েছদ্,সাব-সেকশন বা উপ-পিরচ্েছদ ্এবং সাব-সাব-েসকশন-এর টাইটল্ বা িশরোনাম িদযে়িছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:39<br />
|এগুিলর আরগুেমন্ট বা বন্ধনীর মেধ্য থাকা অংশিট আউটপুট্ ফাইল-এ যথাস্থােন দৃশ্যমান হেব | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:45<br />
|এই েসকশন্ টাইটল্-গুিলর স্তন্ত্র ৈবিশষ্ট্যগুিল লক্খখ করুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:51<br />
|সোর্স ফাইল-এ কোনো ফাঁকা লাইন থাকেলও আউটপুট্ ফাইল-এ েসিটর কোনো প্রভাব পেরনা | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:57<br />
|এখােন িকছু ফাঁকা লাইন যোগ করা যাক | েসভ কের কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | আউটপেুট কোনো পিরবর্তন হয়িন |<br />
|-<br />
| 02:07<br />
| পুনরায় সোর্স ফাইলিটেক পূরে্বর অবস্থায় ফিরিয়ে আনা যাক এবং কম্পাইল্ করা যাক |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:20<br />
|েলেটক্ সয়ংকি্রয়ভােব টাইটল্-গুিলর আকার সিঠক অনুপাত অনুযায় সাইজ বা আকার িনর্ধারণ কের | <br />
|-<br />
| 02:26<br />
|উদাহরণস্বরূপ,পিরচ্েছদ্-এর টাইটল্ সর্ববৃহত এবং উপ-উপ-পিরচ্েছদ-এর টাইটল্ সবার েথেক ছোট হয় | ফন্ট সাইজ পিরবর্তন করেলও এই ৈবশিষ্ট্য বজায় থাকবে | <br />
|-<br />
| 02:37<br />
|ফন্ট সাইজ ১১ পেয়ন্ট করা যাক এবং েসভ কের কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | যিদও সামগ্িরকভােব ফাইল-এর সাইজ ছোট হয়ে েগেছ, তাহেলও িশরোনামগুিলর এই বিশেষ ৈবিশষ্ট্য বজায় আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 02:53<br />
|ফন্ট সাইজ আবার় ১২ পযে়ন্ট কের েদওয়া যাক |সেভ করে কম্পাইল করা যাক|<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:04<br />
|এর আরো একিট গুরুত্বপূর্ণ ৈবিশষ্ট্য হল েলেটকর দ্ারা স্য়ংক্িরয়ভােব পিরচে্ছদ্-গিুলর নম্বর েদওয়া | <br />
|-<br />
| 03:10<br />
|উদাহরণস্বরূপ, আিম যিদ এখােন আরো একিট পিরচ্েছদ্ যোগ কির, েসভ করি এবং কম্পাইল্ কির, তাহেল আউটপুট্ ফাইল-এ 'inserted section' নােম একিট নতুন পিরচ্েছদ্ যোগ হেব এবং এিট যথাযথ নম্বর-এর সােথ দৃশ্যমান হেব | <br />
|-<br />
| 03:39<br />
|এর সারমর্ম হল, দুিট লাইন-এর মেধ্য ব্যবধান ,সাইজ, স্বতন্ত্রতা, েযমন িশরোনামগুিলর বোল্ড-এ দৃশ্যমান হওয়া - এগুিল েলেটক্ স্য়ংক্িরয়ভাবে িনর্ধারণ কের |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:52<br />
|আিম এখন েলেটেক্ সূচীপত্র ৈতরী করার প্রক্িরয়া বর্ণনা করব | <br />
|-<br />
| 03:56<br />
|প্রথেম, লক্খখ করুন Report.toc নােম কোনো ফাইল েনই | <br />
|-<br />
| 04:03<br />
|এখােন এিট জানাচ্েছ েয 'there is no such file' অর্থাত এখােন ওই নােমর কোনো ফাইল েনই | <br />
|-<br />
| 04:09<br />
|লক্খখ করুন report.tex হল সোর্স ফাইল | এখােন 'tableofcontents' -একশব্দিবিশষ্ট এই কমান্ড িট যোগ করা যাক, কোমান্দ টি লেখা হলো, েসভ কের কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 04:35<br />
|কম্পাইল করা হলো |কম্পাইল্ করার পর েদখা যাচ্েছ েয আউটপুট্-এ শুধুমাত্র 'contents ' নামে শব্দই যুক্ত হেয়েছ,িকন্তু সূচীপত্র েদখা যাচ্েছ না | <br />
|-<br />
| 04:46<br />
|এখন report.toc নােম একিট ফাইল-এর সৃষ্িট হেয়েছ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:53<br />
|পিরচ্েছদ্-গুিলর িশরোনাম এই toc ফাইল-এ েলখা হয় | আসুন,এিট েদখা যাক |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:02<br />
| িঠকআেছ, এিটেক পুনরায় কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | এবং দেখা যাক আউটপুত-এ কি পরিবর্তন হয়ছে| <br />
|-<br />
| 05:12<br />
|লক্খখ করুন, সব িশরোনাম এবং েসগিুলর পৃষ্ঠার নম্বর এখন সূচীবদ্ধ ভােব েদখা যাচ্েছ | এখােন পৃষ্ঠার নম্বর হল ১ | |-<br />
| 05:21<br />
|এিট সূচীপত্ের েদখা যাচ্েছ | এই ডকুেমন্েট শুধু একিট পৃষ্ঠা আেছ | এইভােব দুইবার কম্পাইল্ করার প্রক্িরয়া িশরোনাম-এর পিরবর্তন করার েখত্েরও প্রযোজ্য |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:31<br />
|এখােন একিট নতুন িশরোনাম যোগ করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 05:36<br />
|এিটেক 'modified section' নাম েদওয়া যাক | কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 05:48<br />
|আউটপুটে পরিবর্তন টি দেখা যাচ্ছে িকন্তু এখনো সূচীপত্ের এই পিরবর্তন েদখা যাচে্ছনা | <br />
|-<br />
| 05:55<br />
|এবার িদ্তীয়বার কম্পাইল্ কের এই সমস্যার সমাধান করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:00<br />
|আমরা সূচীপত্র-এর অবস্থান-ও পিরবর্তন করেত পাির | এিটেক ডকুেমন্ট-এর েশেষ িনেয যাওয়া যাক |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:09<br />
|শেষে নিয়ে যাওয়া হলো| কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | আপিন েদেখত পাচে্ছন এখন সূচীপত্র-িট ডকুেমন্ট-এর েশেষ েদখা যাচে্ছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:21<br />
|এবার এিটর অবস্থান পিরবর্তন করা যাক এবং পুনরায় আগের স্থােন িফিরেয আনা যাক | কম্পাইল করা যাক|<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:37<br />
|এবার আমরা ডকুেমন্ট-এর একিট িশরোনাম ৈতরী করব | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:42<br />
|এিট ডকুেমন্ট ক্লাস এর িঠক নীচেই করা যাক | শিরোনাম টি লেখা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:57<br />
|অথ্যার বা েলখেকর নাম লেখা হলো | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:03<br />
|আিম এখােন নতুন লাইন-ও যোগ করেত পাির |<br />
|-<br />
| 07:11<br />
| েডট,আজেকর তািরখ এবং তারপর 'First created on 13th July 2007' | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:23<br />
|এবার এিটেক কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | কম্পাইল করা হলো িকন্তু আউটপুট-এ কোনো পিরবর্তন হলনা |<br />
|-<br />
| 07:33<br />
|এর কারণ েলেটক্-েক িনর্েদশ েদওয়া হেয়িন এই তথ্য িনযে় িক করা উিচত | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:38<br />
|তাই ডকুেমন্ট শব্দিটর িনেচ 'maketitle' নামক একশব্দিবিশষ্ট কমান্ডিট যোগ করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:46<br />
|এইস্থানেই অর্থাত ডকুেমন্ট-এর সূচনায় আিম িশরোনামিট েদখেত চাই | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:52<br />
|কম্পাইল করা যাক |কম্পাইল্ করার পের শরোনামিট আউটপুট্-এ েদখা যাচ্েছ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:58<br />
|আমরা এখন ডকুেমন্েটর ক্লাস আর্িটকল্ েথেক পিরবর্তন কের িরপোর্ট করব | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:06<br />
|তাহেল এিট করা যাক | এবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | কম্পাইল্ করার পের িশরোনামিট একিট সম্পূর্ণ পৃষ্ঠায় আলাদাভােব েদখা যাচ্েছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:23<br />
|ডকেুমেন্ট-এর িবষয়বস্তু একিট নতুন পৃষ্ঠা েথেক শুরু হচ্েছ | এিট হল এক নম্বর পৃষ্ঠা | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:32<br />
|অন্য ভােব বলেত েগেল, িশরোনাম-এর পৃষ্ঠার কোনো নম্বর েনই | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:40<br />
|এিটও েদখা যাচ্েছ েয িশরোনাম-এর পিরচ্েছদ্-এর নম্বর শূন্য |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:45<br />
| িরপোর্ট ক্লাস-এ চ্যাপ্টার্ বা অধ্যায়-এর প্রয়োজন আেছ | েযেহতু আমরা এখােন কোনো অধ্যায় যোগ কিরিন, তাই স্াভািবকভাবেই এিট শূন্য নম্বর েদখাচ্েছ | এখন সাব-সাব-েসকশন্-এর সােথ আর কোনো নম্বর যুক্ত েনই | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:58<br />
|লক্খখ করুন, এখন সূচীপত্রের তথ্য সিঠক নয়, দেখুন এখানে এটি এখনো পুরানো নম্বর দেখাচ্েছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:06<br />
|আমরা পুনরায় কম্পাইল্ করার মাধ্যেম এই সমস্যা-এর সমাধান করব | এখন এিট নতুন নম্বর েদখাচ্েছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:12<br />
|এবার একিট নতুন চ্যাপ্টার্ বা অধ্যায়-এর সূচনা করা যাক |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:21<br />
|আমরা এিটর নামকরণ করলাম 'First chapter' বা প্রথম অধ্যায় | এবার দুইবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:31<br />
| েদখুন, সূচীপত্ের কোনো পিরবর্তন হলনা, িকন্তু বািক অংশিট েদখা যাচ্েছনা | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:37<br />
|এর কারণ হল chapter কমান্ড একিট নতুন পৃষ্ঠার সূচনা কের | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:45<br />
|এটি নতুন পৃষ্ঠায় িগেয় এই িবষয় িনশ্িচত হওয়া যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:50<br />
|লক্খখ করুন, নতুন পৃষ্ঠায় 'chapter' শব্দিট িবেশষভােব দৃশ্যমান হচ্েছ | এখােন েদখুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 10:02<br />
|এবার এখােন িফের আসা যাক | আবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | এখন আপিন েদখেত পাচে্ছন চ্যাপ্টার্ িবষয়ক তখ্য সূচীপত্রে েদখা যাচ্েছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 10:15<br />
|আপিন যিদ appendix বা পিরিশষ্ট যোগ করেত চান,তাহেল 'appendix' কমান্ড িট ব্যবহার করুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 10:26<br />
|appendix-এ িগযে় একিট নতুন চ্যাপ্টার্ বা অধ্যায় শুরু করা যাক - 'First chapter in the appendix' | <br />
|-<br />
| 10:41<br />
|এবার এটি দুইবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | আপিন েদেখত পাচে্ছন েয প্রথম অধ্যায়িট এখন সূচীপত্ের েদখা যাচে্ছ | েদখা যাক এিট েকমন েদখেত লােগ | <br />
|-<br />
| 10:58<br />
|Appendix -A একিট নতুন পৃষ্ঠায় েদখা যাচ্েছ এবং সম্পূর্ণ ডকুেমন্টটি এখন ৪-পৃষ্ঠািবিশষ্ট হেয় েগেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 11:09<br />
|Appendix শব্দিটও এখােন দৃশ্যমান হচ্েছ | আরো একিট অধ্যায় যোগ করা যাক | যোগ করা হলো |<br />
|-<br />
| 11:26<br />
|এবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | আপিন েদখেত পাচে্ছন,সম্পূর্ণ ডকুেমন্টিট এখন ৫ -পৃষ্ঠািবিশষ্ট হেয় েগেছ | এিট একিট নতুন পৃষ্ঠায় েদখা যাচে্ছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 11:35<br />
|আসুন,আবার ডকেুমন্ট-এর সূচনায় িফের যাওয়া যাক | এবার কম্পাইল করা হলো সূচীপত্রিট সিঠক হেয় যােব |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 11:44<br />
|যিদ আমরা িরপোর্ট ক্লাস পিরবর্তন কের আর্িটকল্ ক্লাস কির,তাহেল িক হেব ? <br />
|-<br />
| 11:53<br />
|আসুন,এটি কের েদখা যাক | আর্টিকলে করা হলো |এবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 12:08<br />
|কম্পাইল্ করার পর েদখা যাচ্েছ, েলেটক্ আমাদের কোনো সমস্যার িবষয় জানাচ্েছ |<br />
|-<br />
| 12:16<br />
| িঠকআেছ, যিদ েলটক্ এইভাবে বন্ধ হযে় যায়, তাহেল এই সমস্যার সমাধানের দুটি উপায় আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 12:24<br />
|প্রথমিট হল 'X' টাইপ কের েলেটক্ েথেক েবিরেয় আসা | <br />
|-<br />
| 12:30<br />
|স্াভাবিকক্েখত্ের, পুরানো সব পৃষ্ঠাই িপিডএফ্ ফাইল-এ সুরক্িখত থাকেব |<br />
|-<br />
| 12:35<br />
| িকন্তু এেখত্ের লেটেক্ জানাচ্ছে যে আউটপুট্-এ কোনো পৃষ্ঠা নেই | সোর্স ফাইল-এ পিরবর্তন কের এই সমস্যার সমাধান করা েযেতই পাের | <br />
|-<br />
| 12:44<br />
|বারংবার কম্পাইল্ করেল িক ভুল হেয়েছ,তা িনর্ণয় করা সহজ হযে় যায় |<br />
|-<br />
| 12:50<br />
| েযকোনো ভুল সােথাসােথ ধরা পের যােব | যিদ কখনো েলেটক্ কোনো ভুেলর জন্য সামিয়কভােব েথেম যায়, আিম তখিন ডকুমেন্টিট েসইস্থােনই েশষ কেরিদ | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:01<br />
|এরসােথ অবশ্যই সব খুেল থাকা এনভয়রনেমন্ট বন্ধ করেত হেব এবং ভুলিট িক ,তা িনর্ধারণ কের, েসিটেক সংশোধন করার েচষ্টা করেত হেব |<br />
|-<br />
| 13:11<br />
| েযেহতু েলেটক্ end document কমান্ড-এর পরবর্তী অংেশর প্রিত কোনো গুরুত্ব িদয়না, তাই সেই অংশিট পিরবর্তন করার কোনো প্রয়োজন নেই | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:21<br />
|ভুল সংশোধন হেয় েগেল, ক্লোস এনভয়রনেমন্ট-এর িনেচর এবং end document কমান্ডগুিল, যেগুলিকে আলাদা ভাবে লেখা হয়ছে সেগুলিকে সিরেয় েদওয়া েযেত পাের | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:33<br />
|যখন েলেটক্ সামযি়কভােব বন্ধ হবার সময় কোনো এরর বা ভুল সম্পর্েক জানায় , আমরা তখন েলেটক্-েক ওই ভুল অগ্রাহ্য করেতও িনর্দেশ িদেত পাির |<br />
|-<br />
| 13:43<br />
| িরটার্ন বা এন্টার্ কী প্েরস্ কের এিট করা যায় | আিম এখিন এিট করলাম | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:55<br />
|এখন এিটেত দুিট পৃষ্ঠা আেছ | প্রথম পৃষ্ঠায় সব তথ্য অিবন্যস্ত হযে় েগেছ | এিট দূর করা েযেত পাের |<br />
|-<br />
| 14:05<br />
|এেখতে্র ভুলিট হল এই েয, ডকুেমন্ট-এ এখনো চ্যাপ্টার্ কমান্ডিটর অস্ত্িবত্ব রেয় েগেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 14:17<br />
|এিটেক সিরেয় দেওয়া যাক | িঠকআেছ, এবার পুনরায় কম্পাইল্ করা যাক |<br />
|-<br />
| 14:24<br />
| েলেটক এখনো এই অিভযোগ জানাচ্েছ েয ডকেুমন্ট-এ চ্যাপ্টার্ কমান্ড-িটর অস্িতত্ব আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 14:33<br />
|সূচীপত্ের চ্যাপ্টার্ রেয় েগেছ এবং অপেন্দিক্সেও চাপ্টার রয়ে গেছে তাহেল এই দুটিকেও সিরেয় েদওয়া যাক | <br />
|-<br />
| 14:54<br />
|এবার কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | এবার এিট কোনো সমস্যা ছাড়া-ই সফলভাবে কম্পাইল্ হেয় েগল এবং সম্পূর্ণ ডকুেমন্টিট এখন একিট পৃষ্টাতেই ধের েগেছ | এখনো সূচীপত্র-িটও সিঠক |<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 15:09<br />
|আপিন িবিভন্নভােব সোর্স ফাইল-এর পিরবর্তন করেত পােরন,উদাহরণস্বরূপ, আপিন মূল েটক্সএ বা appendix-এ নতুন েসকশন্ বা সাব-েসকশন যোগ করেত পােরন অথবা িরপোর্ট েলখার স্টাইল্ বা রীিততেও পিরবর্তন করেত পারেন | |-<br />
| 15:27<br />
|আপিন যতক্ষণ না এই িবষয় পারদর্শী হেয় উঠেছন, ততক্খণ এই িটউটোিরয়াল্-এ উলে্লখ করা কমান্ডগুিলর অভ্যাস করুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 15:35<br />
|প্রত্যেক পিরবর্তন করার পরই কম্পাইল কের েদেখ িনন কোনো ভুল হেয়েছ িকনা | <br />
|-<br />
| 15:40<br />
|যাঁরা েলেটক্ িশখেত আরম্ভ কেরেছন ,তাঁরা অেনকসময় এই িবষযি়ট ভুেল যান এবং এর জন্য অেনক সমস্যার সম্মুখীন হন | <br />
|-<br />
| 15:50<br />
|মেন রাখেবন,ইমাক্স্ এিডটর্-এ সোর্স ফাইলিট েযভােব দৃশ্যমান হচেছ অর্থাত এর রং, িশরোনােমর সাইজ ইত্যািদর সােথ েলেটক্ ইঞ্িজেনর কোনো সম্পর্ক েনই |<br />
|-<br />
| 16:02<br />
| েলেটেকর জন্য সিঠক সোর্স ফাইল-ই যেথষ্ট | সোর্স ফাইলিট িকভােব প্রস্তুত করা হেয়েছ,তার সােথ েলেটেকর কোনো সম্পর্ক নেই | <br />
|-<br />
| 16:10<br />
|এখানেই এই িটউটোিরয়াল্ এর সমাপি্ত হল | এেত অংশগ্রহন করার জন্য ধন্যবাদ |</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/BASH/C2/Globbing-and-Export-statement/GujaratiBASH/C2/Globbing-and-Export-statement/Gujarati2015-03-02T05:28:19Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>'''Title of script''': '''Globbing and Export Statement'''<br />
<br />
'''Author: Jyoti Solanki<br />
'''Keywords: '''Video tutorial, Globbing, Export statement <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border=1 <br />
!Time <br />
!Narration <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:01 <br />
| '''Globbing and Export command''' પરનાં આ સ્પોકન ટ્યુટોરીયલમાં સ્વાગત છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:06<br />
| આ ટ્યુટોરીયલમાં, આપણે આપેલ વિશે શીખીશું, <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:08<br />
|* '''Globbing'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:09<br />
|* '''export command'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:11<br />
| ''' આ ટ્યુટોરીયલનાં અનુસરણ માટે તમે '''Linux Operating System''' થી પરિચિત હોવા જોઈએ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:18<br />
| જો નથી, તો સંબંધિત ટ્યુટોરિયલ્સ માટે આપેલ અમારી વેબસાઈટની મુલાકાત લો. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:24<br />
| આ ટ્યુટોરીયલ માટે, હું વાપરી રહ્યી છું, <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:27<br />
|* ''' ઉબ્નટુ લીનક્સ 12.04''' OS અને <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:31<br />
|* '''GNU Bash''' આવૃત્તિ '''4.1.10'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:35<br />
| નોંધ લો પ્રેક્ટીસ માટે '''GNU Bash''' આવૃત્તિ '''4''' અથવા તેથી વધુનો આગ્રહ કરીએ છીએ. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:43<br />
| ચાલો '''globbing''' પરિચયથી શરૂઆત કરીએ. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:46<br />
|* '''BASH''' દ્વારા ફાઈલ નેમ અથવા પાથનેમનું વિસ્તારણ કરવાને ''Globbing''' કહેવાય છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:52<br />
|* '''Globbing''' આ '''wildcards.''' ને ઓળખે તથા વિસ્તૃત કરે છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:57<br />
|* સાથે જ મૂળભૂત '''wildcard''' અક્ષરોને ઇન્ટરપીટર પણ કરે છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:02<br />
| # <nowiki>* </nowiki>'''(asterix) ''' એસ્ટરિક્સ અને ડિરે<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:04<br />
|# '''? (Question mark)''' પ્રશ્નાર્થ ચિહ્ન<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:05<br />
| ચાલો ઉદાહરણના મદદથી સમજીએ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:09 <br />
| તમારા કીબોર્ડ પર '''Ctrl+Alt''' અને '''T''' કીઓ એક સાથે દાબીને ટર્મિનલ વિન્ડો ખોલો.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:18<br />
|ટર્મિનલ પર ટાઈપ કરો,'''ls space asterix dot sh''' '''Enter.''' એન્ટર દબાઓ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:27<br />
| વર્તમાનક્ટરીમાં આવેલ આ'''.sh extension''' ધરાવતી તમામ ફાઈલોને મેળાવે છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:34<br />
| અહી આપણે જોઈ શકીએ છીએ કે બધીજ '''sh''' ફાઈલો યાદી બધ્ધ છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:40<br />
| ચાલો હું પ્રોમ્પ્ટ સાફ કરું , હવે ટાઈપ કરો '''ls space s asterix dot sh''' અને '''Enter.''' દબાઓ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:51<br />
| આપણે જોઈ શકીએ છીએ કે '''s asterix dot sh''' એવી તમામ ફાઈલોને મેળવે છે જેની શરૂઆત '''s''' અક્ષરથી થાય છે અને જે એક્સટેંશન તરીકે '''''sh''' ધરાવે છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:02<br />
| ચાલો આગળ વધીએ,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:04<br />
| હવે ટાઈપ કરો, '''ls space ખુલ્લો ચોરસ કૌંસ a hyphen c બંદ ચોરસ કૌંસ asterix dot sh''' '''Enter.''' દબાઓ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:19<br />
| આ એવી ફાઈલો મળાવશે અને દર્શાવશે જે ''' a''' અથવા '''b '''કે '''c.''' થી શરુ થાય છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:26<br />
| આઉટપુટનું અવલોકન કરો.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:28<br />
| આપણને ''' a '''અથવા '''b''' કે '''c.''' અક્ષરથી શરુ થતી ફાઈલોની યાદી દેખાય છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:35<br />
| '''extension'''. અને આ ફાઈલો '''sh''' એક્સટેંશન ધરાવે છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:39 <br />
| હવે ચાલો આગળ જઈએ અને ટાઈપ કરીએ '''ls space ખુલ્લો ચોરસ કૌંસ caret sign a hyphen c બંદ ચોરસ કૌંસ asterix dot sh''' '''Enter''' દબાઓ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:55<br />
| આ એવી તમામ ફાઈલનેમ મળાવશે જેનું એક્સટેંશન '''sh.''' છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:00 <br />
| પરંતુ ''''a'''' અથવા ''''b'''' અથવા ''''c'''' આ અક્ષરોથી શરુ થનારી ફાઈલોને છોડી દેશે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:07<br />
| આઉટપુટ નું અવલોકન કરો તમને નોંધ થશે કે ફાઈલ નેમ ''''a'''' , ''''b'''' અથવા ''''c'''' અક્ષરથી શરુ થતી નથી.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:16<br />
|ચાલો હું પ્રોમ્પ્ટ સાફ કરું,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:19<br />
| હવે ટાઈપ કરો, '''ls space ખુલ્લો ચોરસ કૌંસ capital 'A' small 'a' બંદ ચોરસ કૌંસ asterix sign dot sh''' '''Enter.''' દબાઓ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:34<br />
| આ એવી ફાઈલ નેમો મેળાવશે જે નાના કે મોટા ''''A'''' અક્ષરથી શરુ થાય છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:40 <br />
| આઉટપુટ જુઓ,તમામ એવી ફાઈલ નેમો જે નાના કે મોટા ''''A''' અક્ષરથી શરુ થાય છે.અને જેનું એક્સટેંશન '''sh''' છે તે યાદી બધ્ધ થાય છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:49<br />
| હવે ચાલો બેશમાં '''Export command''' જોઈએ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:53<br />
| સ્લાઈડ પર જાવ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:55<br />
| બેશમાં વેરીએબલો તેમની પોતાની '''Shell''' મા '''local''' હોય છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:00<br />
|* લોકલ વેરીએબલો સમાન '''Shell '' અથવા વર્તમાન શેલ દ્વારા ઉપયોગમા લઇ શકાય છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:06<br />
| '''Export command''' તમામ '''child ''' પ્રક્રિયાઓના '''environment''' મા વેરીએબલ અથવા ફંક્શન નિકાસ કરે છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:15<br />
| * '''local''' વેરીએબલ ને '''global''' વેરીએબલમા પણ બદલી કરી શકે છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:20 <br />
| આપણે આ ઉદાહરણના મદદ થી સમજવાનો પ્રયાસ કરીશું.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:24<br />
|ટર્મિનલ પર જાઓ ટાઈપ કરો ''' '''myvar equal to sign lion''' એન્ટર દબાઓ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:34<br />
| હવે ટાઈપ કરો , '''echo space dollar sign myvar''' એન્ટર દબાઓ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:41<br />
|'''lion''' પ્રિન્ટ થાય છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:44<br />
| '''variable myvar.''' ને આ વેલ્યુ અસાઇન થઇ છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:48<br />
| હવે ચાલો નવી '''Shell'''. નેવિગેટ કરીએ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:51<br />
| નવી શેલ પર જવા માટે આપણે કાં તો નવું ટર્મિનલ ખોલી શકીએ છીએ,અથવા ટાઈપ કરી શકીએ છીએ,'''slash bin slash bash''' એન્ટર દબાઓ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:03<br />
| હવે ચાલો વેરીએબલ '''myvar.'''ની વેલ્યુ તપાસ કરીએ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:07<br />
| ટાઈપ કરો , '''echo space dollar sign myvar''' એન્ટર દબાઓ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:15<br />
| કોરી લાઈન પ્રિન્ટ થાય છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:17<br />
| આનો અર્થ એ છે કે '''myvar ''' વેરીએબલને અસાઇન થયેલ વેલ્યુ આ શેલમા સ્થાનાંતરિત થયી ન હતી.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:24<br />
| સાથે જ '''myvar ''' ફક્ત પાછલી શેલ માટે જ ''' local''' વેરીએબલ છે અને વર્તમાન શેલને નથી.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:32<br />
| આપણી પાછલી શેલ પર પાછા જવા માટે આપણે ટાઈપ કરીશું '''exit''' .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:36<br />
| તો વેરીએબલને '''globally,''' ડીકલેર કરવા માટે આપણને '''export command. ''' વાપરવું પડે છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:43<br />
| ચાલો શીખીએ કેવી રીતે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:46<br />
| ટાઈપ કરો, '''export space myvar equal to sign lion ''' એન્ટર દબાઓ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:55<br />
| હવે ટાઈપ કરો , '''echo space dollar sign myvar''' એન્ટર દબાઓ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:02<br />
|'''lion '''દ્રશ્યમાન થાય છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:05<br />
| ચાલો બીજી શેલ પર નેવિગેટ કરીએ,ટાઈપ કરો '''slash bin slash bash'' અને એન્ટર દબાઓ.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:13<br />
| ચાલો હું પ્રોમ્પ્ટ સાફ કરું.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:15<br />
| હવે ટાઈપ કરો ,'''echo space dollar sign myvar'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:22<br />
| '''lion''' દ્રશ્યમાન થાય છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:25<br />
| આ એટલા માટે કારણકે આપણે '''export''' કમાંડ વાપરીને વેરિએબલ '''myvar''' ને ગ્લોબલીંગ ડીકલેર કર્યું છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:33<br />
| અહીં આ ટ્યુટોરીયલનો અંત થાય છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:36<br />
| ચાલો આપણી સ્લાઈડ પર પાછા ફરીએ અને સારાંશ લઈએ. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:39<br />
| આ ટ્યુટોરીયલમાં આપણે શીખ્યા, <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:41<br />
| * '''Globbing'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:42<br />
|* '''Export command'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:44<br />
| અસાઇનમેન્ટ તરીકે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:45<br />
| '''globbing.''' અંતર્ગત ચર્ચા કરેલ તમામ ઓપરેશનો ભજવતી એક બેશ સ્ક્રીપ્ટ લખો.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:51<br />
| આપેલ લીંક પર ઉપલબ્ધ વિડીયો નિહાળો. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:54<br />
| તે સ્પોકન ટ્યુટોરીયલ પ્રોજેક્ટનો સારાંશ આપે છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:57<br />
| જો તમારી પાસે સારી બેન્ડવિડ્થ ન હોય તો, તમે વિડીયો ડાઉનલોડ કરીને જોઈ શકો છો. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:02<br />
|સ્પોકન ટ્યુટોરીયલ પ્રોજેક્ટ ટીમ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:05<br />
| સ્પોકન ટ્યુટોરીયલોનાં ઉપયોગથી વર્કશોપોનું આયોજન કરે છે.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:08<br />
| જેઓ ઓનલાઈન પરીક્ષા પાસ કરે છે તેઓને પ્રમાણપત્રો આપે છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:12<br />
|વધુ વિગતો માટે, કૃપા કરી contact@spoken-tutorial.org પર લખો <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:20<br />
|સ્પોકન ટ્યુટોરીયલ પ્રોજેક્ટ ટોક ટુ અ ટીચર પ્રોજેક્ટનો એક ભાગ છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:24<br />
| જેને આઈસીટી, એમએચઆરડી, ભારત સરકાર મારફતે શિક્ષણ પર નેશનલ મિશન દ્વારા આધાર અપાયેલ છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:31<br />
|આ મિશન પર વધુ માહિતી આ લીંક પર ઉપલબ્ધ છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:37<br />
|આ સ્ક્રીપ્ટ બનાવવા માટે FOSSEE અને સ્પોકન ટ્યુટોરીયલ ટીમ આઈ આઈ ટી બોમ્બે દ્વારા યોગદાન આપ્યું છે. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:42<br />
| '''IIT Bombay''' તરફથી હું, જ્યોતિ સોલંકી વિદાય લઉં છું. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:47<br />
| Tજોડાવાબદ્દલ આભાર. <br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LaTeX-Old-Version/C2/What-is-Compiling/SanskritLaTeX-Old-Version/C2/What-is-Compiling/Sanskrit2015-03-02T05:17:11Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
|''' Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00.01<br />
|स्वागतं भवताम्। Letex (लेटेक्) उपयुज्य एकं सरलं document कथं निर्मातव्यम् इति अस्मिन् मौखिकशिक्षणे पठाम। <br />
|-<br />
|00.08<br />
|Mac osx operating system मध्ये एतां प्रक्रियां विवृणोमि। <br />
|-<br />
|00.13<br />
|अन्यस्मिन् operating systemमध्ये अपि समानपद्धति: उपलभ्यते। यथा Linux, windows इत्यादि। <br />
|-<br />
|00.21<br />
|प्रथमं तावत् भवता स्वस्य editor उपयुज्य source file इत्यस्य निर्माणं करणीयम् भवतः । Emacsइति मम प्रियं editor । <br />
|-<br />
|00.30<br />
|संचिकायाः hello.tex इति नामकरणं कृतम् मया । <br />
|-<br />
|00.34<br />
|tex इति संचिकायाः अनुबन्धः। यद्यपि अस्य वर्णानुक्रम: t-e-x इति तथापि टेक् इति उच्चार्यते। लेटेक् निमित्तम् इदम् औत्सर्गिकं (तन्नाम default) भवति।<br />
|-<br />
|00.47<br />
|वयं कीदृश-document निर्मातुमिच्छामः इति अस्माभिः लेटेक् प्रति निवेदनीयम्। <br />
|-<br />
|00.55<br />
|अहं लेखस्य (तन्नाम ’article’ इत्यस्य) document निर्मातुमिच्छामि- इत्थम्.. एतद् save करोतु, तन्नाम रक्षतु। तत्र बहवः अन्ये प्रकाराः अपि शक्यन्ते। तेषु कतिचन वयम् अन्य-अभ्यासक्रमे पठामः। <br />
|-<br />
|01.10<br />
|अहं फ़ोन्ट-आकारं-12 इति चिनोमि। लेटेक् मध्ये 11pt, 10 pt वा इति font-आकारौ प्रसिद्धौ स्त:।<br />
|-<br />
|01.20<br />
|इदानीं document आरभे। <br />
|-<br />
|01.24<br />
|अत्र अक्षराणि उट्टङ्कयामि -‘Hello world’ इति । <br />
|-<br />
|01.32<br />
|इदं document समापयामि। रक्षामि च। आरम्भसमापनयोर्मध्ये यद् उट्टङ्कितं भवति तद् अन्तिमफलिते एव दृश्येत। एतदेव source file इति उच्यते। <br />
|-<br />
|01.43<br />
|अस्य Hello.tex इति नामकरणं कृतं मया। pdflatex इति command उपयुज्य इदं सङ्कलयामि। <br />
|-<br />
|01.52<br />
|तत:,वयम् अत्र आगच्छाम:, command दर्शयाम:-‘pdf latex hello.Tex’ इति ।<br />
|-<br />
|02.04<br />
|अस्य सङ्कलनं कर्तुं ‘tex’ इति अनुबन्धं विना अपि वयं ‘pdf latex hello’ इति command उपयोक्तुं शक्नुम:। <br />
|-<br />
|02.12<br />
|इत्थम्... एवम् अस्यां परिस्थितौ ‘tex’ इति औत्सर्गिकः अनुबन्धः उपयोक्तुं शक्यते। Latex source file इत्यस्मात् pdf file निर्मातुं pdf latex इति command उपयुज्यते। <br />
|-<br />
|02.27<br />
|एतद्-अनन्तरं latex कतिचन-विज्ञापनात्मकसूचना: करोति। <br />
|-<br />
|02.34<br />
|एता: सूचना: अपि hello.log इति संचिकायां सङ्गृहीता: भवन्ति,यथा वयम् अत्र पश्याम:। <br />
|-<br />
|02.45<br />
|ध्यातव्यमस्ति यत् Hello इति शब्द: अस्माभि: निर्मितासु प्रत्येकं संचिकासु दृश्यते। <br />
|-<br />
|02.53<br />
|इदानीम् hello.pdf इति file उद्घाटयाम:। <br />
|-<br />
|02:57<br />
|मम Mac system मध्ये ,skim hello.pdf इति command प्रयुज्य इदम् उद्घाटयामि। <br />
|-<br />
|03:04<br />
|skim इति नि:शुल्कं pdf reader; Mac osx निमित्तम् उपलभ्यते। एतद् command द्वारा skim reader, hello.pdf इति file उद्घाटयति। <br />
|-<br />
|03:13<br />
|यथा अपेक्षितम् अस्मिन् केवलम् एकं वाक्यमस्ति। अहमेतां संचिकां zoom करोमि। <br />
|-<br />
|03:29<br />
|skim उद्घाटितस्य pdf file इत्यस्य नूतनतमं संस्करणं दर्शयति। उदाहरणार्थमहम् अत्र परिवर्तनं करोमि। नाम अत्र अन्यत् Hello world इति शब्दद्वयं योजयामि, तद् रक्षामि। <br />
|-<br />
|03:51<br />
|तत: सङ्कलयामि प्रथमम्। तद् अनुमन्ये। इदानीम् इदं नूतनतमं जातम्। <br />
|-<br />
|04:00<br />
|एतद् अधुना निष्कासयामि ,रक्षामि सङ्कलयामि च। इदानीं तद् पूर्वस्थितिं प्राप्नोत्। ध्यातव्यमस्ति यत् सर्वदा संचिकायाः रक्षणानन्तरमेव सङ्कलनं कार्यम् । भवान् प्रथमं रक्षतु अनन्तरं सङ्कलनं करोतु । <br />
|-<br />
|04:18<br />
|यदि भवान् न रक्षति तर्हि यानि परिवर्तनानि भवता कृतानि तेषां पूर्वरक्षणात् अनन्तरं सङ्कलितस्वरुपे समावेश: न भविष्यति| <br />
|-<br />
|04:28<br />
|इदं मौखिकशिक्षणं निर्मातुं एतानि त्रीणि windows आयोजितानि। documents इति एषां निर्माणार्थं भवता ईदृश-आयोजनस्य आवश्यक्यता नास्ति। <br />
|-<br />
|04:36<br />
|तथापि भवता अन्यत् editor, pdf reader च इत्येतयो: उपयोग: यदृच्छया कर्तुं शक्येत। Latex इति उपयोक्तुं प्रत्येकं जनेन एतानि सोपानानि द्रष्टव्यानि। <br />
|-<br />
|04:49<br />
|-source file इत्यस्य निर्माणं, pdf इत्यस्य सङ्कलनं दर्शनं च।<br />
|-<br />
|05:02<br />
|अहं भवन्तं source file इत्यस्मिन् परिवर्तनं कृत्वा इमानि सोपानानि कर्तुं प्रेरयामि। <br />
|-<br />
|05:07<br />
|तत्र यदि भवान् इच्छति तर्हि इतोऽपि कतिचन पदानि begin तथा च end document इति अनयो: मध्ये योजयितुं शक्नोति। भवान् hello.log file द्वारा अपि द्रष्टुं शक्नोति।<br />
|-<br />
|05:21<br />
|इदानीं शिक्षणमिदं सन्दर्शनेन सह अनुवर्तये। एतद् प्रथमं delete करोमि। <br />
|-<br />
|05:29<br />
|प्रथमं तावत् अहं लेटेक् इत्यस्य लाभान् वदामि। लेटेक् इति अत्यन्तम् उत्कृष्टं typesetting तन्त्रांशः (software) अस्ति। <br />
|-<br />
|05:38<br />
|लेटेक् उपयुज्य निर्मितानां documents इत्येषां गुणवत्ता अद्वितीया एव। Latex इति नि:शुल्कं open source च तन्त्रांशः। <br />
|-<br />
|05:48<br />
|इदं windows, unix, Mac, linux च इति systems मध्ये अपि उपलभ्यते।<br />
|-<br />
|05:54<br />
| Latex मध्ये अलभ्यानि वैशिष्ट्यानि सन्ति यथा – समीकरणं, पाठा:, विभागा:,अङ्का:,कोष्ठकानि इत्येषां स्वयञ्चलितसूचीकरणम्। <br />
|-<br />
|06:05<br />
|बहूनां गणितात्मकसमीकरणानां documents अपि सहजतया लेटेक्मध्ये निर्मातुं शक्यन्ते। <br />
|-<br />
|06:12<br />
|परिवर्तनात्मकप्रारुपेण सह bibliographic entries अपि सहजतया निर्मातुं शक्यानि अत्र। <br />
|-<br />
|06:17<br />
|प्रारुपणस्य चिन्ताम् अवहन् प्रयोक्ता इतोऽपि महत्त्वपूर्णा: कृती: कर्तुं शक्नोति लेटेक्-मध्ये,यथा कल्पनानां content generation तथा च तार्किक-अनुक्रम:।<br />
|-<br />
|06:30<br />
|लेटेक् इत्यस्य इतोऽपि बहव: मौखिकाभ्यासा: सन्ति। अध: उक्तानां मौखिकशिक्षणं प्राप्तुं moudgalya.org इति अत्र सम्पर्क्यताम्। <br />
|-<br />
|06:40<br />
|सङ्कलनं, पत्रलेखनं, वृत्तलेखनं, गणितात्मकव्यवस्था, समीकरणानि, कोष्टकानि, अङ्का:, bibliography इत्यस्य निर्माणं, inside stories of bibliography च। एषाम् अभ्यासानामेष: क्रम: उत्तमपरिणामार्थं प्रोक्त:। <br />
|-<br />
|06:56<br />
|उपर्युक्तसम्पर्कसूत्रे एतम् अभ्यासक्रमं निर्मातुम् उपयुक्तानि source files अपि उपलभ्यन्ते। <br />
|-<br />
|07:02<br />
|Windows Os मध्ये लेटेक्-प्रतिष्ठापनं कथमिति शिक्षणयोजनां वयं कुर्वन्त: स्म: । <br />
|-<br />
|07:08<br />
|भविष्यति काले अन्यानि शिक्षणानि अपि उपलभ्येरन् यथा Slide निर्माणार्थं beamer। दृश्यमानमिदं सन्दर्शनं लेटेक् उपयुज्य beamer इत्यस्य साहाय्येन कृतं वर्तते।<br />
|-<br />
|07:21<br />
|सूचना: काश्चन- यथाशक्यं बहून् मौखिक-अभ्यासान् पश्यन्तु। युगपद् तेषाम् अध्ययनम् अपि कुर्वन्तु। <br />
|-<br />
|07:29<br />
|एकां सक्रियां लेटेक्संचिकामुपयुज्य आरभताम्। एकस्मिन् समये परिवर्तनमेकं कुर्वन्तु। तद् रक्षन्तु। सङ्कलयन्तु च । <br />
|-<br />
|07:37<br />
|यत् यत् कृतं, तद् सर्वम् अन्वेति इति अग्रिमपरिवर्तनात् पूर्वं निश्चिन्वन्तु। सङ्कलनात् पूर्वं source file इत्यस्य रक्षणं करणीयमिति अवश्यं स्मरन्तु। <br />
|-<br />
|07:47<br />
|लेटेक्विषयकाणि बहूनि पुस्तकानि सन्ति। वयं द्वे सूचयाम:। प्रथमं पूस्तकं लेटेक् इत्यस्य निर्मार्त्रा Leslie Lamport द्वारैव लिखितम्। एतद् पूस्तकं न्यूनमूल्येन भारतीयसंस्करणेऽपि उपलभ्यते। <br />
|-<br />
|08:01<br />
|प्रगतप्रयोक्तार: Latex companion इति पुस्तकं द्रष्टुं शक्नुवन्ति। प्रथमं पुस्तकस्य पठनम्, आन्तर्जाले शोधनं चेति द्वयमेव प्रायः पर्याप्तं स्यात्। तथापि लेटेक्विषयकसर्वविधसाहित्यार्थं ctan.org इति मुख्यसम्पर्कसूत्रमस्ति। <br />
|-<br />
|08:17<br />
|अस्मै कार्याय MHRD -भारतसर्वकारेण आरब्धात् National Mission on Education through ICT इत्यस्मात् अनुदानं प्राप्यते। <br />
|-<br />
|08:27<br />
|एतन्निमित्तं sakshat.ac.in इति सम्पर्कसूत्रं वर्तते। <br />
|-<br />
|08:31<br />
|मौखिकशिक्षणमिदं CDEEP,IIT इत्यनेन संयुक्तस्य Mission इत्यस्य Talk to a teacher इति प्रकल्पस्य प्राथमिकं सोपानम् अस्ति। दृश्यताम् -cdeep.iitb.ac.in.<br />
|-<br />
|08:41<br />
|तन्त्रांशविकासस्य प्रसिद्धिः इति शिक्षणस्य अस्य उद्देश:,अस्य उपयोग: च fossee.in इत्यनेन समन्वितं भविष्यति। <br />
|-<br />
|08:50<br />
|Free and Open source software in science and engineering education इति fossee इत्यस्य पूर्णं रूपम्। <br />
|-<br />
|08:57<br />
|एष: प्रकल्प: अपि National mission on education अनया संस्थया समर्थितः। इतोऽपि मौखिक-शिक्षणार्थं तेषाम् अन्यभाषया शिक्षणार्थं च एतानि सम्पर्कसूत्राणि पश्यन्त: भवन्तु। <br />
|-<br />
|09:10<br />
|अत्र मौखिकशिक्षणमिदं समाप्नोति। सम्पर्कार्थं धन्यवादा:। <br />
|-<br />
|09:15<br />
|मौखिकशिक्षण-प्रकल्प-निमित्तं मुम्बैतः एषा घाग-नन्दिनी, आपृच्छते भवन्तम्। पुनर्मिलाम:।</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LaTeX/C2/What-is-Compiling/BengaliLaTeX/C2/What-is-Compiling/Bengali2015-02-27T10:34:26Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
|''' Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:01<br />
|নমস্কার বন্ধুগণ , েলেটক্ িবষয়ক এই িটউটোিরয়াল্-এ আিম আপনাদের স্বাগত জানািচ্ছ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:08<br />
|এই িটউটোিরয়াল্ আপনাদের েলেটেক্ একিট সাধারণ ডকুমেন্ট ৈতরী করার প্রক্রিয়া েশখােব ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:13<br />
|আিম এই প্রক্রিয়া MacOXS অপােরিটং িসসেটম-এ বর্ণনা করব।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:18<br />
|অন্য অপারেটিং িসসেটেম,যেমন Linux এবং Windows এর জন্য ও অনুরূপ প্রক্রিয়া আছে ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:24<br />
|প্রথম আপনােক এিডটর্ ব্যবহার করে সোর্স ফাইল ৈতরী করেত হেব ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:28<br />
|আিম আমার প্িরয় ইমাকস্ এডিটর্ ব্যবহার করিছ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:32<br />
|আিম এই ফাইলিটেক hello.tex নাম িদযে়িছ ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:35<br />
|ফাইল এর নামের extension বা সংযোজিত অংশটি হল tex ।<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:40<br />
|যিদও এটির বানান িট-ই-এক্স্, এটির উচ্চারণ হলো "েটক" । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:44<br />
|এিট েলেটেকর জন্য সর্বদা প্রযোজ্য । <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:48<br />
|েলেটেক্ প্রথমেই এিট উল্লেখ করা প্রয়োজন েয আপিন কোন ডকুেমন্ট ক্লাস-এর ব্যবহার করেত চান ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:55<br />
|আমি আর্িটকল্ ক্লাস এইভােব ব্যবহার করব ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:01<br />
|এবার আিম কম্পিউটার-এ এিট েসভ করব ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:06<br />
|লেটেক্ অন্য ক্লাস ও আেছ । আমরা পরবর্তী িকছু টিউটোরিয়াল্ এ সেগুিলর সােথ পরিচিত হব ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:12<br />
|এেক্ষেত্র আমি ১২ পয়েন্ট ফন্ট সাইজ এর ব্যবহার করিছ ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:16<br />
|অেপক্ষাকৃত ক্ষুদ্র দুিট ফন্ট সাইজ ১০ এবং ১১ ও সমানভােব জনিপ্রয় ।<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:24<br />
|এবার আিম ডকুেমন্ট-এর শুরু করিছ । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:28<br />
|আিম েটক্সট্ বা মূল েলখািট আরম্ভ করিছ: ‘Hello world!’ ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:35<br />
|আপাততঃ আিম ডকুেমন্ট্ িট সমাপ্ত করিছ এবং কম্পিউটার এ এিট েসভ্ করিছ ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:41<br />
|েয েলখািট begin document এবং end document কমান্ড এর মেধ্য থােক েসিটই অবেশেষ আউট্পুট্ িহসােব েদখা যায় ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:48<br />
|এিটেক সোর্স ফাইল বা মূল ফাইল বলা হেয় থােক | আিম এর নাম িদচ়িছ hello.tex ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:54<br />
|এখন pdflatex কমান্ড বা আেদশ এর দ্বারা এিটেক কম্পাইল্ করা যাক ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:58<br />
|আিম এখােন এই কমান্ড িটেক িলখব: pdflatex hello.tex ।<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:06<br />
|আমরা কম্পাইল্ করার জন্য pdflatex hello কমান্ড এর ব্যবহারও করতে পাির অর্থাত tex extension িবনা ফাইল এর নাম উলে্লখ করেত পাির ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:23<br />
| েলেটেক্ িনেজ েথেকই tex extension এর ব্যবহার কের ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:28<br />
|pdflatex কমান্ড এর দ্ারা েলেটেক্্ সোর্স ফাইল েথেক pdf ফাইল এর িনর্মান হয় ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:34<br />
|এই কমান্ড এর পালন হবার সময় লেটেক্ আরো িকছু তথ্য আমাদের জানায় ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:38<br />
| েযমন আপিন দখেত পােচ্ছন, এই খএ েখতের তথ্যগুিল hello.log ফাইল এ েলখা হয়েছ ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:47<br />
|একিট বিষয় লখ্্খ্ রাখুন েয hello শব্দিট আমাদের দ্ারা নর্মান করা সব ফাইল-এর নােমই উপস্থিত আেছ ।<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:58<br />
|আিম Mac িসস্েটেম skim hello.pdf কমান্ড দ্ারা ফাইল িটেক খুলব ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:10<br />
|skim হেচছ Mac OSX এ উপস্িথিত একিট িবনামূল্য pdf reader । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:15<br />
|এই কমান্ড hello.pdf ফাইল িটকে খুেল েদয় । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:20<br />
|এখন এেত েকবল একিট লাইন আেছ- hello world। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:25<br />
|আসুন এিটেক zoom কের আরো িনকট েথেক েদখা যাক ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:33<br />
| skim খুেল থাকা pdf ফাইল এর সাম্প্রিতকতম সংস্করণ িট েদখায় । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:38<br />
|উদাহরণস্বরূপ, আিম যিদ কোনো পিরবর্তন কির ,েযমন ,এখােন আেরকবার hello world টাইপ কির, েসেভ কির এবং কম্পাইল্ কির ,তাহেল বর্তমান pdf ফাইল এ পরিবর্তন িট লখখ করা যােব অর্থাত Hello world েলখািট দুইবার েদখা যােব ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:03<br />
|এবার আিম এই িদ্তীয় েলখািটেক delete করিছ েসভ করিছ এবং কম্পাইল্ করিছ । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:11<br />
|এবার ফাইল িট পুনরায় পূর্েবর অবস্থায় িফের এেসেছ ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:16<br />
|একিট িবষয় লখখ রাখুন যে আিম প্রিত বার-ই েসভ করার পর কম্পাইল্ করিছ ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:21<br />
| আপিন অবশ্যই আেগ েসভ করেবন এবং তারপর কম্পাইল্ করেবন ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:26<br />
|যিদ েসভ করার পূর্েবই কম্পাইল্ করা হয়, তাহেল পূর্েবর েসভ করার পর েথেক আপিন যা যা পিরবর্তন করেছেন, তার কোনিটই ডকুেমন্ট এ েদখা যােব না ।<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:35<br />
|আিম এই মৌিখক টিউটোরিয়াল্-এর জন্য এই িতনিট window েক এভােব িবন্যস্ত কেরিছ িকন্তু ডকুেমন্ট ৈতরী করার জন্য এগিুলেক এভােব সাজানো আবশ্যক নয় ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:45<br />
|মেন রাখেবন, আপিন এই কােজর জন্য েযকোনো এিডটর্ বা pdf reader এর ব্যবহার করতে পারেন। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:51<br />
| েলেটেক্ এর ব্যবহার করার জন্য কেয়কিট পর্যায় অিত প্রয়োজনীয় - েযমন সোর্স ফাইল এর সৃষ্িট , কম্পাইলেশান্ এবং pdf ফাইল িটেক েদখা । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:06<br />
|আিম আপনােক উতসাহিত করব েয আপিন সোর্স ফাইল েক পিরবর্তন কের এই পর্যায়গুিলর প্রয়োগ করুন । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:12<br />
|আপিন begin document এবং end document কমান্ড এর মাঝে অন্য কোনো েলখা অবশ্যই যোগ করতে পােরন । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:20<br />
|আরো তেথ্থর জন্য আপনি hello.log ফাইল্ িটেকও েদখেে পােরন । <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:25<br />
|এবার আিম আপনার সামেন একিট েপ্রেসন্টশন্ উপস্িথত করিছ ।<br />
|-<br />
| 05:29<br />
|<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:33<br />
| েপ্রেসন্টশন্ যােত আিম আপনােক েলেটেকর িবিভন্ন ৈবিশষ্ঠ বা গুনাবলীর কথা বলব।<br />
|-<br />
| 05:38<br />
|েলেটেক্ একিট উচ্চমানের typesetting software । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:43<br />
| েলেটেক্র্ দ্ারা ৈতরী করা ডকুমেন্ট উতকৃষ্ট মানের হয় । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:47<br />
| েলেটক্ বিনামূল্য এবং open source software । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:55<br />
|এিট Windows এবং Mac ও Linux সেমত সব Unix িসস্েটেম ব্যবহার করা যায় । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:01<br />
|েলেটেক্ কিছু িবেশষ সুিবধা আেছ েযমন েলেটেক্ স্য়ংিক্রয়ভােব সমীকরণ, চ্যাপ্টার ও েসকশন এবং ছিব বা আকৃিত ও েটিবল এর নম্বর েদয়। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:11<br />
| েয ডকুেমন্ট এ অেনক গািণিতক সমীকরণ আেছ,েসিটও েলেটেক্ খুব সহজ ভাবে প্রস্তুত করা যায়। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:17<br />
|পিরবর্তনশীল ফরম্াট থাকার জন্ন েলেটেক bibliography বা েলখার েশেষ। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:23<br />
|উিল্লিখত অন্যান্য রচনার পিরিচিতমূলক বর্ণনা েদয়া খুবই সহজ হেয় যায়। লখার িবন্যাস েলটেক খুব সহেজই হেয় যাবার জন্য েলখক রচনার িবষয়বস্তুর িদেক অিধক নজর িদেত পােরন। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:30<br />
|েলেটেকর িবষেয় আরো অেনক মৌখিক িটউটোিরয়াল্ আেছ। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:35<br />
| িনম্নিলিখত মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ গুিল অর্থাত : কম্পাইলেশান্ িক, পত্র েলখা, িরপোর্ট লেখা , গািণিতক typesetting , সমীকরণ ,েটিবল এবং ছিব বা আকৃিত, িবব্লীয়গ্রািফ এবং িবব্লীয়গ্রািফ িবষয়ক িবস্তািরত তথ্য জানার জন্য moudgalya.org ওয়েবসাইট এ যান ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:51<br />
| েলেটেকর্ বিষয় সম্পূর্ণ জ্ঞান অর্জনের জন্য িটউটোিরয়াল গুিলেক এই সূচী অনুসাের এ পরপর েদখুন। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:57<br />
|এই টিউটোরিয়াল্ ৈতরী করেত েযসব সোর্স ফাইল এর ব্যবহার করা হেয়েছ েসগুলো এই ওয়েবসাইট-এই আেছ। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:03<br />
|আমাদের Windows অপােরিটং িসস্টেম েলেটেক্্ ইনস্টল্ করার পদ্ধিত িনযে় িটউটোিরয়াল্্ ৈতরী করার পরিকল্পনা আেছ। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:10<br />
|শীগ্রই আরো িকছু িটউটোিরয়াল্ প্রস্তুত করা হেব,েযমন,স্লাইড় েপ্রসেন্টশন-এর জন্য িবমার িবষয়ক িটউটোিরয়াল।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:16<br />
| এই েপ্রসেন্টশনিটও েলেটেক্র ব্যবহারের দ্ারা িবমার এর মাধ্যমে ৈতরী করা হেয়েছ। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:20<br />
|কিছু গুরুত্ব পূর্ণ তথ্য : যত েবিশ সম্ভব মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ শুনুন | সােথ সােথ এগুিলেক অভ্যাস ও করুন। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:28<br />
|একিট েলেটক্্ ফাইল,েযিট িঠকমত কাজ করেছ,েসিট িনেয় কাজ করা আরম্ভ করুন। প্রত্যেক সময় একিটই পরিবর্তন করুন, েসিটকে েসভ করুন এবং অন্য কোনো পিরবর্তন করার পূর্েব েসিটেক কম্পাইল কের েদখুন েসিট িঠকভােব কাজ করেছ িকনা । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:40<br />
|কম্পাইল করার আেগ েসভ করার কথা অবশ্যই মেন রাখেবন ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:44<br />
|েলেটেক্র িবষেয অেনক বই আেছ ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:47<br />
|আমরা দুিট বই-এর কথা এখােন উলে্লখ করিছ । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:50<br />
|প্রথম বইিট েলেটেকর উদ্ভাবক, Leislie Lamport এর েলখা | এই বইিট ভারতীয় সংস্করেণ কম মূেল্লও পাওয়া যায় ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:56<br />
|েলেটেক্ পারদর্শী েবক্িতরা LaTeX Companion নােম বইিটর সাহায্য িনেত পােরন ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:00<br />
|প্রায় সব তেথ্থর জন্যই প্রথম বই এবং ইন্টারেনট-এ সার্চ এর ব্যবহার-ই যথেষ্ট হেব ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:06<br />
| েলেটেক্র িবষেয় প্রধান ওয়েবসাইট িট হল ctan.org ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:11<br />
|মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্-এর জন্য আর্থিক সহায়তা এসেছে ভারত সরকারের MHRD এর পিরকল্িপত ICT এর National Mission on Education প্রকল্পের মাধেম । <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:20<br />
|ই প্রকল্প-এর ইউ-আর-এল হল sakshat.ac.in ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:24<br />
|মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ এই প্রকল্পর 'Talk to a teacher' পরিকল্পনার অন্তর্গত যা CDEEP,IIT Bombay এর দ্ারা সঞ্চালিত হেচছ| এর ওয়েবসাইট হল cdeep.iitb.ac.in ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:36<br />
|মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্-এর মাধ্যেম সফ্ত্বরে-এর জনিপ্রয়তা বাড়ানো এবং এগুিলর ব্যবহার-এর প্রচলন করা- fossee.in এর দ্ারা সঞ্চািলত করা হেব ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:44<br />
|fossee শব্েদর সম্পূর্ণ রূপ িট হল free and open source software in science and engineering education ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:50<br />
|এই প্রকল্প িট National Mission on Education এর সহায়তায় গেড় উেঠেছ ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:55<br />
|আরো মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ এবং অন্নান্ন ভাষায় েসগুলির অনুবাদের জন্য এই link গুিলর িদক নজর রাখুন ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:01<br />
|এখানেই এই টিউটোরিয়াল্ এর সমািপ্ত হল ।<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:04<br />
| এেত অংশগ্রহন করার জন্য ধন্যবাদ। <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:07<br />
|CDEEP IIT বম্েব এর পক্খখ েথেক আিম অন্তরা এখােনই আপনােদর েথেক িবদায় িনচি্ছ।</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LaTeX/C2/What-is-Compiling/BengaliLaTeX/C2/What-is-Compiling/Bengali2015-02-27T10:26:24Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
|''' Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:01<br />
|নমস্কার বন্ধুগণ , েলেটক্ িবষয়ক এই িটউটোিরয়াল্-এ আিম আপনাদের স্বাগত জানািচ্ছ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:08<br />
|এই িটউটোিরয়াল্ আপনাদের েলেটেক্ একিট সাধারণ ডকুমেন্ট ৈতরী করার প্রক্রিয়া েশখােব | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:13<br />
|আিম এই প্রক্রিয়া MacOXS অপােরিটং িসসেটম-এ বর্ণনা করব| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:18<br />
|অন্য অপারেটিং িসসেটেম,যেমন Linux এবং Windows এর জন্য ও অনুরূপ প্রক্রিয়া আছে | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:24<br />
|প্রথম আপনােক এিডটর্ ব্যবহার করে সোর্স ফাইল ৈতরী করেত হেব | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:28<br />
|আিম আমার প্িরয় ইমাকস্ এডিটর্ ব্যবহার করিছ| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:32<br />
|আিম এই ফাইলিটেক hello.tex নাম িদযে়িছ| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:35<br />
|ফাইল এর নামের extension বা সংযোজিত অংশটি হল tex | <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:40<br />
|যিদও এটির বানান িট-ই-এক্স্, এটির উচ্চারণ হলো "েটক" | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:44<br />
|এিট েলেটেকর জন্য সর্বদা প্রযোজ্য | <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:48<br />
|েলেটেক্ প্রথমেই এিট উল্লেখ করা প্রয়োজন েয আপিন কোন ডকুেমন্ট ক্লাস-এর ব্যবহার করেত চান | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:55<br />
|আমি আর্িটকল্ ক্লাস এইভােব ব্যবহার করব | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:01<br />
|এবার আিম কম্পিউটার-এ এিট েসভ করব| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:06<br />
|লেটেক্ অন্য ক্লাস ও আেছ | আমরা পরবর্তী িকছু টিউটোরিয়াল্ এ সেগুিলর সােথ পরিচিত হব | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:12<br />
|এেক্ষেত্র আমি ১২ পয়েন্ট ফন্ট সাইজ এর ব্যবহার করিছ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:16<br />
|অেপক্ষাকৃত ক্ষুদ্র দুিট ফন্ট সাইজ ১০ এবং ১১ ও সমানভােব জনিপ্রয় |<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:24<br />
|এবার আিম ডকুেমন্ট-এর শুরু করিছ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:28<br />
|আিম েটক্সট্ বা মূল েলখািট আরম্ভ করিছ: ‘Hello world!’ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:35<br />
|আপাততঃ আিম ডকুেমন্ট্ িট সমাপ্ত করিছ এবং কম্পিউটার এ এিট েসভ্ করিছ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:41<br />
|েয েলখািট begin document এবং end document কমান্ড এর মেধ্য থােক েসিটই অবেশেষ আউট্পুট্ িহসােব েদখা যায় | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:48<br />
|এিটেক সোর্স ফাইল বা মূল ফাইল বলা হেয় থােক | আিম এর নাম িদচ়িছ hello.tex | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:54<br />
|এখন pdflatex কমান্ড বা আেদশ এর দ্বারা এিটেক কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:58<br />
|আিম এখােন এই কমান্ড িটেক িলখব: pdflatex hello.tex |<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:06<br />
|আমরা কম্পাইল্ করার জন্য pdflatex hello কমান্ড এর ব্যবহারও করতে পাির অর্থাত tex extension িবনা ফাইল এর নাম উলে্লখ করেত পাির |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:23<br />
| েলেটেক্ িনেজ েথেকই tex extension এর ব্যবহার কের| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:28<br />
|pdflatex কমান্ড এর দ্ারা েলেটেক্্ সোর্স ফাইল েথেক pdf ফাইল এর িনর্মান হয় | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:34<br />
|এই কমান্ড এর পালন হবার সময় লেটেক্ আরো িকছু তথ্য আমাদের জানায় |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:38<br />
| েযমন আপিন দখেত পােচ্ছন, এই খএ েখতের তথ্যগুিল hello.log ফাইল এ েলখা হয়েছ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:47<br />
|একিট বিষয় লখ্্খ্ রাখুন েয hello শব্দিট আমাদের দ্ারা নর্মান করা সব ফাইল-এর নােমই উপস্থিত আেছ | <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:58<br />
|আিম Mac িসস্েটেম skim hello.pdf কমান্ড দ্ারা ফাইল িটেক খুলব | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:10<br />
|skim হেচছ Mac OSX এ উপস্িথিত একিট িবনামূল্য pdf reader | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:15<br />
|এই কমান্ড hello.pdf ফাইল িটকে খুেল েদয় | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:20<br />
|এখন এেত েকবল একিট লাইন আেছ- hello world | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:25<br />
|আসুন এিটেক zoom কের আরো িনকট েথেক েদখা যাক |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:33<br />
| skim খুেল থাকা pdf ফাইল এর সাম্প্রিতকতম সংস্করণ িট েদখায় | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:38<br />
|উদাহরণস্বরূপ, আিম যিদ কোনো পিরবর্তন কির ,েযমন ,এখােন আেরকবার hello world টাইপ কির, েসেভ কির এবং কম্পাইল্ কির ,তাহেল বর্তমান pdf ফাইল এ পরিবর্তন িট লখখ করা যােব অর্থাত Hello world েলখািট দুইবার েদখা যােব| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:03<br />
|এবার আিম এই িদ্তীয় েলখািটেক delete করিছ েসভ করিছ এবং কম্পাইল্ করিছ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:11<br />
|এবার ফাইল িট পুনরায় পূর্েবর অবস্থায় িফের এেসেছ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:16<br />
|একিট িবষয় লখখ রাখুন যে আিম প্রিত বার-ই েসভ করার পর কম্পাইল্ করিছ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:21<br />
| আপিন অবশ্যই আেগ েসভ করেবন এবং তারপর কম্পাইল্ করেবন |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:26<br />
|যিদ েসভ করার পূর্েবই কম্পাইল্ করা হয়, তাহেল পূর্েবর েসভ করার পর েথেক আপিন যা যা পিরবর্তন করেছেন, তার কোনিটই ডকুেমন্ট এ েদখা যােব না | <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:35<br />
|আিম এই মৌিখক টিউটোরিয়াল্-এর জন্য এই িতনিট window েক এভােব িবন্যস্ত কেরিছ িকন্তু ডকুেমন্ট ৈতরী করার জন্য এগিুলেক এভােব সাজানো আবশ্যক নয়| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:45<br />
|মেন রাখেবন, আপিন এই কােজর জন্য েযকোনো এিডটর্ বা pdf reader এর ব্যবহার করতে পারেন |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:51<br />
| েলেটেক্ এর ব্যবহার করার জন্য কেয়কিট পর্যায় অিত প্রয়োজনীয় - েযমন সোর্স ফাইল এর সৃষ্িট , কম্পাইলেশান্ এবং pdf ফাইল িটেক েদখা | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:06<br />
|আিম আপনােক উতসাহিত করব েয আপিন সোর্স ফাইল েক পিরবর্তন কের এই পর্যায়গুিলর প্রয়োগ করুন | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:12<br />
|আপিন begin document এবং end document কমান্ড এর মাঝে অন্য কোনো েলখা অবশ্যই যোগ করতে পােরন | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:20<br />
|আরো তেথ্থর জন্য আপনি hello.log ফাইল্ িটেকও েদখেে পােরন | <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:25<br />
|এবার আিম আপনার সামেন একিট েপ্রেসন্টশন্ উপস্িথত করিছ <br />
|-<br />
| 05:29<br />
|<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:33<br />
| েপ্রেসন্টশন্ যােত আিম আপনােক েলেটেকর িবিভন্ন ৈবিশষ্ঠ বা গুনাবলীর কথা বলব|<br />
|-<br />
| 05:38<br />
|েলেটেক্ একিট উচ্চমানের typesetting software | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:43<br />
| েলেটেক্র্ দ্ারা ৈতরী করা ডকুমেন্ট উতকৃষ্ট মানের হয় | <br />
|-<br />
| 05:47<br />
| েলেটক্ বিনামূল্য এবং open source software | <br />
|-<br />
| 05:55<br />
|এিট Windows এবং Mac ও Linux সেমত সব Unix িসস্েটেম ব্যবহার করা যায় | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:01<br />
|েলেটেক্ কিছু িবেশষ সুিবধা আেছ েযমন েলেটেক্ স্য়ংিক্রয়ভােব সমীকরণ, চ্যাপ্টার ও েসকশন এবং ছিব বা আকৃিত ও েটিবল এর নম্বর েদয় |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:11<br />
| েয ডকুেমন্ট এ অেনক গািণিতক সমীকরণ আেছ,েসিটও েলেটেক্ খুব সহজ ভাবে প্রস্তুত করা যায় | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:17<br />
|পিরবর্তনশীল ফরম্াট থাকার জন্ন েলেটেক bibliography বা েলখার েশেষ <br />
|-<br />
| 06:23<br />
|উিল্লিখত অন্যান্য রচনার পিরিচিতমূলক বর্ণনা েদয়া খুবই সহজ হেয় যায় |<br />
েলখার িবন্যাস েলটেক খুব সহেজই হেয় যাবার জন্য েলখক রচনার িবষয়বস্তুর িদেক অিধক নজর িদেত পােরন | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:30<br />
|েলেটেকর িবষেয় আরো অেনক মৌখিক িটউটোিরয়াল্ আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:35<br />
| িনম্নিলিখত মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ গুিল অর্থাত : কম্পাইলেশান্ িক, পত্র েলখা, িরপোর্ট লেখা , গািণিতক typesetting , সমীকরণ ,েটিবল এবং ছিব বা আকৃিত, িবব্লীয়গ্রািফ এবং িবব্লীয়গ্রািফ িবষয়ক িবস্তািরত তথ্য জানার জন্য moudgalya.org ওয়েবসাইট এ যান| <br />
|-<br />
| 06:51<br />
| েলেটেকর্ বিষয় সম্পূর্ণ জ্ঞান অর্জনের জন্য িটউটোিরয়াল গুিলেক এই সূচী অনুসাের এ পরপর েদখুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:57<br />
|এই টিউটোরিয়াল্ ৈতরী করেত েযসব সোর্স ফাইল এর ব্যবহার করা হেয়েছ েসগুলো এই ওয়েবসাইট-এই আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:03<br />
|আমাদের Windows অপােরিটং িসস্টেম েলেটেক্্ ইনস্টল্ করার পদ্ধিত িনযে় িটউটোিরয়াল্্ ৈতরী করার পরিকল্পনা আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:10<br />
|শীগ্রই আরো িকছু িটউটোিরয়াল্ প্রস্তুত করা হেব,েযমন,স্লাইড় েপ্রসেন্টশন-এর জন্য িবমার িবষয়ক িটউটোিরয়াল|<br />
|-<br />
| 07:16<br />
| এই েপ্রসেন্টশনিটও েলেটেক্র ব্যবহারের দ্ারা িবমার এর মাধ্যমে ৈতরী করা হেয়েছ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:20<br />
|কিছু গুরুত্ব পূর্ণ তথ্য : যত েবিশ সম্ভব মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ শুনুন | সােথ সােথ এগুিলেক অভ্যাস ও করুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:28<br />
|একিট েলেটক্্ ফাইল,েযিট িঠকমত কাজ করেছ,েসিট িনেয় কাজ করা আরম্ভ করুন | <br />
প্রত্যেক সময় একিটই পরিবর্তন করুন, েসিটকে েসভ করুন এবং অন্য কোনো পিরবর্তন করার পূর্েব েসিটেক কম্পাইল কের েদখুন েসিট িঠকভােব কাজ করেছ িকনা | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:40<br />
|কম্পাইল করার আেগ েসভ করার কথা অবশ্যই মেন রাখেবন |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:44<br />
|েলেটেক্র িবষেয অেনক বই আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:47<br />
|আমরা দুিট বই-এর কথা এখােন উলে্লখ করিছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:50<br />
|প্রথম বইিট েলেটেকর উদ্ভাবক, Leislie Lamport এর েলখা | এই বইিট ভারতীয় সংস্করেণ কম মূেল্লও পাওয়া যায়| |-<br />
| 07:56<br />
|েলেটেক্ পারদর্শী েবক্িতরা LaTeX Companion নােম বইিটর সাহায্য িনেত পােরন | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:00<br />
|প্রায় সব তেথ্থর জন্যই প্রথম বই এবং ইন্টারেনট-এ সার্চ এর ব্যবহার-ই যথেষ্ট হেব |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:06<br />
| েলেটেক্র িবষেয় প্রধান ওয়েবসাইট িট হল ctan.org | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:11<br />
|মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্-এর জন্য আর্থিক সহায়তা এসেছে ভারত সরকারের MHRD এর পিরকল্িপত ICT এর National Mission on Education প্রকল্পের মাধেম | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:20<br />
|ই প্রকল্প-এর ইউ-আর-এল হল sakshat.ac.in | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:24<br />
|মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ এই প্রকল্পর 'Talk to a teacher' পরিকল্পনার অন্তর্গত যা CDEEP,IIT Bombay এর দ্ারা সঞ্চালিত হেচছ| এর ওয়েবসাইট হল cdeep.iitb.ac.in |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:36<br />
|মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্-এর মাধ্যেম সফ্ত্বরে-এর জনিপ্রয়তা বাড়ানো এবং এগুিলর ব্যবহার-এর প্রচলন করা- fossee.in এর দ্ারা সঞ্চািলত করা হেব | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:44<br />
|fossee শব্েদর সম্পূর্ণ রূপ িট হল free and open source software in science and engineering education | |-<br />
| 08:50<br />
|এই প্রকল্প িট National Mission on Education এর সহায়তায় গেড় উেঠেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:55<br />
|আরো মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ এবং অন্নান্ন ভাষায় েসগুলির অনুবাদের জন্য এই link গুিলর িদক নজর রাখুন |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:01<br />
|এখানেই এই টিউটোরিয়াল্ এর সমািপ্ত হল |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:04<br />
| এেত অংশগ্রহন করার জন্য ধন্যবাদ | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:07<br />
|CDEEP IIT বম্েব এর পক্খখ েথেক আিম অন্তরা এখােনই আপনােদর েথেক িবদায় িনচি্ছ|</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LaTeX/C2/What-is-Compiling/BengaliLaTeX/C2/What-is-Compiling/Bengali2015-02-27T10:25:48Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|border=1<br />
|''' Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:01<br />
|নমস্কার বন্ধুগণ , েলেটক্ িবষয়ক এই িটউটোিরয়াল্-এ আিম আপনাদের স্বাগত জানািচ্ছ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:08<br />
|এই িটউটোিরয়াল্ আপনাদের েলেটেক্ একিট সাধারণ ডকুমেন্ট ৈতরী করার প্রক্রিয়া েশখােব | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:13<br />
|আিম এই প্রক্রিয়া MacOXS অপােরিটং িসসেটম-এ বর্ণনা করব| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:18<br />
|অন্য অপারেটিং িসসেটেম,যেমন Linux এবং Windows এর জন্য ও অনুরূপ প্রক্রিয়া আছে | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:24<br />
|প্রথম আপনােক এিডটর্ ব্যবহার করে সোর্স ফাইল ৈতরী করেত হেব | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:28<br />
|আিম আমার প্িরয় ইমাকস্ এডিটর্ ব্যবহার করিছ| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:32<br />
|আিম এই ফাইলিটেক hello.tex নাম িদযে়িছ| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:35<br />
|ফাইল এর নামের extension বা সংযোজিত অংশটি হল tex | <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:40<br />
|যিদও এটির বানান িট-ই-এক্স্, এটির উচ্চারণ হলো "েটক" | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:44<br />
|এিট েলেটেকর জন্য সর্বদা প্রযোজ্য | <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:48<br />
|েলেটেক্ প্রথমেই এিট উল্লেখ করা প্রয়োজন েয আপিন কোন ডকুেমন্ট ক্লাস-এর ব্যবহার করেত চান | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00:55<br />
|আমি আর্িটকল্ ক্লাস এইভােব ব্যবহার করব | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:01<br />
|এবার আিম কম্পিউটার-এ এিট েসভ করব| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:06<br />
|লেটেক্ অন্য ক্লাস ও আেছ | আমরা পরবর্তী িকছু টিউটোরিয়াল্ এ সেগুিলর সােথ পরিচিত হব | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:12<br />
|এেক্ষেত্র আমি ১২ পয়েন্ট ফন্ট সাইজ এর ব্যবহার করিছ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:16<br />
|অেপক্ষাকৃত ক্ষুদ্র দুিট ফন্ট সাইজ ১০ এবং ১১ ও সমানভােব জনিপ্রয় |<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:24<br />
|এবার আিম ডকুেমন্ট-এর শুরু করিছ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:28<br />
|আিম েটক্সট্ বা মূল েলখািট আরম্ভ করিছ: ‘Hello world!’ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:35<br />
|আপাততঃ আিম ডকুেমন্ট্ িট সমাপ্ত করিছ এবং কম্পিউটার এ এিট েসভ্ করিছ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:41<br />
|েয েলখািট begin document এবং end document কমান্ড এর মেধ্য থােক েসিটই অবেশেষ আউট্পুট্ িহসােব েদখা যায় | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:48<br />
|এিটেক সোর্স ফাইল বা মূল ফাইল বলা হেয় থােক | আিম এর নাম িদচ়িছ hello.tex | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:54<br />
|এখন pdflatex কমান্ড বা আেদশ এর দ্বারা এিটেক কম্পাইল্ করা যাক | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01:58<br />
|আিম এখােন এই কমান্ড িটেক িলখব: pdflatex hello.tex |<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:06<br />
|আমরা কম্পাইল্ করার জন্য pdflatex hello কমান্ড এর ব্যবহারও করতে পাির অর্থাত tex extension িবনা ফাইল এর নাম উলে্লখ করেত পাির |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:23<br />
| েলেটেক্ িনেজ েথেকই tex extension এর ব্যবহার কের| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:28<br />
|pdflatex কমান্ড এর দ্ারা েলেটেক্্ সোর্স ফাইল েথেক pdf ফাইল এর িনর্মান হয় | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:34<br />
|এই কমান্ড এর পালন হবার সময় লেটেক্ আরো িকছু তথ্য আমাদের জানায় |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:38<br />
| েযমন আপিন দখেত পােচ্ছন, এই খএ েখতের তথ্যগুিল hello.log ফাইল এ েলখা হয়েছ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:47<br />
|একিট বিষয় লখ্্খ্ রাখুন েয hello শব্দিট আমাদের দ্ারা নর্মান করা সব ফাইল-এর নােমই উপস্থিত আেছ | <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:58<br />
|আিম Mac িসস্েটেম skim hello.pdf কমান্ড দ্ারা ফাইল িটেক খুলব | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:10<br />
|skim হেচছ Mac OSX এ উপস্িথিত একিট িবনামূল্য pdf reader | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:15<br />
|এই কমান্ড hello.pdf ফাইল িটকে খুেল েদয় | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:20<br />
|এখন এেত েকবল একিট লাইন আেছ- hello world | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:25<br />
|আসুন এিটেক zoom কের আরো িনকট েথেক েদখা যাক |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:33<br />
| skim খুেল থাকা pdf ফাইল এর সাম্প্রিতকতম সংস্করণ িট েদখায় | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03:38<br />
|উদাহরণস্বরূপ, আিম যিদ কোনো পিরবর্তন কির ,েযমন ,এখােন আেরকবার hello world টাইপ কির, েসেভ কির এবং কম্পাইল্ কির ,তাহেল বর্তমান pdf ফাইল এ পরিবর্তন িট লখখ করা যােব অর্থাত Hello world েলখািট দুইবার েদখা যােব| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:03<br />
|এবার আিম এই িদ্তীয় েলখািটেক delete করিছ েসভ করিছ এবং কম্পাইল্ করিছ | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:11<br />
|এবার ফাইল িট পুনরায় পূর্েবর অবস্থায় িফের এেসেছ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:16<br />
|একিট িবষয় লখখ রাখুন যে আিম প্রিত বার-ই েসভ করার পর কম্পাইল্ করিছ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:21<br />
| আপিন অবশ্যই আেগ েসভ করেবন এবং তারপর কম্পাইল্ করেবন |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:26<br />
|যিদ েসভ করার পূর্েবই কম্পাইল্ করা হয়, তাহেল পূর্েবর েসভ করার পর েথেক আপিন যা যা পিরবর্তন করেছেন, তার কোনিটই ডকুেমন্ট এ েদখা যােব না | <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:35<br />
|আিম এই মৌিখক টিউটোরিয়াল্-এর জন্য এই িতনিট window েক এভােব িবন্যস্ত কেরিছ িকন্তু ডকুেমন্ট ৈতরী করার জন্য এগিুলেক এভােব সাজানো আবশ্যক নয়| <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:45<br />
|মেন রাখেবন, আপিন এই কােজর জন্য েযকোনো এিডটর্ বা pdf reader এর ব্যবহার করতে পারেন |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04:51<br />
| েলেটেক্ এর ব্যবহার করার জন্য কেয়কিট পর্যায় অিত প্রয়োজনীয় - েযমন সোর্স ফাইল এর সৃষ্িট , কম্পাইলেশান্ এবং pdf ফাইল িটেক েদখা | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:06<br />
|আিম আপনােক উতসাহিত করব েয আপিন সোর্স ফাইল েক পিরবর্তন কের এই পর্যায়গুিলর প্রয়োগ করুন | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:12<br />
|আপিন begin document এবং end document কমান্ড এর মাঝে অন্য কোনো েলখা অবশ্যই যোগ করতে পােরন | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:20<br />
|আরো তেথ্থর জন্য আপনি hello.log ফাইল্ িটেকও েদখেে পােরন | <br />
<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:25<br />
|এবার আিম আপনার সামেন একিট েপ্রেসন্টশন্ উপস্িথত করিছ <br />
|-<br />
| 05:29<br />
|<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:33<br />
| েপ্রেসন্টশন্ যােত আিম আপনােক েলেটেকর িবিভন্ন ৈবিশষ্ঠ বা গুনাবলীর কথা বলব|<br />
|-<br />
| 05:38<br />
|েলেটেক্ একিট উচ্চমানের typesetting software | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05:43<br />
| েলেটেক্র্ দ্ারা ৈতরী করা ডকুমেন্ট উতকৃষ্ট মানের হয় | <br />
|-<br />
| 05:47<br />
| েলেটক্ বিনামূল্য এবং open source software | <br />
|-<br />
| 05:55<br />
|এিট Windows এবং Mac ও Linux সেমত সব Unix িসস্েটেম ব্যবহার করা যায় | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:01<br />
|েলেটেক্ কিছু িবেশষ সুিবধা আেছ েযমন েলেটেক্ স্য়ংিক্রয়ভােব সমীকরণ, চ্যাপ্টার ও েসকশন এবং ছিব বা আকৃিত ও েটিবল এর নম্বর েদয় |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:11<br />
| েয ডকুেমন্ট এ অেনক গািণিতক সমীকরণ আেছ,েসিটও েলেটেক্ খুব সহজ ভাবে প্রস্তুত করা যায় | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:17<br />
|পিরবর্তনশীল ফরম্াট থাকার জন্ন েলেটেক bibliography বা েলখার েশেষ <br />
|-<br />
| 06:23<br />
|উিল্লিখত অন্যান্য রচনার পিরিচিতমূলক বর্ণনা েদয়া খুবই সহজ হেয় যায় |<br />
েলখার িবন্যাস েলটেক খুব সহেজই হেয় যাবার জন্য েলখক রচনার িবষয়বস্তুর িদেক অিধক নজর িদেত পােরন | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06:30<br />
|েলেটেকর িবষেয় আরো অেনক মৌখিক িটউটোিরয়াল্ আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:35<br />
| িনম্নিলিখত মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ গুিল অর্থাত : কম্পাইলেশান্ িক, পত্র েলখা, িরপোর্ট লেখা , গািণিতক typesetting , সমীকরণ ,েটিবল এবং ছিব বা আকৃিত, িবব্লীয়গ্রািফ এবং িবব্লীয়গ্রািফ িবষয়ক িবস্তািরত তথ্য জানার জন্য moudgalya.org ওয়েবসাইট এ যান| <br />
|-<br />
| 06:51<br />
| েলেটেকর্ বিষয় সম্পূর্ণ জ্ঞান অর্জনের জন্য িটউটোিরয়াল গুিলেক এই সূচী অনুসাের এ পরপর েদখুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:57<br />
|এই টিউটোরিয়াল্ ৈতরী করেত েযসব সোর্স ফাইল এর ব্যবহার করা হেয়েছ েসগুলো এই ওয়েবসাইট-এই আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:03<br />
|আমাদের Windows অপােরিটং িসস্টেম েলেটেক্্ ইনস্টল্ করার পদ্ধিত িনযে় িটউটোিরয়াল্্ ৈতরী করার পরিকল্পনা আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:10<br />
|শীগ্রই আরো িকছু িটউটোিরয়াল্ প্রস্তুত করা হেব,েযমন,স্লাইড় েপ্রসেন্টশন-এর জন্য িবমার িবষয়ক িটউটোিরয়াল|<br />
|-<br />
| 07:16<br />
| এই েপ্রসেন্টশনিটও েলেটেক্র ব্যবহারের দ্ারা িবমার এর মাধ্যমে ৈতরী করা হেয়েছ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:20<br />
|কিছু গুরুত্ব পূর্ণ তথ্য : যত েবিশ সম্ভব মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ শুনুন | সােথ সােথ এগুিলেক অভ্যাস ও করুন | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:28<br />
|একিট েলেটক্্ ফাইল,েযিট িঠকমত কাজ করেছ,েসিট িনেয় কাজ করা আরম্ভ করুন | <br />
প্রত্যেক সময় একিটই পরিবর্তন করুন, েসিটকে েসভ করুন এবং অন্য কোনো পিরবর্তন করার পূর্েব েসিটেক কম্পাইল কের েদখুন েসিট িঠকভােব কাজ করেছ িকনা | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:40<br />
|কম্পাইল করার আেগ েসভ করার কথা অবশ্যই মেন রাখেবন |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07:44<br />
|েলেটেক্র িবষেয অেনক বই আেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:47<br />
|আমরা দুিট বই-এর কথা এখােন উলে্লখ করিছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 07:50<br />
|প্রথম বইিট েলেটেকর উদ্ভাবক, Leislie Lamport এর েলখা | এই বইিট ভারতীয় সংস্করেণ কম মূেল্লও পাওয়া যায়| |-<br />
| 07:56<br />
|েলেটেক্ পারদর্শী েবক্িতরা LaTeX Companion নােম বইিটর সাহায্য িনেত পােরন | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:00<br />
|প্রায় সব তেথ্থর জন্যই প্রথম বই এবং ইন্টারেনট-এ সার্চ এর ব্যবহার-ই যথেষ্ট হেব |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:06<br />
| েলেটেক্র িবষেয় প্রধান ওয়েবসাইট িট হল ctan.org | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:11<br />
|মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্-এর জন্য আর্থিক সহায়তা এসেছে ভারত সরকারের MHRD এর পিরকল্িপত ICT এর National Mission on Education প্রকল্পের মাধেম | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:20<br />
|ই প্রকল্প-এর ইউ-আর-এল হল sakshat.ac.in | <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:24<br />
|মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ এই প্রকল্পর 'Talk to a teacher' পরিকল্পনার অন্তর্গত যা CDEEP,IIT Bombay এর দ্ারা সঞ্চালিত হেচছ| এর ওয়েবসাইট হল cdeep.iitb.ac.in |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08:36<br />
|মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্-এর মাধ্যেম সফ্ত্বরে-এর জনিপ্রয়তা বাড়ানো এবং এগুিলর ব্যবহার-এর প্রচলন করা- fossee.in এর দ্ারা সঞ্চািলত করা হেব | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:44<br />
|fossee শব্েদর সম্পূর্ণ রূপ িট হল free and open source software in science and engineering education | |-<br />
| 08:50<br />
|এই প্রকল্প িট National Mission on Education এর সহায়তায় গেড় উেঠেছ | <br />
|-<br />
| 08:55<br />
|আরো মৌিখক িটউটোিরয়াল্ এবং অন্নান্ন ভাষায় েসগুলির অনুবাদের জন্য এই link গুিলর িদক নজর রাখুন |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 09:01<br />
|এখানেই এই টিউটোরিয়াল্ এর সমািপ্ত হল |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:04<br />
| এেত অংশগ্রহন করার জন্য ধন্যবাদ | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:07<br />
|CDEEP IIT বম্েব এর পক্খখ েথেক আিম অন্তরা এখােনই আপনােদর েথেক িবদায় িনচি্ছ|</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux/C2/File-Attributes/OriyaLinux/C2/File-Attributes/Oriya2015-02-25T04:50:33Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|'''Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
| 00:00<br />
||ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଆଟ୍ରିବ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ଉପରେ ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ କୁ ସ୍ୱାଗତ |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:05<br />
|| example1, example2, example3, example4, example5, ଓ testchown ନାମକ ଖାଲି ଫାଇଲ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିବା ହେଉଛି ଏହି ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ର ପ୍ରାକ୍ ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା |<br />
|-<br />
|00:18<br />
|| test_chown ଓ directory1 ନାମକ ଦୁଇଟି ଖାଲି ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ କ୍ରିଏଟ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:25<br />
|| ଫାଇଲ୍ ଆଟ୍ରିବ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ହେଉଛି ମେଟାଡାଟା, ଯାହା କମ୍ପ୍ୟୁଟର୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ ସହିତ ଜଡିତ ଥାଏ କିମ୍ୱା ଏହାକୁ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା କରେ |<br />
|-<br />
|00:33<br />
|| ଫାଇଲ୍ ଆଟ୍ରିବ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ହେଉଛି ବିଶେଷତା, ଯାହା ଏକ ଫାଇଲ୍ କୁ ବ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟା କରେ, ଯେପରି ଓନର୍,ଫାଇଲ୍ ପ୍ରକାର, ଆକ୍ସେସ୍ ଅନୁମତି, ଇତ୍ୟାଦି |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:45<br />
|| c-h ଓନ୍ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟି ଫାଇଲ୍ ବା ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ଓନର୍ ସିପ୍ ବଦଳାଇବା ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ | ଏହା ଏକ ଆଡମିନ୍ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଅଟେ, କେବଳ ରୁଟ୍ ୟୁଜର୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଓ ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ଓନର୍ ବଦଳାଇପାରେ | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:00<br />
|| chown କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ର ସିଣ୍ଟାକ୍ସ୍ ହେଉଛି '''<nowiki>chown ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଅପ୍ସନ୍ସ୍ ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଓନର୍ ନେମ୍ ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ ନେମ୍ କିମ୍ୱା ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ନେମ୍ </nowiki>'''<br />
|-<br />
| 01:13<br />
||chown କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ସହିତ ଆମେ ନିମ୍ନ ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ଦେଇପାରିବା |<br />
|-<br />
|01:18<br />
||'''-R''' : ଆମେ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଯେଉଁ ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରେ ଅଛେ, ତାହାର ସବ୍ ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରେ ଥିବା ଫାଇଲ୍ ଗୁଡିକର ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ବଦଳାଇବା ପାଇଁ |<br />
|-<br />
|01:28<br />
||'''-c ''': ପ୍ରତି ଫାଇଲ୍ ପାଇଁ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ବଦଳାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
|01:33<br />
||'''-f''' : ଏରର୍ ମେସେଜ୍ ଦେଖାଇବାରୁ ch ownକୁ ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 01:37<br />
||ଏବେ ଆମେ କିଛି ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଖିବା <br />
|-<br />
| 01:40<br />
|| ଟର୍ମିନାଲ୍ କୁ ଯାଆନ୍ତୁ | ଖାଲି ଫାଇଲ୍ ଓ ଫୋଲ୍ଡର୍ ତିଆରି କରିଥିବା ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଯିବା | ସେଥିପାଇଁ cd ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଡେସ୍କଟପ୍ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଆଟ୍ରିବ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 01:56<br />
|| ଏବେ $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -l ସ୍ପେସ୍ t-e-s-t-c-h-o-w-n (testchown)ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 02:11<br />
||ଏଠାରେ 'testchown' ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଓନର୍ ସାହିଦ୍ ବୋଲି ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରୁଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 02:18<br />
||ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଓନର୍ ବଦଳାଇବାକୁ $ sudo ସ୍ପେସ୍ c-h own ସ୍ପେସ୍ a-n-u-s-h-a anusha ସ୍ପେସ୍ testchown ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ t-e-s-t-c-h-o-w-n ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ<br />
|-<br />
| 02:36<br />
|| (Sudo)ସୁଡୋ ପାଶୱର୍ଡ୍ ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ କରି ପୁଣି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ | ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 02:44<br />
|| ଏବେ $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -l ସ୍ପେସ୍ t-e-s-t-c-h-o-w-n ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ<br />
ଅନୁଶା ଏହି ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ନୂଆ ଓନର୍ ବୋଲି ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରିବା |<br />
|-<br />
| 03:03<br />
|| ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ଓନର୍ କିପରି ବଦଳାଯିବ, ଏବେ ତାହା ଦେଖିବା |<br />
|-<br />
|03:07<br />
||$ ls –l କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ<br />
'test_chown' ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ଓନର୍ ସାହିଦ୍ ବୋଲି ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରିବା |<br />
|-<br />
| 03:21<br />
||ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ଓନର୍ ବଦଳାଇବାକୁ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ<br />
|-<br />
|03:26<br />
|| $ ସୁଡୋ ସ୍ପେସ୍ chown ସ୍ପେସ୍ ମାଇନସ୍ କ୍ୟାପିଟାଲ୍ R ସ୍ପେସ୍ a-n-u-s-h-a anusha ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ନାମ test_chown ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
|03:44<br />
|| ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ହେଲେ ସୁଡୋ ପାଶ୍-ୱର୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ପୁଣି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 03:49<br />
|| ଆମ ସୁବିଧା ଅନୁସାରେ Clt+L ଦାବି ମୁଁ ସ୍କ୍ରୀନ୍ କ୍ଲିଅର୍ କରିବି | ଏବେ $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -l ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାଵନ୍ତୁ | ଏହି ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ନୂଆ ଓନର୍ ଅନୁଶା ବୋଲି ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରିବା | <br />
|-<br />
| 04:06<br />
|| chmod କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟି ଗୋଟିଏ କିମ୍ୱା ଏକାଧିକ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଆକ୍ସେସ୍ ମୋଡ୍ ବା ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ବଦଳାଇବାରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:13<br />
|| Chmod କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପାଇଁ ସିଣ୍ଟାକ୍ସ୍ ହେଉଛି <nowiki>chmod ସ୍ପେସ୍ [ଅପ୍ସନ୍] ସ୍ପେସ୍ ମୋଡ୍ ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ ନାମ </nowiki><br />
<br />
Chmod କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ସହିତ ଆମେ ନିମ୍ନ ଅପ୍ସନ୍ସ ଦେଇପାରିବା |<br />
|-<br />
|04:29<br />
|| -c : ବଦଳିଥିବା ଫାଇଲ୍ ଗୁଡିକ ବିଷୟରେ ଥିବା ସୂଚନା ପ୍ରିଣ୍ଟ୍ କରେ | <br />
|-<br />
|04:34<br />
|| -f : chmod ବଦଳାଇ ପାରୁନଥିବା ଫାଇଲ୍ ଗୁଡିକର ୟୁଜର୍ ଙ୍କୁ ନୋଟିଫାଏ କରେନି |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:41<br />
|| ଏଠାରେ ନିମ୍ନ ପ୍ରକାରର ଆକ୍ସେସ୍ ବା ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଅଛି <br />
|-<br />
|04:44<br />
|| r : ରିଡ୍<br />
<br />
w : ରାଇଟ୍<br />
<br />
x : ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍<br />
<br />
s : ୟୁଜର୍ (କିମ୍ୱା ଗ୍ରୁପ୍) ID ସେଟ୍ କରେ<br />
|-<br />
| 04:54<br />
|| ବିକଳ୍ପ ଭାବରେ, ତିନି ଅଙ୍କବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଓକ୍ଟାଲ୍ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମେ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ କରିପାରିବା |<br />
|-<br />
|05:00<br />
|| ପ୍ରଥମ ଅଙ୍କଟି ଓନର୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ପାଇଁ, ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟଟି ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ପାଇଁ ଓ ତୃତୀୟଟି ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ କୁ ବୁଝାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:09<br />
|| ନିମ୍ନ ଓକ୍ଟାଲ୍ ମୂଲ୍ୟ ଯୋଗ କରି ପର୍ମିସନ୍ସ ଗଣନା କରାଯାଏ:<br />
<br />
4 ହେଉଛି ରିଡ୍<br />
2ହେଉଛି ରାଇଟ୍<br />
1 ହେଉଛି ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍<br />
|-<br />
| 05:20<br />
|| ଏବେ ଆମେ chmodର କିଛି ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଖିବା | ଟର୍ମିନାଲ୍ କୁ ଯାଇ example1 ଫାଇଲ୍ ରେ ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍-ବାଏ-ୟୁଜର୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଯୋଡିବାକୁ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
|05:30<br />
|| ତାହାପୂର୍ବରୁ ମୁଁ ପୁଣିଥରେ Clt+l ଦାବି ସ୍କ୍ରୀନ୍ କ୍ଲିଅର୍ କରିବି |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:36<br />
|| ଏବେ ଆମେ $ chmod ସ୍ପେସ୍ u+x ସ୍ପେସ୍ example1 ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବିବା |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:49<br />
|| ଏବେ $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ example1 ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ପରବର୍ତ୍ତନଗୁଡିକ ଦେଖିବା ପାଇଁ ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବିବା |<br />
|-<br />
|06:01<br />
|| example1 ପାଇଁ ଓନର୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ରିଡ୍/ରାଇଟ୍/ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍, ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ରିଡ୍/ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଓ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ଦ୍ୱାରା କେବଳ ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଦେବାର ଆପଣ ଦେଖିପାରିବେ <br />
|-<br />
| 06:15<br />
|| ଏବେ $ chmod ସ୍ପେସ୍ 751 ସ୍ପେସ୍ example1 ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:26<br />
|| ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ, $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -l ସ୍ପେସ୍ example1 ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
|06:35<br />
|| ଉପରୋକ୍ତ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟି example1 ପାଇଁ ଓନର୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ରିଡ୍/ରାଇଟ୍/ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍, ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ରିଡ୍/ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଓ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ଦ୍ୱାରା କେବଳ ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ଦେଇଥିବାର ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରୁଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:52<br />
|| ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ example1 ଫାଇଲ୍ ରେ କେବଳ ରିଡ୍ କରିବାର ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଦେବା ପାଇଁ $ chmod ସ୍ପେସ୍ <nowiki>=r ସ୍ପେସ୍ </nowiki>example1 କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 07:08<br />
|| ଏବେ $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -l ସ୍ପେସ୍ example1 କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
|07:19<br />
|| example1 ଫାଇଲ୍ ରେ ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ କେବଳ ରିଡ୍ କରିବାର ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଦିଆହୋଇଥିବାର ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରୁଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 07:30<br />
|| ରିକର୍ସିଭ୍ ଭାବରେ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ବଦଳାଇ ସମସ୍ତଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ରିଡ୍ ଓ ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ଆକ୍ସେସ୍ ଓ directory1 ନାମକ ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ଓନର୍ ପାଇଁ ରାଇଟ୍ ଆକ୍ସେସ୍ ଦେବାକୁ ଏହି କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ କରନ୍ତୁ<br />
|-<br />
|07:44<br />
|| $ chmod ସ୍ପେସ୍ ମାଇନସ୍ କ୍ୟାପିଟାଲ୍ R ସ୍ପେସ୍ 755 ସ୍ପେସ୍ directory1 ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:00<br />
|| ଏବେ, $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ –l ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଗୁଡିକ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:09<br />
|| example2 ଫାଇଲ୍ ଉପରେ ୟୁଜର୍ ଙ୍କୁ ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଦେବାକୁ $ chmod ସ୍ପେସ୍ u+x ସ୍ପେସ୍ example2 ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:27<br />
|| ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -l ସ୍ପେସ୍ example2 ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
|08:40<br />
|| example2 ଉପରେ ୟୁଜର୍ ଙ୍କୁ ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଦିଆହୋଇଥିବାର ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରୁଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:50<br />
|| ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ କୁ example3 ଫାଇଲ୍ ପାଇଁ ରାଇଟ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଆଡ୍ କରିବାକୁ $ chmod ସ୍ପେସ୍ g+w ସ୍ପେସ୍ example3 କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:10<br />
|| ଏବଂ ଏବେ $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -l ସ୍ପେସ୍ example3 ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ<br />
|-<br />
|09:23<br />
|| ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ସହିତ ରାଇଟ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଯୋଗ ହୋଇଥିବାର ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରୁଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:30<br />
|| ସବୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପାଇଁ ରାଇଟ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ରିମୁଭ୍ କରିବାକୁ $ chmod ସ୍ପେସ୍ a-w ସ୍ପେସ୍ example3 କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:45<br />
|| ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -l ସ୍ପେସ୍ example3 ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ<br />
|-<br />
|09:55<br />
|| ସବୁଗୁଡିକ ପାଇଁ ରାଇଟ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ରିମୁଭ୍ ହୋଇଯାଇଥିବାର ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରୁଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 10:02<br />
|| ଗୋଟିଏ କିମ୍ୱା ଏକାଧିକ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ବଦଳାଇ ନୂଆ ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ କରିବାକୁ chgrp କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ |<br />
|-<br />
|10:10<br />
|| ନୂତନ ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ଟି /etc/group ରେ ଥିବା ଏକ ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ID ସଂଖ୍ୟା ବା ଏକ ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ନାମ ହୋଇପାରେ |<br />
|-<br />
|10:20<br />
|| ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଓନର୍ କିମ୍ୱା ବିଶେଷାଧିକାର ପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ୟୁଜର୍ ହିଁ ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ବଦଳାଇ ପାରନ୍ତି |<br />
|-<br />
| 10:26<br />
|| chgrp କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପାଇଁ ସିଣ୍ଟାକ୍ସ୍ ହେଉଛି <nowiki>chgrp ସ୍ପେସ୍ [options] ସ୍ପେସ୍ newgroup ସ୍ପେସ୍ files.</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
| 10:36<br />
|| ଟର୍ମିନାଲ୍ କୁ ଯିବା | ଏବେ chgrp କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ର କିଛି ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଖିବା | $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -l ସ୍ପେସ୍ example4 କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ | <br />
|-<br />
|10:57<br />
|| ଏଠାରେ ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ଟି shahid ଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଥିବାର ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରୁଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 11:03<br />
|| ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ପର୍ମିସନ୍ ବଦଳାଇବାକୁ $ sudo ସ୍ପେସ୍ chgrp ସ୍ପେସ୍ rohit ସ୍ପେସ୍ example4 କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି<br />
|-<br />
|11:20<br />
|| ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ<br />
ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ହେଲେ ସୁଡୋ ପାଶୱର୍ଡ ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 11:27<br />
|| ଏବେ $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -l ସ୍ପେସ୍ example4 ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
|11:38<br />
|| ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ଟି shahid ରୁ rohitକୁ ବଦଳି ଯାଇଥିବାର ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରୁଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 11:46<br />
|| ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ହେଉଛି ଡିଭାଇସ୍ କୁ ଆସାଇନ୍ କରାଯାଇଥିବା ଏକ ସ୍ୱତନ୍ତ୍ର ସଂଖ୍ୟା |<br />
|-<br />
|11:51<br />
|| ଏକ ନିୟମିତ ଫାଇଲ୍ ବା ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ବିଷୟରେ ମୌଳିକ ସୂଚନା ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ଷ୍ଟୋର୍ କରିଥାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
|11:57<br />
|| ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ସହିତ ସବୁ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଗୁଡିକ ହାର୍ଡ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ହୋଇଥାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
|12:00<br />
|| ଏକ ପ୍ରୋଗ୍ରାମ୍ ନାମ ଦ୍ୱାରା ଏକ ଫାଇଲ୍ କୁ ରେଫର୍ କରିବାବେଳେ, ତତ୍ ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧିତ ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ଖୋଜିବା ପାଇଁ ସିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ଟି ବାସ୍ତବରେ ଫାଇଲ୍ ନାମ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରେ | <br />
|-<br />
| 12:12<br />
|| ଏକ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଦେଖିବାକୁ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ –i କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିପାରିବା |<br />
|-<br />
|12:19<br />
||$ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -i ସ୍ପେସ୍ example5 କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ<br />
|-<br />
|12:29<br />
|| ଫାଇଲ୍ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଲିଖିତ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ହେଉଛି ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ସଂଖ୍ୟା |<br />
|-<br />
| 12:35<br />
|| ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ଗୁଡିକ ଗୋଟିଏ ସମୟରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ସହିତ ଜଡିତ ଥାଆନ୍ତି |<br />
|-<br />
|12:41<br />
||ହାର୍ଡ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ଗୁଡିକ ଏକ ସିଙ୍ଗଲ୍ ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ସହିତ ଏକାଧିକ ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ସହିତ ଜଡିତ ଥାଆନ୍ତି |<br />
ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ତିଆରି କରିବାର କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ହେଉଛି ln<br />
|-<br />
| 12:52<br />
|| ହାର୍ଡ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ତିଆରି କରିବା ପାଇଁ ln କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ର ସିଣ୍ଟାକ୍ସ୍ ହେଉଛି<br />
|-<br />
|12:57<br />
|| ln ସ୍ପେସ୍ ସୋର୍ସ୍ ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ସୋର୍ସ୍ ହେଉଛି ଏକ ବିଦ୍ୟମାନ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଓ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ହେଉଛି ତିଆରି କରିବାକୁ ଥିବା ଫାଇଲ୍ |<br />
|-<br />
| 13:06<br />
|| ଏବେ ଆମେ ହାର୍ଡ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ର କିଛି ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଖିବା<br />
|-<br />
|13:10<br />
|| ମୁଁ ସ୍କ୍ରୀନ୍ ଟିକୁ ପୁଣି କ୍ଲିଅର୍ କରିଦେଉଛି | ଏବେ, $ ln ସ୍ପେସ୍ example1 ସ୍ପେସ୍ exampleln କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 13:25<br />
|| ଉଭୟ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଦେଖାଇବାକୁ $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -i ସ୍ପେସ୍ example1 ସ୍ପେସ୍ exampleln କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
|13:41<br />
|| ଏଠାରେ ଉଭୟ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ସମାନ ବୋଲି ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରୁଛେ, exampleln ହେଉଛି example1 ଫାଇଲ୍ ପାଇଁ ହାର୍ଡ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:54<br />
|| ସଫ୍ଟ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ସିମ୍ବୋଲିକ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ହେଉଛି ଏକ ସ୍ୱତନ୍ତ୍ର ପ୍ରକାରର ଫାଇଲ୍ ଯାହା ଅନ୍ୟ ଫାଇଲ୍ ବା ଡାଇରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ପାଇଁ ଆବ୍ସୋଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ବା ରିଲେଟିଭ୍ ପାଥ୍ ରୂପରେ ଏକ ରେଫରେନ୍ସ୍ ରଖିଥାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 14:07<br />
|| ସଫ୍ଟ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ତିଆରି କରିବାକୁ ln କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ର ସିଣ୍ଟାକ୍ସ ହେଉଛି<br />
|-<br />
|14:12<br />
|| ln ସ୍ପେସ୍ -s ସ୍ପେସ୍ {ଟାର୍ଗେଟ୍-ଫାଇଲ୍ ନାମ} ସ୍ପେସ୍ {ସିମ୍ବୋଲିକ୍-ଫାଇଲ୍ ନାମ} <br />
|-<br />
| 14:19<br />
|| ଏବେ ସଫ୍ଟ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ର କିଛି ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଖିବା<br />
|-<br />
| 14:25<br />
|| ସଫ୍ଟ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ତିଆରି କରିବାକୁ $ ln ସ୍ପେସ୍ -s ସ୍ପେସ୍ example1 ସ୍ପେସ୍ examplesoft କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି<br />
|-<br />
|14:40<br />
|| ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ <br />
|-<br />
| 14:43<br />
|| ଏବେ ଉଭୟ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ତାଲିକା ଓ ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ କରିବାକୁ $ ls ସ୍ପେସ୍ -li ସ୍ପେସ୍ example1 ସ୍ପେସ୍ examplesoft କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି<br />
|-<br />
|15:01<br />
|| ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ<br />
|-<br />
|15:03<br />
|| ଉଭୟ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଭିନ୍ନ ଥିବାର ଆମେ ଦେଖିପାରୁଛେ ଓ examplesoft ହେଉଛି example1ର ଏକ ସଫ୍ଟ ଲିଙ୍କ୍<br />
|-<br />
| 15:16<br />
|| ଏହି ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ରେ ଆମେ ପର୍ମିସନ୍, ଓନର୍ ଶିପ୍ ଓ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଗ୍ରୁପ୍ ବଦଳାଇବା ଭଳି ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ସ ଆଟ୍ରିବ୍ୟୁଟ୍ସ ବିଷୟରେ ଶିଖିଲେ |<br />
|-<br />
|15:26<br />
|| ଗୋଟିଏ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଆଇନୋଡ୍, ସଫ୍ଟ ଓ ହାର୍ଡ୍ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ମଧ୍ୟ ଜାଣିଲେ |<br />
|-<br />
|15:31<br />
|| ଏହା ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ର ସମାପ୍ତିକୁ ଆଣେ |<br />
|-<br />
|15:35<br />
|| ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ପ୍ରୋଜେକ୍ଟ୍, ଟକ୍ ଟୁ ଏ ଟିଚର୍ ପ୍ରୋଜେକ୍ଟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ, ଯାହା ଭାରତ ସରକାରଙ୍କ MHRDର ICT ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରୀୟ ସାକ୍ଷରତା ମିଶନ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ସମର୍ଥିତ |<br />
|-<br />
|15:44<br />
|| ଏହି ବିଷୟରେ ଅଧିକ ବିବରଣୀ ନିମ୍ନ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ରେ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ |<br />
|-<br />
|15:50<br />
|| ଆଇଆଇଟି ମୁମ୍ୱଇ ତରଫରୁ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଦୀପ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ମହାପାତ୍ର ଆପଣଙ୍କଠାରୁ ବିଦାୟ ନେଉଛି |<br />
ଆମ ସହିତ ଜଡ଼ିତ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ |<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux/C2/File-System/OriyaLinux/C2/File-System/Oriya2015-02-24T09:50:58Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|'''Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
| 00:00<br />
||ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ ସିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ଉପରେ ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ କୁ ସ୍ୱାଗତ |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:04<br />
|| ମୁଁ ଉବୁଣ୍ଟୁ 10.04 ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁଛି |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:07<br />
|| ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ଅପରେଟିଙ୍ଗ୍ ସିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ରେ କାମ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବା ଓ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ବିଷୟରେ ଆପଣଙ୍କର କିଛି ମୌଳିକ ଧାରଣା ଅଛି ବୋଲି ଆମେ ଭାବୁଛୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:13<br />
|| ଆପଣ ଯଦି ଆଗ୍ରହୀ, ତେବେ ଏହା http://spoken-tutorial.org ୱେବ୍ ସାଇଟ୍ ରେ ଅନ୍ୟଏକ ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ରେ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ ଅଛି |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:25<br />
|| ଲିନକ୍ସ୍, କେସ୍ ସେନ୍ସିଟିଭ୍ ବୋଲି ମଧ୍ୟ ମନେରଖନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:28<br />
|| ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରାଯାଇନଥିଲେ, ଏହି ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହେଉଥିବା ସମସ୍ତ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଛୋଟ ଅକ୍ଷରରେ ଥାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:36<br />
|| ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ରେ ପ୍ରାୟ ସବୁକିଛି ହେଉଛି ଫାଇଲ୍ |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:39<br />
||ତେବେ ଫାଇଲ୍ କ’ଣ? ବାସ୍ତବ ଜୀବନରେ ଆମେ ନିଜର ଡକ୍ୟୁମେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଓ ପେପର୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ ରେ ରଖିଥାଉ ବୋଲି ଜାଣିଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:47<br />
|| ସେହିଭଳି ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ରେ ଏକ ଫାଇଲ୍ ହେଉଛି ସୂଚନା ଷ୍ଟୋରିଙ୍ଗ୍ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଧାରକ |<br />
|-<br />
| 00:53<br />
|| ଏକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ କ’ଣ?<br />
|-<br />
| 00:56<br />
|| ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଓ ଅନ୍ୟ (ସବ୍) ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀଗୁଡିକର ସଂଗ୍ରହ ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ଆମେ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ବୋଲି ବୁଝିପାରିବା | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:02<br />
|| ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ ଢଙ୍ଗରେ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଗୁଡିକ ସଂଗଠିତ କରିବାରେ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 01:08<br />
|| ଏହା ୱିଣ୍ଡୋଜ୍ ର ଫୋଲ୍ଡର୍ ପରି |<br />
|-<br />
| 01:12<br />
|| ୟୁଜର୍ ମାନେ ନିଜ ଫାଇଲ୍ସ ସହ ନିଜର ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀଗୁଡିକ ରଖିପାରିବେ, ଯାହା ଅନ୍ୟମାନେ ଆକ୍ସେସ୍ କିମ୍ୱା ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରିପାରିବେ ନାହିଁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 01:20<br />
|| ଅଧିକନ୍ତୁ, ଯଦି କୌଣସି ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ନଥାଏ, ତେବେ ସିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ରେ ସମସ୍ତ ଫାଇଲ୍ କୁ ସ୍ୱତନ୍ତ୍ର ନାମ ରଖିବାକୁ ହେବ, ଯାହା ମେଣ୍ଟେନ୍ କରିବା କଷ୍ଟକର |<br />
|-<br />
| 01:31<br />
|| ଯଦିଓ ଫାଇଲ୍ସ ଓ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀସ୍ ବିଷୟରେ ସାଧାରଣ ଜ୍ଞାନ ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ ଏହି ସଜ୍ଞାଗୁଡିକ ଉତ୍ତମ, କିନ୍ତୁ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ରୂପେ ଠିକ୍ ନୁହେଁ | <br />
|-<br />
| 01:42<br />
|| ତତସମେତ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର କଣ୍ଟେଣ୍ଟ୍, ରେ ଏକ ନାମ ଓ କିଛି ପ୍ରପର୍ଟି କିମ୍ୱା ’ଆଡମିନିଷ୍ଟ୍ରେଟିଭ୍ ଇନ୍ଫର୍ମେସନ୍” ଥାଏ, ଯାହା ହେଉଛି ଫାଇଲ୍ ର କ୍ରିଏଶନ୍/ମୋଡିଫିକେଶନ୍ ତାରିଖ ଓ ତାହାର ଅନୁମତି |<br />
|-<br />
| 01:55<br />
|| ପ୍ରପର୍ଟିଗୁଡିକ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ନାମକ ଫାଇଲ୍ ସିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ର ଏକ ସ୍ୱତନ୍ତ୍ର ଡାଟା ବ୍ଲକ୍ ରେ ରହିଥାଏ, ଯେଉଁଥିରେ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଦୈର୍ଘ୍ୟ ଓ ଡିସ୍କ୍ ରେ ଏହାର ସ୍ଥାନର ସୂଚନା ଥାଏ | <br />
|-<br />
| 02:08<br />
|| ସିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ଟି ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିଥାଏ; ବୃହତ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଅପେକ୍ଷା ନାମ ମନେରଖିବା ସହଜ ହେଉଥିବାରୁ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ସଂରଚନାଟି ଆମର ସୁବିଧା ପାଇଁ ଫାଇଲ୍ ର ନାମକରଣ କରେ |<br />
|-<br />
|02:23<br />
|| ଏହାର ଅତି ସରଳ ସଜ୍ଞା ବିପରୀତେ, ଏକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ବାସ୍ତବରେ ଅନ୍ୟ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଷ୍ଟୋର୍ କରେ ନାହିଁ, ଏହା ହେଉଛି ନିଜେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଫାଇଲ୍, ଯେଉଁଥିରେ ଆଇନୋଡ୍ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଓ ନାମ ରହିଥାଏ | <br />
|-<br />
| 02:37<br />
|| ବାସ୍ତବରେ ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ରେ ତିନିପ୍ରକାର ଫାଇଲ୍ ଥାଏ :<br />
|-<br />
| 02:41<br />
||1 ନିୟମିତ ଫାଇଲ୍ କିମ୍ୱା ସାଧାରଣ ଫାଇଲ୍ : କ୍ୟାରେକ୍ଟର୍ ଷ୍ଟ୍ରିମ୍ ଭାବରେ ଏଥିରେ କେବଳ ଡାଟା ଥାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 02:48<br />
||2 ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ: ଯେପରି ଆମେ ପୂର୍ବ ସ୍ଲାଇଡ୍ ଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ଦେଖିଲେ <br />
|-<br />
| 02:52<br />
||3 ଡିଭାଇସ୍ ଫାଇଲ୍: ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ରେ ସବୁ ହାର୍ଡୱେର୍ ଡିଭାଇସେସ୍ ଓ ପେରିଫେରାଲ୍ସକୁ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଭାବରେ ଦର୍ଶାଯାଇଥାଏ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02:59<br />
|| CD, ହାର୍ଡ୍ ଡିସ୍କ୍ କିମ୍ବା ଏକ usb ଷ୍ଟିକ୍ ହେଉନା କାହିଁକି, ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ରେ ସବୁ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଅଟେ | କିନ୍ତୁ ଏପରି କାହିଁକି? ଏହା, ସାଧାରଣ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଭଳି ଏହିସବୁ ଡିଭାଇସ୍ ରେ ରିଡ୍ ଓ ରାଇଟ୍ କରିବାରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 03:15<br />
|| ଆମମାନଙ୍କ ଭଳି ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ରେ ସବୁ ଫାଇଲ୍ ପରସ୍ପର ସହିତ ମିଶି ଏକ ପରିବାର ଗଠନ କରିଥାନ୍ତି |<br />
|-<br />
| 03:22<br />
|| ଏକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରେ ଥିବା କିଛି ଫାଇଲ୍ ଓ ସବ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ୟାରେଣ୍ଟ୍-ଚାଇଲ୍ଡ୍ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ଥାଏ | ଏହା, ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ ସିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ଟ୍ରୀ ଗଠନ କରିଥାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 03:34<br />
|| ଶୀର୍ଷରେ ରୁଟ୍(ଫ୍ରଣ୍ଟ୍ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ଚିହ୍ନିତ) ଅଛି | ଏଥିରେ ଅନ୍ୟ ସମସ୍ତ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଓ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ରହିଥାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 03:42<br />
|| ସଠିକ ପାଥ୍ ଜାଣିଥିଲେ, ଗୋଟିଏ ଫାଇଲ୍ ବା ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରୁ ଅନ୍ୟକୁ ସହଜ ନେଭିଗେଶନ୍ କରିବାରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହା ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 03:51<br />
|| ଆମେ ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ ସିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ସହିତ କାମ କରିବାବେଳେ, ଏହି ଟ୍ରୀ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଗତି କରିବା ଭଳି ଲାଗେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 03:56<br />
|| ଗୋଟିଏ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ରେ ଆପଣ ଗୋଟିଏ ସ୍ଥାନରୁ ଅନ୍ୟ ସ୍ଥାନକୁ ଟେଲିପୋର୍ଟ୍ କରନ୍ତି |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:01<br />
|| ରୋଚକ ଲାଗୁଛି!! ନିଶ୍ଚିତରେ ଏହା ଏପରି | ଯେମିତି କି ଆମେ ଦେଖିବା |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:05<br />
|| ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ରେ ଲଗ୍ଇନ୍ କଲେ ବାଇ ଡିଫଲ୍ଟ୍ ଆମେ ହୋମ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରେ ଥାଉ |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:11<br />
|| ଏବେ, ଟର୍ମିନାଲ୍ କୁ ଯାଆନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:13<br />
|| ଟର୍ମିନାଲ୍ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ Ctrl+alt+T ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:17<br />
|| ଅବଶ୍ୟ, ଏହି କମାଣ୍ଡ୍, ସମସ୍ତ ୟୁନିକ୍ସ୍ ସିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ରେ କାମ କରିନପାରେ | ଟର୍ମିନାଲ୍ ଖୋଲିବାର ଏକ ସାଧାରଣ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଅନ୍ୟଏକ ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣିତ ହୋଇଛି |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:27<br />
||ହୋମ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଦେଖିବାକୁ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପ୍ରମ୍ପ୍ଟ୍ ରେ "ଇକୋ ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଡଲାର୍ କ୍ୟାପିଟାଲ୍ ରେ H-O-M-E ଟାଇପ୍ କରି" ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:40<br />
|| ଏହା ହୋମ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ପାଥ୍ ନେମ୍ ଦିଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:44<br />
|| ଆମେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରୁ ଅନ୍ୟକୁ ଯାଇପାରିବା |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:47<br />
|| ମାତ୍ର, ଯେକୌଣସି ସମୟରେ ଆମେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରେ ରହିପାରୁ ଓ ଏହି ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ବା ୱର୍କିଂ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ କୁହାଯାଏ | ଏବେ ସ୍ଲାଇଡ୍ସକୁ ଫେରିଯିବା |<br />
|-<br />
| 04:56<br />
|| କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଦେଖିବା ପାଇଁ ଆମକୁ ପ୍ରେଜେଣ୍ଟ୍ ୱର୍କିଂ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ବା pwd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:03<br />
|| କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପ୍ରମ୍ପ୍ଟ୍ ରେ "pwd" ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ | ଏବେ, ଏହା ହେଉଛି ଆମର ପ୍ରେଜେଣ୍ଟ୍ ୱର୍କିଂ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:13<br />
|| ଗୋଟିଏ ରୁ ଅନ୍ୟଏକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଯାଇପାରିବା ବୋଲି ଆମେ କହିସାରିଛୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:17<br />
|| ମାତ୍ର ଏହା କିପରି କରିବା? ଏଥିପାଇଁ ଏକ cd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଅଛି |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:22<br />
|| ଆମ ଇପ୍ସିତ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଯିବାପାଇଁ cd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପରେ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ପାଥ୍ ନେମ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରିବାକୁ ପଡିବ |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:28<br />
|| କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପ୍ରମ୍ପ୍ଟ୍ ରେ pwd ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଓ ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବି ପୁଣିଥରେ ଆମର କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଦେଖିବା |<br />
|-<br />
|05:37<br />
||ଏବେ, ଆମେ ଏହି ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଆସିଗଲୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:41<br />
||ମନେକରନ୍ତୁ, ଏବେ ଆମେ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ usr ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଛେ | ତେଣୁ, “cd ସ୍ପେସ୍ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ usr” ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ | ମନେରଖନ୍ତୁ, ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ରେ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ର ଅର୍ଥ ହେଉଛି ଫ୍ରଣ୍ଟ୍ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ |<br />
|-<br />
| 05:56<br />
|| ଏବେ, ଆମର କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଦେଖିବା | pwd ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:03<br />
|| ଆମେ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ usr ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଆସିଯାଇଛୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:08<br />
|| ଏଠାରେ ସମସ୍ୟାଟି ହେଉଛି ପାଥ୍ ନାମ ଖୁବ୍ ଦୀର୍ଘ ହୋଇପାରେ, କାରଣ ଏଗୁଡିକ ଆବ୍ସୋଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ପାଥ୍ ନେମ୍, ଯେଉଁଥିରେ ରୁଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରି ସମଗ୍ର ପାଥ୍ ରହିଥାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:18<br />
|| ଏହା ବଦଳରେ ଆମେ, କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବା ରିଲେଟିଭ୍ ପାଥ୍ ନାମ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିପାରିବା | <br />
|-<br />
| 06:23<br />
||ଏଠାରେ ଆମକୁ ଦୁଇଟି ସ୍ୱତନ୍ତ୍ର କ୍ୟାରେକ୍ଟର୍ ଜାଣିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ |<br />
“dot” ଯାହା କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ପ୍ରତିନିଧିତ୍ୱ କରେ ଓ '''dot dot''' ଯାହା କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ପ୍ୟାରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ପ୍ରତିନିଧିତ୍ୱ କରେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:36<br />
|| ଏବେ, cd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଉପରେ ଏକ ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ଆଲୋଚନା କରିବା |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:40<br />
|| ହୋମ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଫେରିବା ପାଇଁ, କୌଣସି ଆର୍ଗ୍ୟୁମେଣ୍ଟ୍ ବିନା cd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:46<br />
|| କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପ୍ରମ୍ପ୍ଟ୍ ରେ "cd" ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:51<br />
|| ଏବେ, pwd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମର କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 06:55<br />
||ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଆମେ ହୋମ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଫେରିଆସିଛେ /home/gnuhata [ ନ୍ୟାରେସନ୍- ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ହୋମ୍ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ନୁହାଟା ]<br />
|-<br />
| 07:01<br />
|| ଏବେ ମ୍ୟୁଜିକ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଯିବା | କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପ୍ରମ୍ପ୍ଟ୍ ରେ "cd ସ୍ପେସ୍ ମ୍ୟୁଜିକ(କ୍ୟାପିଟାଲ୍ M) ସ୍ଲାସ୍" ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ<br />
|-<br />
| 07:13<br />
|| pwd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମର କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ | pwd ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ | ଆମେ ଏବେ /home/gnuhata/Musicକୁ ଚାଲିଆସିଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 07:26<br />
|| ମ୍ୟୁଜିକ୍ ରୁ ପ୍ୟାରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଯିବା | ଏଥିପାଇଁ ଆପଣଙ୍କୁ ଡଟ୍ ଡଟ୍ ସହିତ cd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିବାକୁ ହେବ |<br />
|-<br />
| 07:33<br />
|| କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପ୍ରମ୍ପ୍ଟ ରେ cd ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଡଟ୍ ଡଟ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 07:40<br />
|| ଏବେ pwd ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଆମର ପ୍ରେଜେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ | ଆମେ ପୁଣି /home/gnuhataରେ ଅଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 07:51<br />
|| ଏବେ ଡଟ୍ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ସବ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରିବା |<br />
|-<br />
| 07:58<br />
|| କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପ୍ରମ୍ପ୍ଟ୍ ରେ cd ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଡଟ୍ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ଡକ୍ୟୁମେଣ୍ଟ୍ସ୍(କ୍ୟାପିଟାଲ୍ D) ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:09<br />
|| pwd ଟାଇପ୍ କରି କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ | ଆମେ /home/gnuhata/Documentsରେ ଅଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:19<br />
|| କଣ୍ଟ୍ରୋଲ୍ L ଦାବି ସ୍କ୍ରୀନ୍ କ୍ଲିଅର୍ କରିବି, ଯେଉଁଥିରୁ ଆପଣ ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟ ଭାବରେ ଦେଖିପାରିବେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:23<br />
||cd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ହୋମ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଫେରିବା ପାଇଁ cd ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:32<br />
|| pwd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ପୁଣି କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ | ଆମେ /home/gnuhataକୁ ଫେରିଆସିଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 08:41<br />
||<nowiki> ଏକ ରିଲେଟିଭ୍ ପାଥ୍ ରେ ଆମେ / [ନ୍ୟାରେସନ୍- ସ୍ଲାସ୍] ଦ୍ୱାରା ପୃଥକ ହୋଇଥିବା ଯେକୌଣସି ସଂଖ୍ୟକ .. [ନ୍ୟାରେସନ୍ – ଡଟ୍ ଡଟ୍] ଏକତ୍ର କରିପାରିବା | </nowiki><br />
|-<br />
| 08:47<br />
|| ଏହି ସ୍ଲାଇଡ୍ ରେ ଆମେ, ଫାଇଲ୍ ସିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ହାଇରାର୍କି ଦେଖିପାରିବା | ରୁଟ୍ କିମ୍ୱା / ଶୀର୍ଷରେ ଥାଏ | ହୋମ୍ ଓ ବିନ୍ ହେଉଛି ରୁଟ୍ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ଦୁଇଟି ସବ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ | ୟୁଜର୍ ନେମ୍, ଏଠାରେ ହୋମ୍ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ gnuhata ନାମକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଏକ ସବ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଅଟେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:05<br />
|| ତେବେ, ଆମେ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ /home/gnuhataରେ ଅଛେ | ଏବେ ଆମେ ବିନ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ କିପରି ଯିବା?<br />
|-<br />
| 09:12<br />
||କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପ୍ରମ୍ପ୍ଟ୍ ରେ "cd ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଡଟ୍ ଡଟ୍ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ଡଟ୍ ଡଟ୍ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ବିନ୍ " ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:23<br />
||pwd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ | ଆମେ /bin[ନ୍ୟାରେସନ୍ – ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ବିନ୍] ରେ ଅଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:30<br />
||<nowiki> ପ୍ରଥମ .. [ନ୍ୟାରେସନ୍-ଡଟ୍ ଡଟ୍] ଆମକୁ /home/gnuhata [ନ୍ୟାରେସନ୍ – ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ହୋମ୍ ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ନୁହାଟା]ରୁ /home [ନ୍ୟାରେସନ୍-ସ୍ଲାସ୍ ହୋମ୍]କୁ ନେଇଯାଏ |</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
| 09:37<br />
||<nowiki> ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଟି ଆମକୁ /home ରୁ </nowiki>rootକୁ ନେଇଯାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:43<br />
|| ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ / ବା ରୁଟ୍ ରୁ ଆମେ, /bin ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଚାଲିଆସିଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:48<br />
|| cd କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ଆମର ହୋମ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଯିବା | <br />
|-<br />
| 09:52<br />
|| ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ତିଆରି କରିବାକୁ ଆମେ mkdir କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 09:56<br />
|| ଆପଣଙ୍କୁ ତିଆରି କରିବାକୁ ଥିବା ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ନାମ ଓ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରିବାକୁ ହେବ ଏବଂ କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରେ ଏକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ତିଆରି ହୋଇଯିବ |<br />
|-<br />
| 10:04<br />
|| Testdir ନାମକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ତିଆରି କରିବାକୁ, "mkdir ସ୍ପେସ୍ testdir" ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 10:15<br />
|| ଏହା ସଫଳତାର ସହ testdir ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଗଠନ କରେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 10:19<br />
|| ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କରନ୍ତୁ, ସଫଳତାପୂର୍ବକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଗଠନ କିମ୍ୱା ଅପସାରଣର କୌଣସି ସ୍ପଷ୍ଟ ନୋଟିଫିକେସନ୍ ନାହିଁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 10:25<br />
|| ଯଦି କୌଣସି ଏରର୍ ମେସେଜ୍ ନଆସେ, ତେବେ ଏହା ସଫଳ ଏକଜେକ୍ୟୁସନ୍ କୁ ଦର୍ଶାଏ | <br />
|-<br />
| 10:30<br />
|| ଟ୍ରୀ’ର ଯେକୌଣସି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ତିଆରି କରିବାକୁ ଆମେ ରିଲେଟିଭ୍ ବା ଆବ୍ସୋଲ୍ୟୁଟ୍ ପାଥନେମ୍ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରିପାରିବା, ମାତ୍ର ଏପରି କରିବାର ଅନୁମତି ଥିବା ଏବଂ ସେହି ନାମରେ ଆଉ କୌଣସି ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ପୂର୍ବରୁ ନଥିବା ଦରକାର |<br />
|-<br />
| 10:43<br />
|| ଏକାଧିକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ କିମ୍ୱା ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀଗୁଡିକର ହାଇରାର୍କି ଗଠନ କରିବାରେ ଏହି ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇପାରେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 10:49<br />
|| "mkdir ସ୍ପେସ୍ test1 ସ୍ପେସ୍ test2” ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ, ଏହା ପ୍ରେଜେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରେ test1 ଓ test2 ନାମକ ଦୁଇଟି ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଗଠନ କରିବ |<br />
|-<br />
| 11:06<br />
|| "mkdir ସ୍ପେସ୍ testtree ସ୍ପେସ୍ testtree ସ୍ଲାସ୍ test3" ଟାଇପ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 11:20<br />
|| ଏହା testtree ନାମକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଓ ତା’ ତଳେ test3 ନାମକ ସବ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଗଠନ କରିବ | <br />
|-<br />
| 11:28<br />
|| ଆମେ କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରେ testdir,test1,test2 ଓ testtree ନାମକ ଚାରୋଟି ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ତିଆରି କରିଛେ, ଯେଉଁଥିରୁ ପ୍ରଥମ ତିନୋଟି ଖାଲି ଏବଂ ଶେଷଟିରେ test3 ନାମକ ସବ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ରହିଛି |<br />
|-<br />
| 11:47<br />
|| mkdir ଭଳି rmdir କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଅଛି, ଯାହା ଏକ ବା ଏକାଧିକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ରିମୁଭ୍ କରିବାରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ |<br />
|-<br />
| 11:56<br />
|| "rmdir ସ୍ପେସ୍ test1" କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟି test1 ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ସଫଳତାର ସହିତ ରିମୁଭ୍ କରେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 12:09<br />
|| ଆପଣ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ଓନର୍ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ହିଁ ଏହା ରିମୁଭ୍ କରିପାରିବେ, ଆପଣଙ୍କର କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀଟି ରିମୁଭ୍ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ହାଇରାର୍କି ଭାବେ ଉପରେ ଥାଏ ଓ ତାହା ଖାଲି ଅଛି |<br />
|-<br />
| 12:23<br />
|| ଏବେ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପ୍ରମ୍ପ୍ଟ୍ ରେ "cd ସ୍ପେସ୍ testtree ସ୍ଲାସ୍ test3" ଟାଇପ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ<br />
|-<br />
| 12:35<br />
|| ଆମେ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ testtree ତଳେ ଥିବା test3 ସବ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରେ ଅଛେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 12:42<br />
|| "rmdir ସ୍ପେସ୍ testdir" କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଓ ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବି testdir ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ରିମୁଭ୍ କରିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରିବା |<br />
|-<br />
| 12:55<br />
|| ଏହା ହେବନାହିଁ, କାରଣ କରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀଟି, ରିମୁଭ୍ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ହାଇରାର୍କି ଭାବେ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀର ଉପରେ ନାହିଁ | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:02<br />
|| ତେଣୁ ଆମକୁ ହାଇରାର୍କି ଭାବେ testdir ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଉପରେ ଥିବା ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଯିବାକୁ ପଡିବ |<br />
|-<br />
| 13:08<br />
|| "cd ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଡଟ୍ ଡଟ୍ " ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 13:14<br />
|| ଏବେ, "cd ସ୍ପେସ୍ ଡଟ୍ ଡଟ୍" କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଆମର ପ୍ୟାରେଣ୍ଟ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀକୁ ଫେରିଯିବା | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:20<br />
|| ଏବେ, ପୁଣି ପୂର୍ବ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରିବା |<br />
|-<br />
| 13:24<br />
|| "rmdir ସ୍ପେସ୍ testdir" ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ | <br />
|-<br />
| 13:30<br />
|| testdirଟି ସଫଳତାର ସହିତ ଡିଲିଟ୍ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି | ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କରନ୍ତୁ, testdir ଟି ମଧ୍ୟ ଖାଲି ଅଛି |<br />
|-<br />
| 13:38<br />
|| ଏକାଧିକ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ କିମ୍ୱା ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀଗୁଡିକର ହାଇରାର୍କି ଏକାଥରେ ରିମୁଭ୍ କରାଯାଇପାରେ | test3 ସବ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ସହିତ testtree ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଡିଲିଟ୍ କରିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 13:48<br />
|| କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପ୍ରମ୍ପ୍ଟ୍ ରେ "rmdir ସ୍ପେସ୍ testtree ସ୍ପେସ୍ testtree ସ୍ଲାସ୍ test3 " ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 14:02<br />
|| ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ, ଏହା ଏକ ଏରର୍ ମେସେଜ୍ ଦେଉଛି ଯେ, 'testree' ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ରିମୁଭ୍ ହୋଇପାରିବନି, କାରଣ ତାହା ଖାଲି ନାହିଁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 14:11<br />
|| ଯେଉଁ ଜିନିଷଟି ଆପଣ ଛାଡିଦେଇପାରିଥା’ନ୍ତି, ତାହା ହେଉଛି testtree/test3ଟି ଖାଲି ଥିବାରୁ ଡିଲିଟ୍ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି |<br />
|-<br />
| 14:19<br />
|| ତାହା ଦେଖିବାକୁ କମାଣ୍ଡ୍ ପ୍ରମ୍ପ୍ଟ୍ ରେ "cd ସ୍ପେସ୍ testtree" ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
| 14:27<br />
|| ଏବେ "ls" ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବନ୍ତୁ | ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ, ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରେ କିଛି ନାହିଁ | test3 ଡିଲିଟ୍ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି |<br />
|-<br />
| 14:36<br />
|| ଏହି ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ରେ ଆମେ, ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ଫାଇଲ୍ ଓ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀ ଏବଂ ଲିନକ୍ସ୍ ଡିରେକ୍ଟୋରୀରେ କାମ କରିବା ସହିତ ସେଗୁଡିକୁ ଦେଖିବା, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ମୁଭ୍ କରିବା, ତିଆରି କରିବା ଓ ରିମୁଭ୍ କରିବା ବିଷୟରେ ଶିଖିଲେ |<br />
|-<br />
| 14:49<br />
|| ଏହା ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ର ସମାପ୍ତିକୁ ଆଣେ | ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ପ୍ରୋଜେକ୍ଟ୍, ଟକ୍ ଟୁ ଏ ଟିଚର୍ ପ୍ରୋଜେକ୍ଟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ, ଯାହା ଭାରତ ସରକାରଙ୍କ MHRDର ICT ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରୀୟ ସାକ୍ଷରତା ମିଶନ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ସମର୍ଥିତ |<br />
|-<br />
| 15:03<br />
|| ଏହି ବିଷୟରେ ଅଧିକ ବିବରଣୀ ନିମ୍ନ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ରେ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ |<br />
|-<br />
| 15:08<br />
|| ଆଇଆଇଟି ମୁମ୍ୱଇ ତରଫରୁ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଦୀପ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ମହାପାତ୍ର ଆପଣଙ୍କଠାରୁ ବିଦାୟ ନେଉଛି |<br />
ଆମ ସହିତ ଜଡ଼ିତ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ |<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/Linux-Old/C2/Synaptic-Package-Manager/OriyaLinux-Old/C2/Synaptic-Package-Manager/Oriya2015-02-04T11:29:18Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
|'''Time'''<br />
|'''Narration'''<br />
|-<br />
|00:00<br />
| ''Synaptic package manager'' ଉପରେ ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ କୁ ସ୍ୱାଗତ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:06<br />
| ଏହି ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ରେ ଆମେ ''Synaptic package manager'' ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଉବୁଣ୍ଟୁରେ ଆପ୍ଲିକେଶନ୍ସ ଇନଷ୍ଟଲ୍ କରିବା ବିଷୟରେ ଶିଖିବା <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:17<br />
| ଏହା ବୁଝାଇବାକୁ ମୁଁ '''gnome environment desktop''' ଥିବା ଉବୁଣ୍ଟୁ 10.04 ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁଛି <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:24<br />
| '''Synaptic package manager''' ବ୍ୟବହାର ପାଇଁ ଆଡମିନିଷ୍ଟ୍ରେଟିଭ୍ ଅଧିକାର ଥିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:29<br />
| ଇଣ୍ଟର୍ନେଟ୍ ସଂଯୋଗ ଉତ୍ତମ ଭାବରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରୁଥିବା ଉଚିତ ପ୍ରଥମେ '''Synaptic package manager''' ଖୋଲିବା <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:36<br />
| ସେଥିପାଇଁ '''System->Administration'''କୁ ଯାଇ '''Synaptic package manager'''ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:47<br />
| ଏଠାରେ '''Password''' ମାଗୁଥିବା ଏକ ଅଥେଣ୍ଟିକେଶନ୍ ଡାୟଲଗ୍ ବକ୍ସ ଦେଖାଯିବ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00:55<br />
| ପାସୱର୍ଡ୍ ଟାଇପ୍ କରି ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ଦାବିବା <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:06<br />
| ପ୍ରଥମ ଥର '''synaptic package manager''' ବ୍ୟବହାର ସମୟରେ ଏକ ଇଣ୍ଟ୍ରୋଡକ୍ସନ୍ ଡାୟଲଗ୍ ବକ୍ସ୍ ଦେଖାଯାଏ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:13<br />
| ଏହି ଡାୟଲଗ୍ ଵକ୍ସ୍ ରେ '''synaptic package manager'''ର ବ୍ୟବହାର ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧୀୟ ସୂଚନା ଥାଏ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:20<br />
|ଏକ ଆପ୍ଲିକେଶନ୍ ବା ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ଇନଷ୍ଟଲ୍ କରିବାକୁ ସିନେପ୍ଟିକ୍ ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ମ୍ୟାନେଜର୍ ରେ ପ୍ରୋକ୍ସୀ ଓ ରିପୋଜିଟୋରି କନଫିଗର୍ କରିବା <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:29<br />
| ଏଥିପାଇଁ '''Synaptic Package Manager''' ୱିଣ୍ଡୋକୁ ଯିବା<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:36<br />
| '''Setting'''କୁ ଯାଇ '''Preferences'''ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:44<br />
| ସ୍କ୍ରୀନ୍ ରେ ଦେଖାଯାଉଥିବା '''Preference''' ୱିଣ୍ଡୋରେ ଅନେକ ଟ୍ୟାବ୍ସ ଥାଏ ପ୍ରୋକ୍ସୀ ସେଟିଙ୍ଗ୍ କନଫିଗର୍ କରିବା ପାଇଁ '''Network'''ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|01:55<br />
|ପ୍ରୋକ୍ସୀ ସର୍ଭର୍ ରେ – '''Direct Connection''' ଓ '''Manual Proxy''' କନେକ୍ସନ୍ ନାମକ ଦୁଇଟି ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ଥାଏ ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ମାନୁଆଲ୍ ପ୍ରୋକ୍ସୀ କନଫିଗରେଶନ୍ ମୁଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁଛି . ଆପଣ ନିଜ ପସନ୍ଦର ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ବାଛି '''Authentication''' ବଟନ୍ ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ ସ୍କ୍ରୀନ୍ ରେ '''HTTP Authentication''' ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ଦେଖାଦେବ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|02:21<br />
| ଯଦି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ '''Username''' ଓ '''Password''' ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ କରି '''OK'''ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ . ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଗୁଡିକର ଲାଗୁ ପାଇଁ '''“Apply”'''ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ . ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ କ୍ଲୋଜ୍ କରିବାକୁ '''OK'''ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|02:38<br />
| ଏବେ ପୁଣି '''“Setting”'''କୁ ଯାଇ '''“Repositories”'''ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|02:46<br />
|ସ୍କ୍ରୀନ୍ ରେ '''Software Sources''' ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ଦେଖାଯିବ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|02:51<br />
| ଉବୁଣ୍ଟୁ ସଫ୍ଟୱେର୍ ଡାଉନଲୋଡ୍ କରିବାକୁ ବହୁ ସୋର୍ସେସ୍ ଅଛି . '''Download From''' ଡ୍ରପ୍ ଡାଉନ୍ ମେନୁରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରି ରିପୋଜିଟୋରି ଗୁଡିକର ତାଲିକା ଦେଖିବାକୁ ମାଉସ୍ ବଟନ୍ ଚାପି ଧରନ୍ତୁ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|03:05<br />
|''' “Other..”'''ଟି ସମଗ୍ର ଗ୍ଲୋବ୍ ରେ ଥିବା ସର୍ଭର୍ ଗୁଡିକର ତାଲିକା ଦେଖାଏ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|03:12<br />
| ଏହି ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବାକୁ '''Cancel'''ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ . ମୁଁ '''Server for India''' ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁଛି . “Software Sources” ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ବନ୍ଦ କରିବାକୁ '''Close'''ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|03:26<br />
| ଏହି ଟୁଲ୍ ର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଶିଖିବାକୁ ଉଦାହରଣ ଭାବରେ ମୁଁ ଏବେ vlc ପ୍ଲେୟାର୍ ଇନଷ୍ଟଲ୍ କରିବି .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|03:34<br />
|ସିନେପ୍ଟିକ୍ ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ମ୍ୟାନେଜର୍ ପ୍ରଥମ ଥର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁଥିଲେ ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ଗୁଡିକୁ ରିଲୋଡ୍ କରିବାକୁ ହୋଇଥାଏ . ଏଥିପାଇଁ ଟୁଲ୍ ବାର୍ ରେ ଥିବା '''Reload''' ବଟନ୍ ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ . ଏହା କିଛି ସେକେଣ୍ଡ୍ ନେଇପାରେ . ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ଗୁଡିକ ଇଣ୍ଟର୍ନେଟ୍ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଟ୍ରାନ୍ସଫର୍ ହୋଇ ଅପଡେଟ୍ ହେଉଥିବାର ଆମେ ଦେଖିବା .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|03:59<br />
| ରିଲୋଡିଙ୍ଗ୍ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ହୋଇଗଲେ ଟୁଲ୍ ବାର୍ ଉପରେ ଥିବା କ୍ୱିକ୍ ସର୍ଚ୍ଚ ବକ୍ସ୍ ପ୍ରେଜେଣ୍ଟ୍ କୁ ଯାଇ '''vlc''' ଟାଇପ୍ କରିବା .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:14<br />
| ସମସ୍ତ '''vlc packages'''ର ତାଲିକା ଏଠାରେ ଦେଖିପାରିବା .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:19<br />
| '''vlc package''' ସିଲେକ୍ଟ କରିବାକୁ, ଚେକ୍ ବକ୍ସ୍ ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରି ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ମେନୁ ବାର୍ ରେ ଥିବା '''Mark for installation''' ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ଚୟନ କରନ୍ତୁ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:34<br />
| ସମସ୍ତ ରିପୋଜିଟୋରୀ ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ତାଲିକା ଥାଇ ଏକ ଡାୟଲଗ୍ ବକ୍ସ ଦେଖାଯିବ . ସମସ୍ତ ଡିପେଣ୍ଡେନ୍ସିଜ୍ ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ଗୁଡିକୁ ଆପେ ଆପେ ଚିହ୍ନିତ କରିବାକୁ “Mark” ବଟନ୍ ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:46<br />
| ଟୁଲ୍ ବାର୍ କୁ ଯାଇ “apply” ବଟନ୍ ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|04:52<br />
| ଇନଷ୍ଟଲ୍ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ଗୁଡିକର ବିବରଣୀ ସହ ଏକ ସାରାଂଶ ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ଦେଖାଯିବ . ଇନଷ୍ଟଲେଶନ୍ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବାକୁ “Apply” ବଟନ୍ ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|05:05<br />
| ଇନଷ୍ଟଲ୍ ପାଇଁ ଥିବା ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ଗୁଡିକର ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଓ ଆକାରକୁ ଭିତ୍ତିକରି ଇନଷ୍ଟଲେଶନ୍ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା କିଛି ସମୟ ନିଏ . ପୂର୍ବାନୁସାରେ, ଏହା କିଛି ସମୟ ନେଇପାରେ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|05:25<br />
|ଇନଷ୍ଟଲେଶନ୍ ସରିବା ମାତ୍ରେ “Downloading Package File” ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ବନ୍ଦ ହୋଇଯିବ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|05:43<br />
| ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଗୁଡିକ ଲାଗୁ ହେଉଥିବାର ଆମେ ଦେଖିବା .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:00<br />
| Vlc ଏବେ ଇନଷ୍ଟଲ୍ ହୋଇଗଲା . “Synaptic Package Manager” ୱିଣ୍ଡୋ ବନ୍ଦ କରନ୍ତୁ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:09<br />
| vlc ପ୍ଲେୟାର୍ ସଫଳ ଭାବରେ ଇନଷ୍ଟଲ୍ ହୋଇଛି କି ନାହିଁ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଦେଖିବା .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:15<br />
| ଏଥିପାଇଁ ଆପ୍ଲିକେଶନ୍->ସାଉଣ୍ଡ୍ ଆଣ୍ଡ୍ ଭିଡିଓ କୁ ଯିବା . vlc ମିଡିଆ ପ୍ଲେୟାର୍ ତାଲିକାରେ ଅଛି . ଏହାର ଅର୍ଥ vlc ସଫଳ ଭାବରେ ଇନଷ୍ଟଲ୍ ହୋଇଛି . ସେହିଭଳି, ସିନେପ୍ଟିକ୍ ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ମ୍ୟାନେଜର୍ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଆମେ ଅନ୍ୟ ଆପ୍ଲିକେଶନ୍ସ ଇନଷ୍ଟଲ୍ କରିପାରିବା .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:36<br />
| ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ ଏହି ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ରେ ଆମେ ଶିଖିଲେ… ସିନେପ୍ଟିକ୍ ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ମ୍ୟାନେଜର୍ ରେ ପ୍ରୋକ୍ସୀ ଓ ରେପୋଜିଟୋରୀ କିପରି କନଫିଗର୍ କରିବା . ସିନେପ୍ଟିକ୍ ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ ମ୍ୟାନେଜର୍ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଆପ୍ଲିକେଶନ୍ ବା ପ୍ୟାକେଜ୍ କିପରି ଇନଷ୍ଟଲ୍ କରିବା .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|06:51<br />
|ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ପ୍ରୋଜେକ୍ଟ,, ଟକ୍ ଟୁ ଏ ଟିଚର୍ ପ୍ରୋଜେକ୍ଟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ . ଏହା ଭାରତ ସରକାରଙ୍କ ICT ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରୀୟ ସାକ୍ଷରତା ମିଶନ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ସମର୍ଥିତ .<br />
ଏହି ବିଷୟରେ ଅଧିକ ସୂଚନା http://spoken-tutorial.org/NMEICT-Intro ରେ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ .<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|07:19<br />
|ଆଇଆଇଟି ମୁମ୍ୱଇ ତରଫରୁ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଦୀପ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ମହାପାତ୍ର ଆପଣଙ୍କଠାରୁ ବିଦାୟ ନେଉଛି .<br />
ଆମ ସହିତ ଜଡ଼ିତ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ .</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/BASH/C3/Using-File-Descriptors/English-timedBASH/C3/Using-File-Descriptors/English-timed2015-01-29T06:28:34Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{|border = 1<br />
| Time<br />
| Narration<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.01<br />
| Dear friends, Welcome to the spoken tutorial on''' Using file descriptors'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.08<br />
| In this tutorial, we will learn to<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.11<br />
| * Assign an '''output file descriptor''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.14<br />
| * Assign an '''input file descriptor''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.17<br />
| * Close the '''file descriptor (fd)''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.19<br />
| * With the help of some examples <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|00.23 <br />
| To follow this tutorial you should have knowledge of '''Shell Scripting''' in''' BASH.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.29<br />
| If not, for relevant tutorials please visit our website which is as shown,'''http://www.spoken-tutorial.org'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.35<br />
| For this tutorial I am using''' '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.38<br />
| * '''Ubuntu Linux''' 12.04''' '''Operating System <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.43<br />
| * '''GNU BASH''' version 4.2<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.46<br />
| Please note,''' GNU Bash''' '''version 4''' or above is recommended for practice.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.54<br />
| Let us start with an introduction.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 00.56<br />
| We have already studied about '''file descriptors''' in the previous tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.02<br />
| * 0, 1 and 2 are the standard '''file descriptors''' for''' stdin,''' '''stdout''' and '''stderr'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.15<br />
| * '''File descriptors''' are used for '''i/o redirection'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.20<br />
| The syntax to assign a '''file descriptor '''to an output file is:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.25<br />
| '''exec [File descriptor] greater than symbol filename'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.31<br />
| Let us see an example.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.33<br />
| I have a code file with the name '''fdassign dot sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.43<br />
| The first line is the '''shebang line.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.49<br />
| The '''exec''' command replaces the current '''shell process'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 01.56<br />
| It will be executed in the place of the current '''shell '''without creating a new process.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.04<br />
| We know that 0, 1, and 2 are standard '''file descriptors. '''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.09<br />
| For any newly opened file, we have additional '''file descriptors''' from 3 to 9.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.19<br />
| Here, '''3 '''is the '''file descriptor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.22<br />
| This will write the output to the '''output dot txt''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.30<br />
| The string '''"Welcome to BASH learning" '''is sent to the file '''output dot txt''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.36<br />
| This is done via '''file descriptor 3'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.42<br />
| This is similar to redirecting a string to a file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.49<br />
| Each new string will be appended to the file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.52<br />
| For example:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 02.54<br />
| We will append the current '''system date''' to the''' output dot txt''' file. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.00<br />
| The syntax is: '''date SPACE greater-than symbol ampersand sign 3'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.13<br />
| Here we close the '''file descriptor'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.16<br />
| After this line, the '''descriptor '''cannot write anything to the '''output dot txt''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.23<br />
| Let us execute the code and see the output.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.26<br />
| Open the '''terminal '''using '''CTRL+ALT+T''' keys.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.34<br />
| Type: '''chmod space plus x space fdassign dot sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.41<br />
| Type: '''dot slash fdassign dot sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.46<br />
| Let us check the output now by typing '''cat space output dot txt'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 03.56<br />
| We can see that the string '''Welcome to BASH learning''' and the current '''system date''' is displayed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.05<br />
| Let us go back to the editor.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.11<br />
| Now I will type '''echo '''at the end, after the '''descriptor '''is closed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.17<br />
| Type: '''echo within double quotes Hi after quotes space greater than symbol ampersand sign 3'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.31<br />
| Click on '''Save'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.35<br />
| Let us execute the script once again and see what happens.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.38<br />
| On the '''terminal''', press the uparrow key twice recall the previous command '''dot slash fdassign dot sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.50<br />
| press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.52<br />
| We see an error<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.55<br />
| '''Bad file descriptor'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 04.58<br />
| Let us fix this error.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.00<br />
| Come back to the editor.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.03<br />
| I will cut the last line of code and paste it below the '''date command'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.11<br />
| Click on '''Save'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.13<br />
| Let us execute the code once again. On the '''terminal'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.19<br />
| Recall the previous command '''dot slash fdassign.sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.24<br />
| press '''Enter.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.26<br />
| Now let us open the '''output dot txt''' file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.29<br />
| Type: '''cat space output dot txt'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.41<br />
| We can see the output.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.43<br />
| The string '''Hi '''is displayed at the end.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.49<br />
| Now we will assign the '''file descriptor''' to the input file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.54<br />
| Let us see an example.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 05.56<br />
| I have a file named '''fdread dot sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.03<br />
| Let us go through it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.07<br />
| This is the '''exec command.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.13<br />
| Here we will read the file '''output dot txt'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.19<br />
| The line '''exec 3 lesser than symbol output dot txt''' will open the file for reading.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.30<br />
| '''cat command''' will display the content of the file.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.35<br />
| And finally we close the '''file descriptor.'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.39<br />
| Now let us execute this '''shell script'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.42<br />
| On the '''terminal''', let me clear the '''prompt'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.47<br />
| Type: '''chmod space plus x space fdread dot sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 06.55<br />
| Type '''dot slash fdread dot sh'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.01<br />
| We can see the output on the '''terminal'''.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.05<br />
| The content of '''output dot txt''' file is displayed.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.10<br />
| This brings us to the end of this tutorial.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.13<br />
| Come back to the slides.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.16<br />
| Let us summarize.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.17<br />
| In this tutorial we learnt to,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.19<br />
| * Assign the '''output file descriptor''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.22<br />
| * Assign the '''input file descriptor'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.26<br />
| * Close the '''file descriptor'''. <br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.28<br />
| As an assignment,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.30<br />
| Try to append a few lines to a file '''test dot txt''' using '''file descriptors'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.36<br />
| Display the content of the file using '''file descriptors'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.41<br />
| Watch the video available at the link shown below.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.45<br />
| It summarises the Spoken Tutorial project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.48<br />
| If you do not have good bandwidth, you can download and watch it.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.53<br />
| The Spoken Tutorial Project Team Conducts workshops using spoken tutorials<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 07.58<br />
| Gives certificates to those who pass an online test<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08.02<br />
| For more details, please write to '''contact@spoken-tutorial.org'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08.10<br />
| Spoken Tutorial Project is a part of the Talk to a Teacher project.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08.14<br />
| It is supported by the National Mission on Education through ICT, MHRD, Government of India.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08.22<br />
| More information on this Mission is available at the link shown below http://spoken-tutorial.org\NMEICT-Intro<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08.28<br />
| The script has been contributed by FOSSEE and Spoken-Tutorial teams.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08.33<br />
| This is Ashwini Patil from IIT Bombay. Signing off<br />
<br />
|-<br />
| 08.37<br />
| Thank you for joining.<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/BOSS-Linux/C2/File-System/SanskritBOSS-Linux/C2/File-System/Sanskrit2015-01-13T11:40:32Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>{| border=1<br />
!Time<br />
!Narration<br />
|-<br />
| 00:00<br />
|Linux File System विषये spoken tutorial मध्ये स्वागतम् <br />
|-<br />
| 00:04<br />
|अहं Linux उपयुञ्जे <br />
|-<br />
| 00:08<br />
|वयम् आशास्महे यत् आदेशानां प्राथमिकसंकल्पनां तथैव Linux - प्रणाल्या: आरम्भ: कथं करणीय: इति भवान् जानाति <br />
|-<br />
| 00:16<br />
|यदि रुचिमन्त: भवन्त: तर्हि अस्मिन् जालपुटे अन्यस्मिन् अपि spoken tutorial मध्ये इदं ज्ञानम् उपलभ्यमस्ति http://spoken-tutorial.org <br />
|-<br />
| 00:28<br />
|अपि च जानातु यत् linux अक्षर-संवेद्यम् अस्ति <br />
|-<br />
| 00:32<br />
|अस्मिन् पाठे विशेषत्वेन अनुक्ता: सर्वे आदेशा: लघु-अक्षरै: टङ्किता: सन्ति <br />
|-<br />
| 00:41<br />
|Linux-मध्ये प्राय: सर्वं सञ्चिका-रूपं भवति <br />
|-<br />
| 00:44<br />
|तर्हि का नाम सञ्चिका ? व्यवहारे वयं जानीम: यत् सञ्चिका नाम सा यस्याम् अस्माकम् पत्राणि सामग्री: च वयं संगृह्णीम: <br />
|-<br />
| 00:54<br />
|तथैव Linux - मध्ये सञ्चिका सामग्री-संग्राहिका भवति <br />
|-<br />
| 01:00<br />
|अन्यच्च किं नाम संधारिका? <br />
|-<br />
| 01:03<br />
|संधारिका इत्युक्ते सञ्चिकानां , उपसंधारिकाणां च संग्रह इति वक्तुं शक्यम्<br />
|-<br />
| 01:10<br />
|संधारिका सञ्चिका: व्यवस्थापयितुं साहाय्यं करोति <br />
|-<br />
| 01:16<br />
|Windows मध्ये यत् धारिका इति उच्यते, तादृशम् एव इदम्<br />
|-<br />
| 01:20<br />
|अनेन भिन्न-उपयोक्-र्तॄणां स्वस्य संधारिका:, सञ्चिका: च भवितुम् अर्हन्ति या: अन्ये द्रष्टुं परिवर्तयितुं वा न शक्नुयु: <br />
|-<br />
| 01:30<br />
|अपि च यदि संधारिका: न भवेयु: तर्हि प्रणाल्यां विद्यमानानां सर्व-सञ्चिकानां भिन्न-नामानि आवश्यकानि स्यु:,यानि व्यवस्थापयितुं कष्टंकरं भवेत् <br />
|-<br />
| 01:41<br />
|यद्यपि संधारिकाणां , सञ्चिकानां च इमा: व्याख्या: सामान्यत: अवगन्तुं समीचीना: सन्ति तथापि ता: संपूर्णत: यथार्था: न सन्ति <br />
|-<br />
| 01:51<br />
|सञ्चिकाया: एकं नाम भवति ,कतिचन धर्मा: भवन्ति ,अथवा प्रशासकीय-सूच्यांश: भवति इत्युक्ते सञ्चिकाया: रचना-परिवर्तन-दिनाङ्क: ,तदनुमतिश्च<br />
|-<br />
| 02:05<br />
|सञ्चिकाविन्यासे inodeनामा एक: विशिष्ट: सामग्रीखण्ड: भवति , यस्मिन् धर्मा: रक्षिता: भवन्ति अपि च सञ्चिकाया: दैर्घ्यं , disk मध्ये संग्रहण-स्थानं च इत्यस्य ज्ञानं समाविष्टं भवति <br />
|-<br />
| 02:20<br />
|सञ्चिकाया:विन्यास: inode - क्रमाङ्कम् उपयुङ्क्ते , अस्माकं सारल्यार्थं धारिकाविन्यास: सञ्चिकाया: नामकरणमात्रं करोति , यत: दीर्घ-क्रमाङ्कस्य स्मरणापेक्षया नाम्नां स्मरणं सुकरं भवति<br />
|-<br />
|02:35<br />
|वस्तुत: संधारिका अन्य-सञ्चिका: न रक्षति ,अपि तु सा स्वयमेव एका सञ्चिका अस्ति या inode क्रमाङ्कान् ,अन्य-सञ्चिकानां नामानि च संधारयति एतच्च तस्या: अतिसरलव्याख्याया: विरोधि भाति<br />
|-<br />
| 02:49<br />
|वस्तुत: Linux - मध्ये सञ्चिकाया: प्रकारत्रयमस्ति -<br />
|-<br />
| 02:54<br />
|१ नियत-सञ्चिका, सामान्य-सञ्चिका वा - एषा केवलं अक्षरयुतां सामग्रीं धारयति <br />
|-<br />
| 03:01<br />
|२ संधारिका -इदं पूर्वतन-अवसर्पिण्यां दृष्टपूर्वम् <br />
|-<br />
| 03:07<br />
|३ Device Files - Linux मध्ये सर्वाणि यन्त्रांश-उपकरणानि ,आनुषाङ्गिक-उपकरणानि च सञ्चिका-रूपेण प्रदर्श्यन्ते <br />
|-<br />
| 03:14<br />
|Linux - मध्ये CD, Harddisk , usb stick च इति प्रत्येकं सञ्चिका भवति , किन्तु किमर्थम् एवम्? इति चेत् अनेन सामान्य- सञ्चिका इव इमानि उपकरणानि पठितुं लेखितुं च शक्यानि <br />
|-<br />
| 03:32<br />
|Linux - मध्ये सर्वा: सञ्चिका: संबद्धा: भवन्ति , संक्षेपेण सर्वा: कुटुम्बं रचयन्ति वयम् इव <br />
|-<br />
| 03:39<br />
|संधारिकायां विद्यमानानां सञ्चिकानां : उपसंधारिकाणां च परस्पर-संबन्ध: जन्य-जनक-भाव-संबन्ध: इव भवति, एवञ्च linux इत्यस्य सञ्चिका-व्यवस्थाया: रेखावृक्ष: उत्पन्न: भवति<br />
|-<br />
| 03:53<br />
|उपरि मूलं भवति यत् frontslash (/) द्वारा निर्दिश्यते , तस्मिन् अन्या: सर्वा: सञ्चिका: संधारिका: च भवन्ति <br />
|-<br />
| 04:04<br />
|अनेन सञ्चिकात: संधारिकात: वा अन्यत्र गमनं सुकरं भवति , यदि वयम् उचितं मार्गं जानीम:, <br />
|-<br />
| 04:12<br />
|यदा Linux प्रणाल्यां वयम् कार्यं कुर्म: तदा अनेन वृक्षेण सह गच्छाम: इति भाति <br />
|-<br />
| 04:18<br />
|एकेन आदेशेन भवान् एकस्मात् स्थानात् अन्यत्र गन्तुं शक्नुयात्<br />
|-<br />
| 04:24<br />
|चित्तवेधकं भाति इदं , तथैव अस्ति च ,वयं पश्याम: एव <br />
|-<br />
| 04:29<br />
|यदा वयं Linux प्रणाल्यां login कुर्म: तदा उत्सर्गेण वयं गृह-संधारिकायां भवाम:<br />
|-<br />
| 04:36<br />
|अधुना terminal उद्घाटयाम:<br />
|-<br />
| 04:39<br />
|गृह-संधारिकां द्रष्टुं ,आदेशस्य संसूचके टङ्कयतु <br />
"echo space dollar capitalमध्ये H-O-M-E " , enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 04:53<br />
|अनेन गृह-संधारिकाया: मार्गनाम दृश्येत <br />
|-<br />
| 04:57<br />
|वयम् एकस्या: संधारिकाया: अन्यां संधारिकां गन्तुं शक्नुम: <br />
|-<br />
| 05:01<br />
|किन्तु ,यदा वयम् कस्यां-चित् संधारिकायां भवाम: तदा सा संधारिका उद्घाटित - संधारिका / कार्यकारिणी संधारिका वा इति उच्यते,<br />
|-<br />
| 05:09<br />
|तत: pwd आदेश: उद्घाटित -संधारिकां द्रष्टुम् अस्माकं साहाय्यं करोति , pwd इत्युक्ते "present working directory"<br />
|-<br />
| 05:18<br />
|संसूचके "pwd" इति टङ्कयतु ,enter नुदतु , अधुना एषा अस्माकं विद्यमाना कार्यकारिणी संधारिका अस्ति<br />
|-<br />
| 05:28<br />
|वयम् उक्तवन्त: यत् वयम् एकस्या: संधारिकाया: अन्यां संधारिकां गन्तुं शक्नुम: <br />
|-<br />
| 05:32<br />
|किन्तु कथं करणीयम् इदम् ? एतन्निमित्तम् अस्मत्-सविधे cd इति आदेश: अस्ति <br />
|-<br />
| 05:39<br />
|भवता इष्टसंधारिकाया: मार्गनाम्न: अनन्तरं cd इति आदेश: टङ्कनीय:<br />
|-<br />
| 05:47<br />
|पुन: अस्माकं विद्यमान-संधारिकां पश्याम: ,तदर्थं संसूचके pwd टङ्कयतु तत: enter नुदतु <br />
|-<br />
|05:57<br />
|तर्हि वयमिदानीं अस्यां संधारिकायां स्म: <br />
|-<br />
| 06:01<br />
|अधुना वयं slash usr directory इत्यत्र गन्तुम् इच्छाम: चेत् नुदाम: <br />
"cd space slash usr" , अत्र स्मरतु, linux मध्ये slash इत्युक्ते front slash ,enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 06:17<br />
|अधुना अस्माकं उद्घाटित-संधारिकां पश्याम: ,टङ्कयतु pwd , enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 06:24<br />
|आं, वयं slash usr directory प्रति गतवन्त: <br />
|-<br />
| 06:30<br />
|अत्र एका समस्यास्ति यत् मार्गनाम दीर्घं भवितुम् अर्हति ,यतो हि एतानि नि:शेषाणि मार्गनामानि मूल-संधारिकात: मूलसहितं संपूर्णं मार्गं निर्दिशति <br />
|-<br />
| 06:42<br />
|अथवा वयं विद्यमान-संधारिकया आरभ्यमाणानि संबद्ध-मार्गनामानि उपयोक्तुं शक्नुम: <br />
|-<br />
|06:48<br />
|अत्र अस्माभि: विशिष्टं चिह्नद्वयं ज्ञातव्यम्<br />
'''dot''' उद्घाटित-संधारिकां प्रदर्शयति, अपि च '''dot dot''' उद्घाटित-संधारिकाया: पितृ-संधारिकां दर्शयति <br />
|-<br />
| 07:02<br />
|अधुना cd आदेशं सविस्तरं पश्याम:<br />
|-<br />
| 07:06<br />
|नि:संशयं cd इति आदेश: पुन: गृह-संधारिकां गन्तुम् उपयुज्यते <br />
|-<br />
| 07:13<br />
|संसूचके- "cd" enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 07:19<br />
|अधुना pwd इति आदेशेन अस्माकं उद्घाटित-सधारिकां परिशीलयतु<br />
|-<br />
| 07:23<br />
|अथ अधुना वयं अस्माकं गृह-संधारिकायां प्रत्यागता: <br />
<nowiki>/home/gnuhata [ narration- slash home slash gnuhata ] </nowiki><br />
|-<br />
| 07:30<br />
|अधुना सङ्गीत-संधारिकां गच्छाम: , संसूचके टङ्कयतु "cd space Music(M in capital) slash" , enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 07:43<br />
|अधुना pwd इति आदेशेन अस्माकं उद्घाटित-सधारिकां परिशीलयतु , pwd ,enter नुदतु , पश्यतु वयं /home/gnuhata/Music प्रत्यागता: <br />
|-<br />
| 07:57<br />
| सङ्गीतत: पितृ-संधारिकां गच्छाम: , तन्निमित्तं भवता dot dot इत्यनेन सह cd इति आदेश: उपयोक्तव्य:<br />
|-<br />
| 08:04<br />
|संसूचके टङ्कयतु - cd space dot dot , enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 08:11<br />
|अधुना pwd इति आदेशेन अस्माकं विद्यमान-सधारिकां परिशीलयाम:, वयं पुन: /home/gnuhata मध्ये स्म:<br />
|-<br />
| 08:23<br />
|अधुना dot उपयुज्य उद्घाटित-संधारिकाया: उपसधारिकां गन्तुं प्रयतामहे <br />
|-<br />
| 08:30<br />
|संसूचके टङ्कयतु - "cd space dot slash Documents(D in capital) slash." , enter नुदतु <br />
|-तदनु<br />
| 08:42<br />
|pwd इति टङ्कयित्वा उद्घाटित-सधारिकां परिशीलयतु , वयं /home/gnuhata/Documents इत्यत्र स्म:<br />
|-<br />
| 08:53<br />
|control L नुदित्वा पटलं रिक्तं कुर्म: , येन स्पष्टता भवेत् <br />
|-<br />
| 08:58<br />
|cd आदेशेन अस्माकं गृह-सधारिकां गन्तुं <br />
टङ्कयतु cd , नुदतु enter.<br />
|-<br />
| 09:07<br />
|पुन: pwd इति आदेशेन उद्घाटित-सधारिकां परिशीलयतु , वयं /home/gnuhata इत्यत्र आगता: <br />
|-<br />
| 09:17<br />
|<nowiki>वयं कियन्त: अपि dot dot दातुं शक्नुम: यानि संबद्ध-मार्गे slash इत्यनेन भिन्नानि भवन्ति </nowiki><br />
|-<br />
| 09:23<br />
|अस्याम् अवसर्पिण्यां वयं सञ्चिका- व्यवस्थापनस्य क्रमं पश्याम: , उपरितन-भागे Root , slash वा अस्ति , username -इति root मध्ये home तथा च bin इति उपसन्धारिका-द्वयम् अस्ति , अत्र home मध्ये gnuhata नाम्न: उपसन्धारिका अस्ति <br />
|-<br />
| 09:43<br />
|अधुना वयं /home/gnuhata मध्ये स्म: , अधुना bin सन्धारिका कथं गन्तव्या ?<br />
|-<br />
| 09:51<br />
|संसूचके टङ्कयतु <br />
"cd space dot dot slash dot dot slash bin" , enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 10:03<br />
|pwd इति आदेशेन उद्घाटित-सन्धारिकां परिशीलयतु <br />
<nowiki>वयं /bin [narration - slash bin] इत्यत्र स्म:</nowiki><br />
|-<br />
| 10:11<br />
|प्रथमं dot dot , slash home slash gnuhata] त: slash home प्रति अस्मान् नयति , <br />
|-<br />
| 10:18<br />
|अग्रिमं च /home त: root प्रति<br />
|-<br />
| 10:24<br />
|अधुना slash त: ,root त: वा वयं slash bin संधारिकायां प्रत्यागता:<br />
|-<br />
| 10:30<br />
|cd इति आदेशेन अस्माकं गृह-सन्धारिकां गच्छतु <br />
|-<br />
| 10:34<br />
|सन्धारिकां निर्मातुं वयं mkdir आदेशम् उपयुञ्ज्महे <br />
|-<br />
| 10:40<br />
|सन्धारिका-निर्माणार्थं भवता आदेशं ,सन्धारिका-नाम च टङ्कनीयं ,तदनु उद्घाटित-सधारिकायां सन्धारिका निर्मिता भवेत् <br />
|-<br />
| 10:49<br />
|testdir इति नाम्न: सन्धारिकां निर्मातुम् आदेशं टङ्कयतु - "mkdir space testdir" ,enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 11:01<br />
|अनेन testdir सन्धारिका यशस्विरीत्या निर्मिता भवेत् ! <br />
|-<br />
| 11:05<br />
|पश्यतु यत् , संधारिका-निर्माणं तत्-निष्कासनं वा यशस्वि अभवत् इति वक्तुं कापि प्रत्यक्षं सूचना नास्ति <br />
|-<br />
| 11:13<br />
|भवान् कमपि दोष-सूचनां न प्राप्नोति इत्युक्ते इदं सम्पादनं यशस्वि अभवत् <br />
|-<br />
| 11:18<br />
|वृक्षे कुत्रापि सन्धारिकां निर्मातुं वयं relative , absolute वा मार्गनाम उपयोक्तुं शक्नुम: किन्तु तथा कर्तुम् अनुमति: आवश्यकी अपि च तत्-नाम्न: सन्धारिका आदावेव विद्यमाना स्यात् <br />
|-<br />
| 11:33<br />
|एषा प्रक्रिया बहुविधा: संधारिका: , संधारिकाणां च क्रमं निर्मातुं उपयोक्तुं शक्यते <br />
|-<br />
| 11:39<br />
|टङ्कयतु - "mkdir space test1 space test2 " enter नुदतु च , अनेन विद्यमान-संधारिकायां test1 तथा च test2 इति संधारिकाद्वयं निर्मितं भवति <br />
|-<br />
| 11:57<br />
|टङ्कयतु - "mkdir space testtree space testtree slash test3". <br />
|-<br />
| 12:11<br />
|अनेन testtree संधारिका तथैव testtree इत्यस्य test3 इति अन्या एका उपसंधारिका निर्मिता भवति <br />
|-<br />
| 12:20<br />
|अथ अस्माभि: उद्घाटित-संधारिकायां संधारिका-चतुष्टयं निर्मितं -testdir,test1,test2 , testtree च , तेषु प्रथम-त्रयं रिक्तम् अस्ति , अन्तिमा च test3 नाम्न: उपसंधारिका समाविशति <br />
|-<br />
| 12:40<br />
|mkdir इव rmdir अपि एक: आदेश: अस्ति य: संधारिकां निष्कासयितुम् उपयुज्यते <br />
|-<br />
| 12:50<br />
|"rmdir space test1" इति आदेश: test1 संधारिकां यशस्विरीत्या निष्कासयति <br />
|-<br />
| 13:00<br />
|संधारिका तदैव निष्कासयितुं शक्या यदा भवान् तस्य स्वामी भवति ,यदा भवत: उद्घाटित-संधारिका क्रमश: निष्कासनीय-संधारिकाया: उपरि भवति अपि च यदा संधारिका रिक्ता भवति <br />
|-<br />
| 13:13<br />
|संसूचके टङ्कयतु <br />
"cd space testtree slash test3"<br />
|-<br />
| 13:25<br />
|वयम् अधुना संधारिकायां स्म: या testtree इत्यस्य उपसन्धारिका अस्ति <br />
|-<br />
| 13:33<br />
|"rmdir space testdir" आदेशं टङ्कयित्वा testdir संधारिकां निष्कासयाम: ,enter नुदाम:<br />
|-<br />
| 13:46<br />
|वयं पश्याम: यत् एतत् न भवति ,उद्घाटित-संधारिका क्रमश: निष्कासनीय-संधारिकाया: उपरि नास्ति<br />
|-<br />
| 13:54<br />
|अत: अस्माभि: testdir संधारिकाया: क्रमश: उपरितना संधारिका गन्तव्या <br />
|-<br />
| 14:00<br />
|टङ्कयतु - "cd space dot dot" , enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 14:06<br />
|अधुना "cd space dot dot" आदेशं टङ्कयित्वा पितृ-संधारिकां गच्छतु <br />
|-<br />
| 14:13<br />
|अधुना पुन: पूर्वतन-आदेशं टङ्कयतु <br />
|-<br />
| 14:16<br />
|अधुना टङ्कयतु - "rmdir space testdir" , enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 14:23<br />
|testdir संधारिका यशस्विरीत्या उच्छिन्ना , पश्यतु यत् testdir संधारिका अपि रिक्ता आसीत्<br />
|-<br />
| 14:32<br />
|बहुविधसंधारिका: संधारिकाणां क्रम: वा युगपत् निष्कासयितुं शक्य: , अत: test3 उपसंधारिकया सह testtree संधारिकां उच्छेत्तुं प्रयत्नं करोतु<br />
|-<br />
| 14:43<br />
|संसूचके टङ्कयतु <br />
"rmdir space testtree space testtree slash test3 " , enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 14:57<br />
|पश्यतु , दोष-सूचना क्रियते यत् 'testree' संधारिका निष्कासयितुं न शक्या यत: testtree रिक्ता नास्ति <br />
|-<br />
| 15:07<br />
|किन्तु एकम् अंशं भवान् विस्मर्तुं शक्नोति यत् testtree/test3 उच्छिन्ना यतो हि सा रिक्ता आसीत् <br />
|-<br />
| 15:16<br />
|तत् परीक्षितुं संसूचके टङ्कयतु - "cd space testtree" , enter नुदतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 15:25<br />
|अधुना टङ्कयतु- "ls" , enter नुदतु च , पश्यतु संधारिकायां किमपि नास्ति , अत: test3 उच्छिन्ना <br />
|-<br />
| 15:34<br />
|अथ पाठे अस्मिन् अस्माभि: Linux - सञ्चिका , संधारिका ,तयो: कार्यं च इत्यादिकं पठितं , तत् सर्वं पश्यतु, यथावत् करोतु च <br />
|-<br />
| 15:48<br />
|अत्र असौ पाठ: समाप्यते , Spoken Tutorial इति Talk to a Teacher प्रकल्पस्य भाग: य: National Mission on Education through ICT. इत्यनेन साहाय्यीकृत:<br />
|-<br />
| 16:02<br />
|अस्य अधिक-ज्ञानम् अस्मिन् सन्धाने उपलभ्यते <br />
|-<br />
| 16:08<br />
|एतत्-पाठ-अनुवादकर्त्री इयं नन्दिनी आपृच्छते भवन्तं , संपर्कार्थं धन्यवादा: !<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/LibreOffice-Suite-Calc/C2/Basic-Data-Manipulation/OriyaLibreOffice-Suite-Calc/C2/Basic-Data-Manipulation/Oriya2015-01-12T09:52:31Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div><br />
{| border=1<br />
|| '''Time'''<br />
|| '''Narration'''<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:00<br />
|| ଲିବର୍ ଅଫିସ୍ Calcର ବେସିକ୍ ଡେଟା ମାନିପ୍ୟୁଲେଶନ୍ ଉପରେ ସ୍ପୋକନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ କୁ ସ୍ୱାଗତ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:07<br />
|| ଏହି ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ରେ ଆମେ ଶିଖିବା:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:09<br />
|| ଫର୍ମୁଲାର ବେସିକ୍ ସହିତ ପରିଚୟ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:12<br />
|| Columns ଦ୍ୱାରା କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ କରିବା<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:15<br />
|| ଡେଟା ଫିଲ୍ଟରିଙ୍ଗ୍ ର ବେସିକ୍<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:17<br />
|| ଏଠାରେ ନିଜ ଅପରେଟିଙ୍ଗ୍ ସିଷ୍ଟମ୍ ଭାବରେ ଆମେ ଉବୁଣ୍ଟୁ ଲିନକ୍ସ ୧୦.୦୪ ଓ ଲିବର୍ ଅଫିସ୍ ସୁଟ୍ ଭର୍ସନ୍ ୩.୩.୪ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁଛୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:27<br />
|| ଚାଲନ୍ତୁ, ଲିବର୍ ଅଫିସ୍ Calc ଦ୍ୱାରା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ବେସିକ୍ ଫର୍ମୁଲା ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ରୁ ଶିକ୍ଷା ଆରମ୍ଭ କରିବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:35<br />
|| ଫର୍ମୁଲା ହେଉଛି, ପରିଣାମ ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ ନମ୍ୱର୍ସ ଓ ଭେରିଏବଲ୍ସ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରୁଥିବା ସମୀକରଣ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:41<br />
|| Spreadsheetରେ ଭେରିଏବଲ୍ସ ହେଉଛି ସେଲ୍ ଲୋକେଶନ୍, ଯାହା ଇକ୍ୱେଶନ୍ ପାଇଁ ଆବଶ୍ୟକୀୟ ତଥ୍ୟକୁ ରଖିଥାଏ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:47<br />
|| ସବୁଠାରୁ ମୌଳିକ ଗାଣିତିକ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହେଉଛି ମିଶାଣ, ଫେଡାଣ, ଗୁଣନ ଓ ହରଣ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 00:56<br />
|| Personal-Finance-Tracker.ods ଫାଇଲ୍ ଖୋଲନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||01:02<br />
|| Personal-Finance-Tracker.ods ଫାଇଲ୍ ରେ, Cost ହେଡିଙ୍ଗ୍ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ଥିବା ସମସ୍ତ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚକୁ କିପରି ମିଶାଯାଏ, ଚାଲନ୍ତୁ ଦେଖିବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:13<br />
|| ଠିକ୍ Miscellaneous ତଳେ Sum Total ଭାବରେ ଆଉ ଏକ ହେଡିଙ୍ଗ୍ ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:19<br />
|| ଏବଂ A8 cell ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରି ସିରିୟଲ୍ ନମ୍ୱର୍ 7 ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:25<br />
|| ଏବେ C8 cell ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ, ଯେଉଁଠାରେ ସର୍ବମୋଟ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଛନ୍ତି |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:32<br />
|| ସମସ୍ତ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ମିଶାଇବା ପାଇଁ ଆମେ, “is equal to SUM” ଓ ବ୍ରାକେଟ୍ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ମିଶାଯିବାକୁ ଥିବା Column ରେଞ୍ଜ୍ C3 କଲନ୍ C7 ଟାଇପ୍ କରିବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:44<br />
|| ଏବେ ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ପ୍ରେସ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:47<br />
|| Cost ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ଥିବା ସମସ୍ତ ଆଇଟମ୍ ମିଶିଯିବ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:51<br />
|| ଏବେ ଚାଲନ୍ତୁ ଫେଡାଣ ବା ସବଷ୍ଟ୍ରାକ୍ଟ ଶିଖିବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 01:55<br />
|| ଯଦି ଆପଣ “ଘର ଭଡ଼ା” ଓ “ଇଲେକ୍ଟ୍ରିସିଟୀ ବିଲ୍”ର ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚକୁ ସବଷ୍ଟ୍ରାକ୍ଟ କରି A9 Cellରେ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ କରିବାକୁ ଚହୁଁଛନ୍ତି, ତେବେ ପ୍ରଥମେ A9 Cellରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:06<br />
|| ଏବେ, ଏହି Cellରେ is equal to ଓ ବ୍ରାକେଟ୍ ମଧ୍ୟରେ C3 minus C4 ଭାବରେ ସମ୍ୱନ୍ଧିତ Cell ରେଫରେନ୍ସ ଟାଇପ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:17<br />
|| ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ପ୍ରେସ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:20<br />
|| ଦୁଇଟି Cell ରେଫରେନ୍ସରେ ଥିବା ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ସବଷ୍ଟ୍ରାକ୍ଟ ହେବା ସହିତ A9Cellରେ ପରିଣାମ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହୋଇଯିବ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:29<br />
|| ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ Undo କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:32<br />
|| ସେହିପ୍ରକାରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ Cellରେ ଡେଟାକୁ ଡିଭାଇଡ ଓ ମଲ୍ଟିପ୍ଲାଏ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:37<br />
|| Spreadsheetରେ ଅନ୍ୟଏକ ବେସିକ୍ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହେଉଛି, ସଂଖ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକର Average ପାଇବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:43<br />
|| ଏହାକୁ କିପରି କରାଯାଏ, ଆସନ୍ତୁ ଦେଖିବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:45<br />
|| SUM TOTAL ଠିକ୍ ତଳେ Average ନାମକ ହେଡିଙ୍ଗ୍ ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:50<br />
|| ଏଠାରେ ଆମେ, ସମୁଦାୟ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚର ହାରାହାରି ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଛେ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:55<br />
|| ତେଣୁ, C9 Cell ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରିବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 02:58<br />
|| ଏବେ, is equal to ହାରାହାରି ଓ ବ୍ରାକେଟ୍ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଖର୍ଚ୍ଚ ଟାଇପ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:04<br />
|| ଏଣ୍ଟର୍ ପ୍ରେସ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:07<br />
|| Cellରେ Cost Columnର ହାରାହାରି ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହେବ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:11<br />
|| ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ Undo କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:15<br />
|| ସେହିପରି, ଏକ ହୋରାଇଜୋଣ୍ଟାଲ୍ ରୋ’ରେ ଆପଣ ଏଲେମେଣ୍ଟସ୍ ର ଆଭରେଜ୍ ପାଇପାରିବେ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:20<br />
|| ଆଡଭାନ୍ସ ଲେଭଲ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ରେ ଆମେ ଫର୍ମୁଲା ଓ ଅପରେଟର୍ ବିଷୟରେ ଅଧିକ ଶିଖିବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:25<br />
|| ଏବେ ଆସନ୍ତୁ ଡେଟାକୁ କିପରି କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ କରାଯାଏ, ତାହା ଶିଖିବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:30<br />
|| କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧତା, ଶୀଟ୍ ରେ ଦୃଶ୍ୟମାନ Cellଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଆବଶ୍ୟକତାନୁସାରେ ବ୍ୟବସ୍ଥିତ କରିଥାଏ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:35<br />
|| Calcରେ ତିନୋଟି କ୍ରାଇଟେରିଆ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି ଡେଟା କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ଯାହା ଗୋଟିଏ ପରେ ଗୋଟିଏ କରି ଲାଗୁ ହୋଇଥାଏ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:43<br />
|| ଗୋଟିଏ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଆଇଟମ୍ ଖୋଜିବା ସମୟରେ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହ୍ୟାଣ୍ଡୀ ହୋଇଥା’ନ୍ତି ଓ ଡେଟା ଫିଲ୍ଟର୍ ହୋଇସାରିବା ପରେ ଆହୁରି ଶକ୍ତିଶାଳୀ ହୋଇଯାଇଥା’ନ୍ତି |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:51<br />
|| ଧରନ୍ତୁ, ଆମେ ବର୍ଦ୍ଧିତ କ୍ରମରେ Costs ହେଡିଙ୍ଗ୍ ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ଡେଟାକୁ କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଛେ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 03:57<br />
|| ତେଣୁ ପ୍ରଥମେ ଆମେ, “Cost” ସେଲ୍ ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରି କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ ହେବାକୁ ଥିବା ସେଲ୍ସକୁ ହାଇଲାଇଟ୍ କରିବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:03<br />
|| ବାମ ମାଉସ୍ ବଟନ୍ ଧରିରଖି “୨୦୦୦” ଲେଖାଥିବା ଶେଷ ସେଲ୍ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ସମଗ୍ର କଲମ୍ ଉପରେ ଡ୍ରାଗ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:12<br />
|| ଏହା, ଆମେ କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଥିବା କଲମ୍ କୁ ସିଲେକ୍ଟ କରିବ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:15<br />
|| ଏବେ, ମେନୁବାର୍ ରେ ଥିବା “Data” ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରି “Sort” ବଟନ୍ ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:21<br />
|| ତା’ପରେ “Current Selection”କୁ ସିଲେକ୍ଟ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:24<br />
|| ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ, “Sort Criteria” ଓ “Option” ଭାବରେ ଟ୍ୟାବ୍ ସହିତ ଏକ ଡାୟଲଗ୍ ବକ୍ସ ଦେଖାଯାଉଛି |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:31<br />
|| “Sort Criteria” ଟ୍ୟାବ୍ ରେ, “Sort By” ଫିଲ୍ଡରେ ଥିବା “Cost” ସିଲେକ୍ଟ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:37<br />
|| “Cost”କୁ ବର୍ଦ୍ଧିତ କ୍ରମରେ କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ କରିବାକୁ, “Ascending” ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:44<br />
|| “OK” ବଟନ୍ ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:47<br />
|| କଲମ୍ ଟି ବର୍ଦ୍ଧିତ କ୍ରମରେ କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ ହେବାର ଆପଣ ଦେଖିବେ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:51<br />
|| ସେହିପରି, ହ୍ରାସିତ କ୍ରମରେ କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ କରିବାକୁ, “Descending” ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରି “OK” କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
|-<br />
|| 04:59<br />
|| ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ Undo କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:02<br />
|| ମଲ୍ଟିପଲ୍ କଲମ୍ ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପ୍ରଥମେ ସିଲେକ୍ଟ କରି ଓ ତା’ପରେ Sort ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ଲାଗୁ କରି କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:09<br />
|| ଧରନ୍ତୁ, ଆମେ Cost ସହିତ କ୍ରମିକ ସଂଖ୍ୟାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହୁଁଛେ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:14<br />
|| ପୂର୍ବପରି, ପ୍ରଥମେ ଏହି କଲମ୍ ଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସିଲେକ୍ଟ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:18<br />
|| ଏବେ, ମେନୁବାର୍ ରେ ଥିବା Data ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରି Sort ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:24<br />
|| ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ଡାୟଲଗ୍ ବକ୍ସରେ Sort By ଫିଲ୍ଡରେ ଥିବା Costକୁ ପ୍ରଥମେ ସିଲେକ୍ଟ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:30<br />
|| ତା’ପରେ Then By ଫିଲ୍ଡରେ ଥିବା SNକୁ ସିଲେକ୍ଟ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:35<br />
|| ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପାଖରେ ଥିବା ଉଭୟ ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ରେ ଥିବା Descending ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରି OK କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:43<br />
|| ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ, ଉଭୟ ହେଡିଙ୍ଗ୍ସ ହ୍ରାସିତ କ୍ରମରେ କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇଗଲା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:47<br />
|| ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ Undo କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:49<br />
|| ଏବେ, ଡାଟା କିପରି ଫିଲ୍ଟର୍ କରାଯାଏ, ଆସନ୍ତୁ ଶିଖିବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 05:53<br />
|| ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହେବାପାଇଁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଏଣ୍ଟ୍ରୀ ପୂରଣ କରୁଥିବା ଅବସ୍ଥାର ଏକ ତାଲିକା ହେଉଛି ଫିଲ୍ଟର୍ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:00<br />
|| ସ୍ପ୍ରେଡ୍ ଶୀଟ୍ ରେ ଏକ ଫିଲ୍ଟର୍ ଲାଗୁ କରିବା ପାଇଁ Item ସେଲ୍ ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:07<br />
|| ଏବେ, ମେନୁବାର୍ ରେ ଥିବା Data ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରି Filter ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
||06:12<br />
|| ପପ୍-ଅପ୍ ମେନୁରେ AutoFilter ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:16<br />
|| ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ, ହେଡିଙ୍ଗ୍ସ ଉପରେ ଏକ ତୀର ଚିହ୍ନ ଦେଖାଯାଉଛି |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:20<br />
|| Item ସେଲ୍ ଉପରେ ଥିବା ଡାଉନ୍ ଏରୋ ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:24<br />
|| ଏବେ, ଧରନ୍ତୁ ଆପଣ ଯଦି କେବଳ Electricity Bill ସମ୍ପର୍କିତ ଡେଟା ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରିବାକୁ ଚାହାନ୍ତି,<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:29<br />
|| ତେବେ, Electricity Bill ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:34<br />
|| ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ, ଶୀଟ୍ ରେ କେବଳ Electricity Bill ସମ୍ପର୍କିତ ଡାଟା ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶିତ ହେଲା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:40<br />
|| ଅବଶିଷ୍ଟ ଅପ୍ସନ୍ସ ଫିଲ୍ଟର୍ଡ ଆଉଟ୍ ହୋଇଗଲା |<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:43<br />
|| ସମସ୍ତ Data ଦେଖିବା ପାଇଁ, Item ସେଲ୍ ରେ ଥିବା ଡାଉନ୍ ଏରୋ ଉପରେ ପୁଣିଥରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରି All ଉପରେ କ୍ଲିକ୍ କରନ୍ତୁ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:52<br />
|| ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ, ଆମେ ମୂଳତଃ ଲେଖିଥିବା ସମସ୍ତ Dataକୁ ଏବେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଆମେ ସମର୍ଥ |<br />
|-<br />
|| 06:59<br />
||AutoFilter ବ୍ୟତୀତ, Standard Filter ଓ Advance Filter ନାମକ ଆହୁରି ଦୁଇଟି ଫିଲ୍ଟର୍ ଅପ୍ସନ୍ ଅଛି, ଯାହା ବିଷୟରେ ଆମେ ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଶୃଙ୍ଖଳାରେ ଶିଖିବା |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:11<br />
|| ଏହା ଆମକୁ ଲିବର୍ ଅଫିସ୍ Calc ଉପରେ ସ୍ପୋକନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ର ସମାପ୍ତିକୁ ଆଣେ :<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:15<br />
|| ସଂକ୍ଷେପରେ ଆମେ ଯାହା ଶିଖିଲେ:<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:18<br />
|| ଫର୍ମୁଲାର ବେସିକ୍ ସହିତ ପରିଚୟ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:21<br />
|| Columns ଦ୍ୱାରା କ୍ରମବଦ୍ଧ କରିବା<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:23<br />
||ଡେଟା ଫିଲ୍ଟରିଙ୍ଗ୍ ର ବେସିକ୍ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:26<br />
||* ନିମ୍ନ ଲିଙ୍କ୍ ରେ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ ଭିଡିଓକୁ ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:30<br />
||* ଏହା ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ପ୍ରୋଜେକ୍ଟକୁ ସାରାଂଶିତ କରିଥାଏ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:33<br />
||*ଯଦି ଆପଣଙ୍କର ଭଲ ବ୍ୟାଣ୍ଡୱିଡଥ୍ ନାହିଁ, ଏହାକୁ ଡାଉନଲୋଡ୍ କରି ଦେଖିପାରିବେ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:37<br />
|| ସ୍ପୋକେନ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ପ୍ରୋଜେକ୍ଟ ଟିମ୍<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:40<br />
||* ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ସ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରି କର୍ମଶାଳାମାନର ଆୟୋଜନ କରେ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:43<br />
||* ଅନ୍-ଲାଇନ୍ ଟେଷ୍ଟ ପାସ୍ କରିଥିବା ଲୋକମାନଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରମାଣପତ୍ର ଦିଏ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:47<br />
||* ଅଧିକ ବିବରଣୀ ପାଇଁ ଦୟାକରି contact@spoken-tutorial.orgକୁ ଲେଖନ୍ତୁ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:53<br />
||* ସ୍ପୋକେନ୍ ଟ୍ୟୁଟୋରିଆଲ୍ ଟକ୍ ଟୁ ଏ ଟିଚର୍ ପ୍ରୋଜେକ୍ଟର ଏକ ଅଂଶ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 07:58<br />
||* ଏହା, ଭାରତ ସରକାରଙ୍କ MHRDର ICT ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରୀୟ ସାକ୍ଷରତା ମିଶନ୍ ଦ୍ୱାରା ସମର୍ଥିତ <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:06<br />
||* ଏହି ମିଶନ୍ ଉପରେ ଅଧିକ ବିବରଣୀ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:08<br />
||*http:spoken-tutorial.org slash NMEICT hyphen Intro (spoken-tutorial.org/NMEICT-Intro)ରେ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|| 08:16<br />
||IIT ମୁମ୍ୱଇ ତରଫରୁ ମୁଁ ପ୍ରଦୀପ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ମହାପାତ୍ର ଆପଣଙ୍କଠାରୁ ବିଦାୟ ନେଉଛି<br />
ଆମ ସହିତ ଜଡ଼ିତ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଧନ୍ୟବାଦ |<br />
<br />
|-<br />
<br />
|}</div>Gauravhttps://script.spoken-tutorial.org/index.php/GeogebraGeogebra2014-12-18T11:35:39Z<p>Gaurav: </p>
<hr />
<div>GeoGebra is an interactive geometry software for education in schools. GeoGebra is written in Java and thus available for multiple platforms. <br />
<br />
Geogebra is a free mathematics software for learning and teaching <br />
* Interactive graphics, algebra and spreadsheet<br />
* From elementary school to university level<br />
* Free learning materials.<br />
<br />
Most parts of the GeoGebra program are licensed under GPL and CC-BY-SA, making them free software. However some parts, including the Windows and Mac installers, have a license which forbids commercial use and are therefore not free software. In practice, this means that non-commercial use by teachers and students is always free of charge, while commercial users may need to pay license fees. For details see the GeoGebra license description available at http://www.geogebra.org/download/license.txt.<br />
<br />
Please see the associated text box of individual spoken tutorials on the website to decide the versions of Geogebra and OS to which it is applicable. <br />
<br />
The Spoken Tutorial Effort for Geogebra is being contributed by Bindu Thirumalai from IT for Change, Bangalore. Other contributors who helped in the creation of the outline and scripts are ............<br />
<br />
<blockquote style="background-color: lemonchiffon; border: solid thin grey;"><br />
[[Media:Geogebra_slide_template.zip| Geogebra Slide Template]] &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;<br />
[[Glossary_for_Geogebra | Glossary]]<br />
</blockquote><br />
<br />
__TOC__<br />
<br />
== Basic Level ==<br />
# Introduction to Geogebra <br />
#* The Geogebra Window<br />
#* Basic Object Properties - Styles<br />
#* Saving and Opening a Geogebra File<br />
# Angles and Triangles Basics <br />
#* Tool Bar – Points, Lines, Polygon, Circles, Angle (Measurement Tools) , Insert Text<br />
#* Drawing Pad Properties<br />
#* Deleting Object <br />
#* Basic Object Properties<br />
# Symmetrical Transformation in Geogebra <br />
#* GeoGebra Tools used <br />
#** Reflect Object about Line <br />
#** Rotate Object around Point by Angle <br />
#** Dilate Object from Point by Factor <br />
#** Semicircle through Two points <br />
#** Regular Polygon<br />
#** Perpendicular bisector <br />
#*Symmetrical transformations <br />
#** Line symmetry <br />
#**Rotation symmetry <br />
#*Enlarge figure with scale and position <br />
# Understanding Quadrilaterals Properties <br />
#* GeoGebra Tools used <br />
#** Circle with centre through point <br />
#** Polygon <br />
#** Angle <br />
#** Parallel line <br />
#** Segment between two points <br />
#** Insert Text <br />
#* Simple Quadrilateral <br />
#* Quadrilateral with diagonals<br />
# Spreadsheet View Basics <br />
#* Use the spreadsheet to represent and calculate data and construct a Histogram <br />
#* Create recurring Geogebra objects like a set a parallel lines <br />
==Intermediate Level==<br />
#Mensuration <br />
#* GeoGebra tools used <br />
#**Segment between two point<br />
#**Circle with centre and radius <br />
#**Ellipse<br />
#**Polygon<br />
#**New point<br />
#** Insert text <br />
#*Area and perimeter of rhombus <br />
#* Surface area of sphere and cone <br />
#*Volume of sphere and cone <br />
# Relationships between different Geometric Figures <br />
#* GeoGebra Tools used <br />
#** Compass <br />
#** Circle with center through point<br />
#** Angle<br />
#** New point <br />
#** Segment between two point<br />
#** Angle bisector<br />
#** Perpendicular bisector<br />
#* Cyclic Quadrilateral<br />
#* In-circle<br />
# Theorems on Chords and Arcs <br />
#* GeoGebra Tools used <br />
#** Circle with Center and Radius <br />
#** Circular Sector with Center between Two Points <br />
#** Circular Arc with Center between Two points <br />
#** Midpoint<br />
#** Perpendicular line <br />
#* Chords of circle<br />
#* Arcs of circle<br />
#Tangents to a circle <br />
#* GeoGebra Tools used <br />
#** Tangents <br />
#** Perpendicular Bisector <br />
#** Intersect two Objects <br />
#** Compass <br />
#** Polygon <br />
#** Circle with Center and Radius <br />
#* Draw tangents to a circle <br />
#* Understand the properties of Tangents <br />
#Radian Measure <br />
#*Algebra View<br />
#*Input Bar and Geogebra Commands<br />
# Spreadsheet View Advanced <br />
#*Tracing points in Graphical View.<br />
#*Using Sliders and Record to Spreadsheet Options<br />
# Exporting Geogebra<br />
#*Exporting Geogebra <br />
#*Setting up Firefox to Display Geogebra as a Dynamic web page<br />
#*To Export the drawing pad figures as a static picture<br />
#*To Export the GeoGebra file as a dynamic HTML webpage<br />
== Advanced Level ==<br />
# Pre Calculus and Calculus<br />
# Advanced Geometry <br />
# Creating your own Geogebra Tool <br />
# Programming – Adding Javascript to a Geogebra file <br />
# Integrating with Geography, Science, Statistics</div>Gaurav